three passes trek itinerary

How to Do the Everest Three Passes Trek Solo

This is possibly my favourite trek in the Himalayas. It’s 15 days of trekking through some of the tallest mountains of the world. It’s challenging and exhausting, but also one of the most rewarding hikes you’ll ever go on.

The Three Passes Trek is my favourite hike in the world. Stunning views, iconic sights (like the Khumbu glacier!), high altitude, comfortable tea houses, and so much culture all wrapped up into 17 days. This is going to be a pretty big post with everything you need to know about doing the Three Passes Trek solo, so before I jump into it, I’m going to give you a little table of contents. It’s a full three passes trek blog with loads of information about doing the 3 passes trek solo – this guide should have everything you need to know!

A Brief Summary of the Three Passes Trek

Not too many people know what this trek is! They know its a 3 pass trek, but that’s about it! I’m here to clarify.

The three passes trek is a two-week trip that follows the Everest Base Camp route before splitting off and taking you over three passes that give amazing views of the Himalayas and Mount Everest. It’s been dubbed one of the most beautiful treks in the world, and for good reason! While going on the Everest Base Camp route is nice because of its commercial status, the three passes trek takes you beyond that side of the region and show you even more of its beauty. The Gokyo Lakes trek is another popular trek in Sagarmatha National Park, and this takes you through the end point of that route.

Three Passes Trek in June?

The three passes can be a dangerous trek. You’ll only want to go when the weather is the best. The best months are November, December, and May. You want to avoid from June to September because it’ll be rainy and hazy, and flights to Lukla probably won’t operate. Furthermore, teahouses won’t be open. You also want to avoid from January to March, as it might be too snowy.

How hard is the Everest three passes trek?

You have to remember that this trek goes over three high passes. It’s definitely not easy, but it’s doable! There are some very technical paths over the passes, but if you’re fit and have mountain and altitude experience, you should be fine. That being said, I wouldn’t go alone – always make sure you’re going over a pass with other people! Everest three passes trekking is tougher than trekking just to base camp because of the tough terrain and high altitude over the three passes. This is NOT a trek for beginner hikers if you’re doing it alone.

Looking for hikes that are a little less intense? Everest Base Camp , the Annapurna Circuit, Annapurna Base Camp , Australian Base Camp , and Poon Hill are all stunning.

Three Passes Trek Itinerary

Fly to Lukla, walk to Phakding* | 3 hours | 2610m

*Alternatively, you can walk to Monjo, which is about 3 hours further, if you arrive early or are feeling up for it

Walk to Namche Bazaar | 6 hours | 3440m

Acclimatisation Day | A half day trek to Everest Viewpoint Hotel or up to Tenzing Norgay Statue

Walk to Tengboche | 4 hours | 3870m.

Walk to Dingboche | 5 hours | 4410m

Acclimatisation Day | Walk partly up Nagkartshang Peak

Walk to Chukkung | 3 hours | 4730m

Acclimatisation Day | Walk to Chukkung Ri

*Some choose to climb Island Peak from here, though you need to have a guide and proper training for that summit.*

Walk to Lobuche via Kongma La Pass (5535m)| 10 hours | 4940m

*From here, you can split from the Three Passes trek and go on to Everest Base Camp / Kala Patthar  following THIS itinerary*

Walk to Dzongla | 3 hours | 4200m

Walk to Gokyo via Cho La Pass (5420m) | 10 hours | 4750 m

Rest Day | Go up Gokyo Ri or around the lakes

Walk to Lungde via Renjo La Pass (5340m) | 6 hours | 4380m

Walk to Thame | 3 hours | 3800m

Walk to Namche Bazar | 3 hours | 3440m

Walk to Lukla | 7 hours | 2850m

Budget for the Three Passes Trek or EBC

I’ve written a full budget breakdown of the Everest Base Camp trek HERE . The budget accounts for all necessary permits and your daily budget and includes a section on how much getting in and out of Lukla will cost. I would stick to this budget breakdown as a guide for the three passes trek as well.

Before You Go

You’ll need to get a TIMS card to do this trek. You can get a TIMS card in Kathmandu or Pokhara (directions here ), or on the trail in Lukla.

The trek starts in Lukla, a small mountain town. There are plenty of different ways to get to Lukla, which I’ve outlined below!

How to Get In/Out of Lukla

From Kathmandu, you’ll need to get up to Lukla for the start of the trek. You can do this many ways.

The most popular method of getting to Lukla is by aeroplane. Flights to Lukla only operate in good weather conditions (and while inconvenient, this is a good thing because the runway is VERY short), and they’ll only fly out of Kathmandu if they are sure to be able to do a round trip flight. There are often delays and cancellations, so make sure you have a couple days to spare before flights in and out of Kathmandu. You can book flight tickets online, but I recommend booking from a tour office in Kathmandu or emailing your hotel before you arrive to organise your tickets. Buy round trip! You can always cancel for a 10% (of the ticket price) fee, or if your flight is cancelled due to weather, you are entitled to a full refund of that ticket.

Helicopters

When flights are cancelled or delayed for days at a time, or for those who are on tight schedules, helicopters are the way to go. Helicopter flights are significantly cheaper going INTO Lukla than they are going OUT of Lukla. Helicopter prices depend on the season and demand. I’ve heard of people paying as little as $150 USD to fly into Lukla and as much as $500 USD to fly out. When there is a backlog of people in Lukla due to cancelled flights, helicopters are in high demand and the local “Lukla mafia” will charge as much as they please for a seat on a heli back to Kathmandu. It is standard to pay about $250 for a helicopter flight back to Kathmandu, but if there are many people who want to fly out of Lukla during peak season, I’d expect to pay $500.

That being said, if you are stuck in Lukla, you can take a helicopter to Phaplu, then a 10-hour jeep or bus ride . The helicopter will cost about $200 USD, and the jeep will cost 13,000r to 20,000r depending on the demand. I’ll go into more detail about this option in the last section.

Finally, you can walk in and out. It takes about 4 days of walking to get to Jiri or Salleri. It is hot and there is a lot of up and down, but you escape the touristy part of the trek and I’ve heard good things about this (if you like walking!).

Essential Items for Trekking in Nepal

After trekking in the Everest region multiple times, there are a few things that I’ve come to really appreciate bringing up into the mountains with me.

• • Babywipes
• • Hand Sanitizer
• • Sunscreen
• • Extra Pair of Socks
• • Trekking poles
• • Sleeping Bag (some people think relying on teahouse blankets is enough- its not!)
• • TRAVEL INSURANCE – this is very important in case you need to be helicopter evacuated out. Make sure your insurance covers this!
• • Some people like to take Diamox for altitude sickness. When I did EBC, I felt the altitude at Gorak Shep. On this trek, I didn’t feel the effects of altitude as much (excluding going over Kongma La).

Day By Day Overview / What to Expect / My Recommendations / Three Passes Trek Blog

While you can book flights to Lukla at around 8 or 9am, I’d go for the earliest flight, as those are the most likely to take off.

Our flight was early, and we got to Lukla no problem! In Lukla, you have to buy your trekking ticket. Just walk down the main street and you’ll be stopped to buy one. From there, head onto the trail! The walk to Phakding is downhill and pretty easy. Remember to walk left around the stupas and mani stones. We arrived in Phakding at about 11am, so we kept going onto Monjo, which is at a slightly higher altitude. There was more uphill on this section, but nothing so steep it was memorable.

Recommended teahouse: Mount Kailash in Monjo

The day starts off nicely. You’ll have to stop to get a national park permit and for a ticket check, and then you start walking along the river. I personally find this bit absolutely stunning! There’s a beautiful view of two suspension bridges. You’ll eventually cross the higher one. After this viewpoint, it’s all uphill to Namche. About an hour and a half into the uphill section, you’ll come up to a public bathroom. From there, you can see Everest. This is also halfway up the uphill section. You can refill water here. Continue uphill, and eventually, you’ll get to another ticket check. At this point, you’re only about 20 minutes from Namche!

Namche Bazaar is the biggest village on the trek, and it feels like paradise! I love going to the Liquid Bar at 3pm for a movie. Ordering popcorn is a must. There’s a Himalayan Java right next to the Khumbu Lodge that offers free wifi and charging if you purchase something. If you’re feeling the need for a massage, someone who summitted Everest and tried ALL the massage places in Namche recommended the one inside the Khumbu Lodge.

Recommended teahouse: Khumbu Lodge. We splurged on a room with an electric blanket, charging, an attached bathroom (with a hot shower!), and a double bed for $25 USD.

The weather for us was poop. We wanted to walk up to the Everest Viewpoint Hotel, but since it was so cloudy, we were sure we wouldn’t get a view and only went about a third of the way up. Instead, we walked to the Visitor Center and Tenzing Norgay Statue, which is the acclimatisation walk I usually do anyway. I love the Visitor Center and highly recommend going! Note that it is open from 8am to 4pm Sundays to Friday, and that it is closed Saturday and public holidays.

You’ll love the start of this day: it’s flat! And there are great views! Eventually, you’ll start going downhill. I’d stop at the river for a pot of tea or lunch, because after you cross the suspension bridge over the river, it’s a ticket check, then a lot of uphill! I always used to remember this bit as the WORST, but this time, I took it slow and steady, and it really wasn’t as bad as I remembered. Tengboche is absolutely beautiful. If you can, head into the monastery at 3pm for the prayer. You aren’t allowed to take photos.

Definitely go to the bakery to get a slice of apple crumble. It is necessary. And delicious.

Recommended teahouse: Tashi Delek

Our whole time in Nepal, the clouds had been really low and it was foggy, but this day, it cleared up! Tengboche is BEAUTIFUL on a clear day.

Your day will start with a downhill walk before it flattens out. The flat bit is full of blooming rhododendrons in March-May.

Once you hit the river, you’ll start heading uphill again. It’s a pretty bearable uphill hike to Dingboche. The land seems very vast and very barren here. It’s awesome.

In Dingboche, the first lodge you’ll hit is the Snowlion lodge. It’s attached to a French Bakery. I love this lodge and I love the chocolate truffles (more like a dense fudgey cake) at the bakery.

This is an acclimatisation day! Just above the Snowlion lodge is a stupa. Walk up there, and then further up the hill. There will be a rest stop. You can either continue up or stop around here. On my trips to this region, I’ve acclimated by going all the way to the top, to the rest area, and somewhere in between. I honestly don’t think that the height of your acclimatisation hike makes a huge difference, just make sure to get a hike in.

If the weather is clear, the peak offers some stunning views, but if it’s cloudy, I wouldn’t bother.

The walk to Chukkung is a very gradual uphill. It’s quite windy in this valley. I really liked this day because there was a great view, a gentle hike, and only 3 hours of trekking!  We stayed at the Khangri Resort. Their dal bhat is fabulous and Skye (the manager) is soooo lovely! Again, the views from Chukkung are beautiful.

Another acclimatisation day! Walk up to Chukkung Ri. This is a pretty steep trail with a couple false peaks. You think you’re almost there, you make it over the ridge of the hill, and bam. Another hill to climb. That being said, the views are worth it! Once you get to the prayer flags, the rest of the trip up to the summit is a little scramble-y. It was really cloudy and we didn’t feel safe on the loose rocks, so we didn’t actually get to the summit, but maybe 30 meters below. Just be mindful of where you step! On the way down, you’ll be proud of how far you walked- it’s so much longer than it seems!

I would bring trekking poles with you- it’s a steep climb and on the way down, your knees will want that extra support!

Day 9: Kongma La 

The day of the first pass! We didn’t really know what to expect regarding how long this pass would take… Lonely Planet said it would take 7 hours, online resources said 6, our guesthouse owner in Chukkung said 9. It took 10. This is a LONG day, guys.

You start by walking down towards Dingboche on the side of a hill. It’s a pretty gradual uphill. The walk isn’t too bad at the start, but it gets a lot steeper. Once you see the big frozen lake, it’ll flatten out. Even though it’s flatter, I found this section REALLY tough. I started seeing double, feeling nauseous, and feeling faint. For a moment, I thought I’d have to be med-evac’d out, but I took a breather and then continued when I was feeling better. It’s a steep scramble up to the pass. The view from the pass is amazing if you look behind you. Looking forwards, towards Lobuche, isn’t as impressive, so make sure to look back!

We spent about an hour at the top of the pass, but I would recommend instead having a quick snack and water and continuing to move. Though the uphill part of the pass is over, the hard part isn’t!

Going down, your walking on scree. It’s very slippery, so watch your step! There also isn’t a distinct trail; you’ll look out for rock cairns to guide you. After a couple hours of this, you’ll reach a valley. Unfortunately, you go down the valley only to go back up it. The uphill isn’t too bad, and it’s pretty short.

Once you get back to the top of the valley, you’ll meet the Khumbu Glacier. You have to cross this to get to any lodges. Again, there isn’t a distinct trail, so follow the rock cairns. Lonely Planet describes crossing this glacier as “a final sucker punch,” and I couldn’t agree more. It’s a LOT of up and down. Also, if you go in late May, the glacier will be melting from under you and rocks will be falling around you. It can feel a bit dicey. If you’re a solo trekker, DEFINITELY try to link up with others for this bit.

After you cross the glacier, you just have to walk up one last steep uphill bit, then go downhill, and Lobuche is there!

If you are skipping Everest Base Camp, go to Dzongla. We skipped EBC for two reasons. 1) I’ve already been there and the views are not that incredible compared to the passes. EBC is mainly something you visit to tick off the bucket list. 2) We were really effing tired.

The walk to Dzongla is amazing. It’s a gentle downhill, then a gentle uphill, and then you walk along a side of a mountain, so it’s flat! It takes 3-4 hours at a leisurely pace.

Recommended teahouse: Green Valley Lodge

If you are going to Everest Base Camp, read this post .

Day 11: Cho La

We woke up at about 5, had breakfast at 5:30, and were off by 6! I was honestly dreading another pass… Kongma La nearly killed me. But don’t worry if you’re feeling the same- Cho La is MUCH better.

It’s a gentle uphill for about an hour or two, and then you’re climbing up big boulders. Once you make it up the big boulders, you’ll see a string of prayer flags. There’s a great view from here, but it isn’t the pass.

Keep going up the gentle uphill. You’ll have to cross some very icy paths, which is technically challenging. If you have microspikes, I’d put them on for this section.

You’ll walk up a frozen glacier, then up maybe 10 meters of rocks, and you’ll have made it to Cho La!

The way down is steep and rocky. It was a little icy but not too bad. You’ll be walking on loads of boulders, and again, the path isn’t so clear, so follow the cairns. Once you make it through the boulders, you’ll have to walk up and down to a valley, from which it’s all downhill. You’ll go down the valley to Thangnag, a small town. You can either stop here or continue onto Gokyo. I recommend continuing on – Gokyo is THAT much more amazing when you’ve had a really tough day.

If you’re continuing onto Gokyo, you’ll have another glacier to cross. This one isn’t as tough as the Khumbu Glacier, navigation wise. Once you make it over the glacier, another uphill and downhill, and you’re in Gokyo!

I HIGHLY recommend staying at Thanka Inn. It’s a new hotel (only around 2 months old!) and it’s absolutely BEAUTIFUL. It’s right on the lakefront and the rooms are amazing. They have real duvets (a LUXURY to not have to use a sleeping bag), double glazed windows, and delicious food. I couldn’t recommend this place more.

This is the day most people go up to Gokyo Ri. We decided not to because we were feeling a little sick. Phil ended up having a bad cold with fevers and chills, and I just had some stomach troubles. We walked around the lake, which was more than enough for us.

The lake is beautiful.

Day 13: Renjo La

The third pass- Renjo La! Follow the trail to Gokyo Ri, but instead of going up, continue straight. There is a sign that will make it easy to follow. It’s a very gradual uphill for about an hour, and then a steep uphill section all the way to the top. This is the easiest pass. That being said, I still found it quite tough- I think my body was just exhausted!

Luckily, once you make it to the top, it isn’t too bad. There was a LOT of ice when we were up there, so we had to be VERY careful for about 30 minutes on the way down. It was windy and cold, and the fog came out, so we couldn’t see very far in front of us. Total whiteout. If the weather is good, this part should be no problem.

It’s a steep downhill section, and then the trail flattens out. After about an hour and a half of walking on flat(ish) ground (HEAVEN), you’ll start going downhill again. It isn’t rocky so it’s easy to go down quickly. After losing 1000m from the pass, you’ll get to Lungdhen. There are a couple teahouses here, but we chose to just stop for tea, then continue walking down. 30 minutes below Lungdhen is another town called Marulung, but we continued down another 3 hours to Thame. The road is pretty flat and the scenery is absolutely beautiful, so it’s a nice day. It’s one of my favourite days on the trek. You get away from the commercial EBC route and get to see how people actually live.

You’ll be super excited to get going this day, because you’re heading to NAMCHE BAZAR! Namche feels like paradise after 2 weeks of trekking. There is a LOT of up and down the whole way to Namche, but with lower altitude is a lot more oxygen, so it doesn’t feel too bad.

It does feel quite warm compared to what you’ll be used to though, so wear short sleeves this day! You’ll make it to Namche in time for a movie at the Liquid Bar. We planned on doing that, but we accidentally fell asleep for about half the day. Our bodies were tired.

The trek down to Lukla is a lot tougher than you’ll have remembered. It’s steep downhill for the first hour or so, then lots of uphill and downhill, then just uphill. Again, it’ll feel really warm. Load up on sunscreen- I got SUPER burnt this day.

While the trek is pretty tiring, you’ll feel really motivated to make it to Lukla because it’ll mean you’re on your way to Kathmandu. Even if people dislike Kathmandu, after a trek in the Himalayas, you’ll crave comforts in Kathmandu you didn’t even know you had!

And that’s it! The Three Passes trek. Have any more questions? Don’t hesitate to leave a comment or email me.

Like this post? Pin it!

Related posts

Everything You Need to Know About Backpacking the Grass Lake Trail in Desolation Wilderness

Glacier Point To Panorama Point Trail Guide: Everything You Need To Know About This Day Hike

Hiking the Castle Dome Trail in Castle Crags State Park: Ultimate Trail Guide

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

66 comments

This all looks amaaaaazing! Your photos are truly stunning! What an epic adventure!!

It was an incredible adventure! I couldn’t recommend it enough!

So jealous! This looks incredible!

We still need to go trekking together?!?!?!?

Hello. This looks amazing! I plan to do this trek next year. I have a question regarding permits: all the permits can be bought in Lukla? It is not necessary to go to Kathmandu first to get permits? Is it possible to exchange money in Lukla/Naamche Bazar as well? If not necessary I would like to avoid visit to Kathmandu and continue directly to Luka (to save one or two days and money in the process). I also have a question regarding shoes: for the last two years I have been trekking only in trail running shoes (adidas terrex), no boots. Would you say that boots are absolutely necessary? Was there snow (deep snow) in the passes in the spring?

All permits are possible to get in Lukla, however the only flights to Lukla go from Kathmandu. What month will you be going? There’s usually some snow, but not deep! I’d say micro spikes are a must!

Thank you for answer. I will be going in the middle of April-beginning of May. I know I have to go to Kathmandu airport, but after arrival I would like to continue directly to Lukla without visiting the city.

What time does your flight arrive? The flights to Lukla are all in the morning. Try to get the earliest one, as that has the highest chance of flying!

The plane should arrive 9:40 am. I hoped there would be flights around noon, but if all the flights are in the morning then I will have to stay in Kathmandu…

Hi Anya, Could you tell me what dates you did this trek,please? We are leaving in 4 weeks for Gokyo and plan to go over the Cho La Pass but in reverse. Did you meet many people coming the other way? It will be our third trek to the Khumbu. Louise

Hi! I did this in late may! We met loads of people going the other way- you just have to be more careful of acclimating! Have a BLAST! Xx

Fantastic post. It’s on my bucket list. I didn’t realise you could get flights into Lukla for as low as $150. I have a fear of flying and much prefer that idea to the teeny plane! Will look into it 🙂

Yes I loved helicoptering into Lukla and I think it would be a great way to make it to Lukla if you’re afraid of flying! But also, the pilots in Nepal that fly into and out of Lukla are some of the most skilled 🙂

Hey there Anya! Awesome post!! Sounds like yall had a fabulous time. May I ask for your advice? I want to do either EBC or the three passes trek solo in late march. I would much rather prefer the three passes trek as it seems far superior to EBC (as your post entails!) I am wondering, do you think I could find guides to take me across just the passes and not have them the whole way? I much rather prefer to hike on my own but am worried about the technical hiking that you spoke of with the glacier and Kongma pass. Would it be advisable for a semi experienced hiker (I am 24F) to go solo? Or should I do EBC? Thanks so much and happy trekking!!

I don’t think you need a guide IF you meet up with other people doing the same passes! If you can’t find anybody doing the Three Passes the same time you are, I’d definitely recommend hiring a guide, which you should be able to do in Dingboche or the towns right before the passes. The weather could be bad in March and if there’s a lot of snow, I’d do EBC. EBC is also an incredible hike and I loved it!!!

Hello, Thank you for your blog! How long are the distances without the internet access?

My son and partner are hiking the Three Passes Trek counterclockwise. We have not heard from them for 9 days.

Hi Claudia! Have you heard from them? Wifi can be spotty up along the passes, but you shouldn’t go more than a week without hearing from them unless they choose not to purchase wifi from their teahouses.

I am so glad I stumbled across your blog! We are planning to do the Three Passes trek but we won’t be starting until May 22. I realize this isn’t ideal. We are experienced in the mountains, but I am still a bit concerned. Any thoughts?

Great blog!

Thanks, Amy

I think you should be alright! I’d definitely go over Kongma La first, then Cho La, and then Renjo La with that timing. If you find Kongma La a little more slippy (and melted) than you like, I’d be careful over Cho La, as that’s the pass where there are crevasses. Definitely make sure other people are going over the passes the same days as you. I would give it a try, and if it feels too dicey, Everest Base Camp is a great backup. You could even hike down and go up to Gokyo if Cho La isn’t possible but Gokyo’s something you really want to see! 🙂

This is perfect & made me realize either a) I’m chicken or b) I’m never going to be prepared to do something like this. I’m glad you had an amazing time and got some awesome pictures!

Haha I guess it’s not for everyone, but there are loads of other amazing treks that are a little less scary in Nepal, too!

your blog more impressive how we start Everest Three pass trek.It very beautiful photos.Thanks for sharing best itinerary for my next trek.

Hi Anya! Thank you for such a detailed guide! My hubs and are planning to do this trek next October, and I had a question about the Lukla flight. We are looking at doing the trek without a guide. Do you know if we can change the date of our return flight from Lukla to Kathmandu, depending on when we return to Lukla? (Like, if we need to take an extra day coming back?) Is there a change fee? Thanks!

Hello! So sorry for the late reply! You can change the date of your return flight from Lukla, but you’ll need a phone! You won’t pay a change fee. You can easily get a SIM card in town, and you should have service from Namche Bazaar, which is a day hike away from Lukla. Alternatively, you could probably ask a very nice guide to help call for you in exchange for a beer or dinner 🙂

This hike looks so amazing! Those views and the sense of accomplishment you must feel when coming to the end. As an avid hiker, this would go on my bucket list of trails to do if it weren’t for the altitude. Nepal is a dream destination but not sure how many trails there are that stay under 2800m.

It is my absolute favourite trek! At 2800m, you can do some of the treks in the foothills- still great views!

WHAT?! How have I never heard of this?! This is so cool!!! It’s nice to know you get a comfy bed to sleep on after all the trekking you do! This definitely just went on my bucket list! (:

Thanks for the post, it’s very helpful! Just to let you know – the links to EBC are not working. If I’d like to connect two hikes together, how many more days would I need to add and would I need to go back from EBC the same route to continue with 3 passes? I was also wondering if it’s possible to stay longer on the trek to do some more rest days, I’d love to do that especially in some picturesque places away from main trails, at a local homestay, so I can enjoy being in the mountains and see the life of locals a would you advise that and which place would you recommend to stay longer? Thanks!

Hey! Thank you so much for letting me know. You can definitely do EBC along with the Three Passes – you’ll just need to add on an extra day to go from Lobuche to Gorak Shep. You’ll go to EBC the same day. And yes you can definitely do some more rest days. Typically homestays are only really available along the trails, but if you ask around I’m sure you’ll find something!

Anya, You post is really helpfull. Appreciated. Last year I did several treks in Annapurna region and the very comfortable thing in those was that you could adjust your daily itinenary on the go because the tea houses were quite abundant scattered between the main points of the trek. Therefore my question – is that the same when it comes to the Everest Three Passes. Are there any tea houses in between the start and stop daily points from your itinenary? And one more – how about the provisions (water, food). Can those be obtained only at your daily start and end point or is it easy to refill the water and purchase some snacks in between. Thanks a lot for the answer.

Hello! You can definitely adjust where you stays for most of the trek! The only days where you will not be able to adjust where you stay are the pass days – so you’ll have to stop in Chukkung before heading up to Kongma La and end in Lobuche, and you’ll have to stop in Dzongla before going up Cho La (though there is one place to stop before Gokyo). After heading up Renjo La, you can stop anywhere, as there are plenty of teahouses after you get over the pass on the descent. As for food and water, the same goes! You’ll be absolutely fine to fill up water bottles and eat anywhere there’s a teahouse, which are scattered around the three passes/Everest Base Camp route. On the days where you’ll be going over a pass, the teahouses can provide a packed lunch if you let them know you’re going over the pass the next day!

Thanks for the great blog, full of really helpful tips. Do you know if you can hire a porter who will also be your guide from Lukla? I have read you can only hire people from Naamche Bazar and also you can hire a porter and a guide but not a porter guide….

Thanks! Nathalie

Hi Nathalie! It’s difficult to find porter-guides in Lukla! I would suggest getting both a porter and a guide as it provides more jobs! Nepal’s been hit pretty hard by the pandemic, with those in the tourism sector losing out on both seasons for trekkers. Also, it’s rare to find porter-guides because there’s a hierarchy and most guides start as porters and don’t typically go back to being a porter-guide. Let me know if you have any other questions 🙂

Hello, I am 63 years old, fit & healthy with no known health issues, average 15 KM running daily. I did Kilimanjaro in 2018 (without any difficulties – Northern Circuit), ABC in 2019 and all the way planned to do EBC with Chola & Gokyo in 2020 & then The Great Himalayan Trail (High & Lower Route Mix)in 2023! Unfortunately, like many others, covid-19 pandemic forced to delay my trip. After reading your article & experience, now I have changed my mind, and would like to do 3-Pass trek with EBC. I have few questions.

Time is not an issue for me, and I never rush in the trail. I take my own pace as I go with my permanent guide & porter (through a Company) and keep more days for acclimatization etc.

Taking in to consideration of my age & fitness what is the difficult level of this entire trek? I can hike/trek long hours…

What is your advise on starting trek from Phaplu/Salleri or Jiri? and on our way back instead of taking a flight out of Lukla – get down to Salleri and take a local transport. (I would like to avoid taking a flight due to uncertainty/flight delays etc. and stick to our schedule as Oct/November is going to be too busy)

I will be doing it in end October/November, will it be the ideal time? If not, any recommendations?

As this will be my first and last trek inside Sagarmatha National Park, I wish to make this trip including EBC because of my forthcoming GHT. What is your opinion going first to Renjo La).

What is the best view at Kalapathar, Sunset or Sunrise? Your opinion matters…

Regards SOMAS

Hi SOMAS! Sorry for the late reply. You seem to be in much better shape than I am! You could absolutely do this trek! It’s definitely more difficult than base camp, but if you’re slow and steady, you shouldn’t have a problem. Of course, altitude can affect everyone differently depending on the day, even, so just be mindful of that and make sure that you aren’t pushing yourself should a problem arise. October or November is a great time as well! Starting from Jiri might be a little tough, especially if it’s been a rainy season because there can be lots of leeches. Let me know if you have any other questions!

I did the 3 Passes at your age. Fit, strong, experienced trail runner, trekker, cyclist, etc. Did this straight after Langtang trek. Was thinking of future ascent of Cho Oyu. You will do ok solo, but it is a challenge. I found 6000m my limit. Well worth doing you will love it. I am 83 now and will be back in Nepal later this year but sadly 3 Passes will be beyond me.

Hi Brian! That is incredible! I absolutely loved hiking the three passes, and completely agree that it was a challenge! Where are you heading in Nepal this year? All the best on your adventure!

Very inspirational account. I am so motivated to the 3 Passes 1st quarter 2023! I Did the ABC 2018 and EBC 2019. Thank you so much

I am planning to cross the 3 passes next Feb 2023. Solo. Anyone keen?

It’s a 17 days trek start n end in Lukla.

Thank you so much for your wonderful account!

Have the best time!

I want to do this trek starting october 21st ,22 i also want to cover base camp in between .Is it recommended to do this trek solo as a female traveller?how easy are the routes to follow if we are on our own

Hi Sneha! It’s definitely possible to do this trek as a solo female traveller, but I highly recommend going over all passes with at least one other person. With high altitude, you never know what to expect, so I personally wouldn’t attempt the passes alone! You’ll be able to find other groups on your schedule the night before most passes! The routes can be a little tricky over the passes—you end up relying on a lot of cairns, and because the glaciers are constantly changing, the route also changes.

I’ve read somewhere that doing that trek in oppsite direction (clockwise) is better. As I remember the reason was that you are gainig acclimatization in more gentle way. Also you are starting first with the “easiest” passes… What do you think about it?

Hi Krzysztof! I think you could do it either way! I did find Kongma La to be pretty brutal, so there’s probably a benefit to doing it clockwise. We chose to start with Kongma La because of the incredible views going counter clockwise. I don’t think you can go wrong 🙂

Wonderful post. Thanks alot! Just had a few questions: Do you think you could book guesthouses/teahouses on arrival or do they all have to be booked beforehand? Also, would you recommend microspikes in hiking in OCT/Nov? Thanks again!

I highly recommend booking on arrival; I think it would be very difficult to book ahead of time! October/November tends to be less snowy than the spring, but I’d still recommend bringing microspikes.

Hi ! I am planning to do this trek in a few months in October / November. If you are solo without a guide or travel agency, can you still easily find a room in every village without booking ? I read it was first come / first serve, but in high season i am worried to not find a room in crowdy places … Thank you !

There are plenty of teahouses to choose from and I’m sure there will be space! I have never had a problem, even in peak season!

Thank you so much for this! So helpful!! Can you share more details about the glacier crossings? Any need for mountaineering gear? Thank you!

Hi Nathalie! Unfortunately I can’t give out detailed information about the glacier crossings because the routes change every year. It’s definitely the trickiest part of the trek. I would highly recommend using microspikes and hiking poles, but full-on crampons aren’t required.

Hi Anya Thanks for your well documented blog. I’m leaving solo November 23, and have planned at least 15 days round trip. Are there others solo, late November ? What places do you recommend in Dzongla, Thame ? Many thanks. Andre

Hi Andre! There will most likely be other trekkers going the same time as you. I recommend trying to meet up with people in Kathmandu or on the route! 🙂 As for places to stay, I would turn up and see what looks good. Teahouses don’t really get full so you’ll have options!

Hi Andre, I am planning also to do it in late November 23. See you on the trek. Anton

Hi! I m planning to go there mid november 23, solo, do you guys know if this one is still allowed to do without a guide? If you want to team up, let me know! 🙂

Hi, thank you for sharing!! All the other guides I have read online state that it takes ~22 days to do the Three Passes Trek. How was your time significantly shorter / did you cut out a part of the loop? Thank you

We skipped EBC and combined a few days when it was safe and we were trekking quickly! In the bottom section of the guide, where I share our experience, I call out these days 🙂

hello, amazing blog.do I still need tims permit for three passes trek?

Yes, you do! Here’s more information about the TIMS card 🙂 https://ntb.gov.np/en/plan-your-trip/before-you-come/tims-card

Hello, when it comes to doing the three passes trek solo I am most concerned about navigation. What do you recommend bringing to be prepared for that ? Is the trail well marked ? I’m leaving on Friday and getting some final things together. How cold do you think it will be this time of year ? Please point me to whatever useful information you can ! And thank you

I love grabbing paper maps in Kathmandu and find them helpful. Over the glacier, navigation is quite tricky as the snow melt changes the route each year, but I’d recommend following the cairns and linking up with other travellers over the passes. The trail is incredibly well marked otherwise—it’s just the glaciers that are tricky to navigate!

Hi, I’m planning to do the 3 pass trek in the middle of January with 3 other mates (little scared as it is mid-winter), just wondering if you have any advice lol. Is this a bad idea? We are all fit and healthy but obviously worried about snow storm possibilities and the extreme cold.

Hey – great post! A tour company is advertising the three passes in 16 days. Would you say this is too quick?

What is the itinerary? I think it’s possible but you might be skipping out on some things.

Hi, thanks for posting an amazing blog about the Nepal three passes trek. I read your complete blog and you explained each and every thing very well. I am also planning to go this trek solo and from this blog i got wonderful information.

Once again thanks for useful content. Keep posting such types of blogs.

Thanks for the great informative post!

May I ask what maps you were using?

I used Himalayan Map House maps for this trek, although National Geographic also makes one. You can find the Himalayan Map House maps anywhere in Kathmandu or Pokhara and they’re what I’ve used for all my treks in the Himalayas.

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK

EVEREST THREE PASSES

Pin Tweet Share WhatsApp

THE ESSENTIAL GUIDE

In this guide we cover everything you need to know about the Everest Three Passes Trek in Nepal. This includes a suggested itinerary and practical information about accommodation, costs, what to pack, independent vs. guided treks, transport, and more. We also offer a route map with GPX download for use on the trek. Along with this written guide, we share a ‘silent hiking’ film of the trail. And for detailed trail notes and information about services available along the route, check out our Everest Three Passes Trekking Route Guide .

The Three Passes is one of the most adventurous trekking routes in Nepal. The scenery is spectacular, and the trek itself is challenging and rewarding in equal measure. It pays to be physically well prepared for this demanding route, and as always when trekking at very high altitude, proper acclimatisation is key.

It’s worth noting that a Three Passes itinerary includes Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lake, so if you’re thinking about one of these treks, you might consider incorporating all or part of this route into your own plans. Read on to discover more and start planning your own Everest Three Passes trek.

Use the links below to jump to each section of this guide

TREK OVERVIEW THREE PASSES FILM MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD ELEVATION PROFILE & 3D MAP SUGGESTED ITINERARY ALTERNATIVE ROUTE OPTIONS BUFFER DAYS CLOCKWISE OR ANTI-CLOCKWISE? BEST TREKKING SEASONS HOW TO GET TO LUKLA GET TO LUKLA WITHOUT FLYING EVEREST TREK PERMITS & FEES TREKKING INDEPENDENTLY TREKKING WITH A GUIDE

RECOMMENDED TREK AGENCY ACCOMMODATION ON THE TREK FOOD ON THREE PASSES TREK SAFE DRINKING WATER WIFI/PHONE SIGNAL/CHARGING THREE PASSES TREK COST MONEY & ATMs ON THE TREK WHAT TO PACK FOR THE TREK ALTITUDE AWARENESS TRAVEL INSURANCE GETTING TO NEPAL NEPAL TOURIST VISAS WHERE TO STAY IN KATHMANDU MAPS, GUIDEBOOKS & APPS

TREK OVERVIEW THREE PASSES FILM MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD ELEVATION PROFILE & 3D MAP SUGGESTED ITINERARY ALTERNATIVE ROUTE OPTIONS INCLUDING BUFFER DAYS CLOCKWISE OR ANTICLOCKWISE? BEST TREKKING SEASONS HOW TO GET TO LUKLA GET TO LUKLA WITHOUT FLYING EVEREST TREK PERMITS & FEES TREKKING INDEPENDENTLY TREKKING WITH A GUIDE RECOMMENDED TREK AGENCY ACCOMMODATION ON THE TREK FOOD ON THREE PASSES TREK SAFE DRINKING WATER WIFI/PHONE SIGNAL/CHARGING THREE PASSES TREK COST MONEY & ATMs ON THE TREK WHAT TO PACK FOR THE TREK ALTITUDE AWARENESS TRAVEL INSURANCE GETTING TO NEPAL NEPAL TOURIST VISAS WHERE TO STAY IN KATHMANDU MAPS, GUIDEBOOKS & APPS

*Some of the links in this post are affiliate links – if you purchase a product or service via these links, we may earn a small commission  at no extra cost to you . This helps offset the cost of running this blog and keeps us travelling so that we can continue to produce great content for you. We greatly appreciate your support!*

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK OVERVIEW

• DISTANCE | Approx 160 km (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)
• DURATION | 17 – 22 days (incl. flying to/from Lukla)
• START/END | Lukla
• PERMITS REQUIRED | Khumbu Trek Card 2000 NPR; Sagarmatha National Park Fee 3000 NPR (SAARC nationals 1500 NPR / Nepali nationals 100 NPR)
• TREKKING SEASON | Best Seasons: April to Mid-May , October to Mid-November ; Shoulder Seasons: March, Late May, September, Mid-November to December ; Avoid: June to August, January to February
• TREK DIFFICULTY | Challenging
• ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS | +/- approx 13500 metres (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)
• MAX ALTITUDE | 5611 m (Kala Patthar) or 5514 m (Kongma La)
• GUIDE MANDATORY? | Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has stated that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region
• ACCOMMODATION | Teahouses/Guesthouses in villages along the trail
• TREK COST | $34 – $140 USD  per person, per day (budget independent trekker to fully inclusive package)
• RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY | Himalayan Masters , Quote HOGG5  for 5% discount

DISTANCE Approx 160 km (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)

DURATION 17 – 22 days (incl. flying to/from Lukla)

START/END Lukla

PERMITS REQUIRED Khumbu Trek Card 2000 NPR Sagarmatha National Park Fee 3000 NPR (SAARC nationals 1500 NPR, Nepali nationals 100 NPR)

TREKKING SEASON Best Season April to Mid-May October to Mid-November Shoulder Seasons March, Late May, September Mid-November to December Months To Avoid June, July, August January and February

TREK DIFFICULTY Challenging

ELEVATION GAIN/LOSS +/- approx 13500 metres (incl. acclimatisation/day hikes)

MAX ALTITUDE 5611 m (Kala Patthar) or 5514 m (Kongma La)

GUIDE MANDATORY? Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has stated that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region

ACCOMMODATION Teahouses/Guesthouses in villages along the trail

TREK COST $34 – $140 USD  per person, per day (budget independent trekker to fully inclusive package)

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY Himalayan Masters , Quote HOGG5  for 5% discount

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREKKING FILM

Get a sense of the Everest Three Passes trekking route in our ‘silent hiking’ style ambient film.

Watch the behind the scenes version of our Everest Three Passes trek on Instagram stories

Watch the behind the scenes version of our three passes trek on instagram stories .

Everest Three Passes Trek Stories

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

Everest three passes trek //.

MAP & GPX DOWNLOAD

We have created a detailed Everest Three Passes digital trekking map to accompany this guide. The full trekking route is marked, including Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes, along with day hikes around Namche Bazaar and Gokyo, and to Nangkartshang, Chukhung Ri, Kala Patthar, and Gokyo Ri. Alternative routes avoiding the passes are also marked, as is the overland route between Salleri and Lukla. 

Detailed stats and an elevation profile are included for each route section. Guesthouse settlements and tea shops are also marked, as well as key sights and practical info such as checkpoints, hospitals, and transport hubs. Guesthouses as per our own trek itinerary are marked, including info about prices and services, phone numbers (where possible), and a copy of the menu. Photos are included with almost every pin. 

You can use the digital map online, or download it for offline use with a mapping app such as Organic Maps, Maps.me or Gaia GPS. This is very helpful for navigation assistance on the trail. It allows you to quickly pinpoint key places and services along the way and calculate distances and elevation differences between destinations.

Note that while we’ve tried to be as accurate as possible when recording and mapping the route, changes on the ground are inevitable (especially on routes crossing glaciers) and this map should not be solely relied upon for navigation.

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK ELEVATION PROFILE

ELEVATION PROFILE

The image below shows the elevation profile of the Everest Three Passes trek, starting and ending in Lukla and going in an anti-clockwise direction, crossing Kongma La first, Cho La second, and Renjo La third. The route shown here includes the various acclimatisation and side hikes as outlined in our Three Passes Route Guide . Elevation is displayed in metres and distance in kilometres.

3D ROUTE MAP

Watch our 3D relief map video of the route to visualise the landscape and get a sense of the Everest Three Passes trek.

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK ITINERARY

We have outlined what we feel is an ideal Everest Three Passes trekking itinerary in the table below. This is a 19 day itinerary which includes flying to and from Lukla, and although not mentioned in the table, we assume that you will fly to Lukla on the morning of Day 1 (see this section for details). We have noted the trekking distance and an approximate trekking time for each day (excluding lunch stops, breaks, etc), as well as stats on elevation gain/loss and sleeping altitude. Below the table, we have outlined a few alternative route options which you may wish to consider for your own itinerary.

Note that this itinerary outlines an anti-clockwise trekking route, crossing Kongma La first, and Renjo La last. You can read more about our thoughts on why this is the best direction to trek the Everest Three Passes route in the ‘Is it best to do the Everest Three Passes trek clockwise or anti-clockwise?’ section below.

If viewing on a mobile device or tablet, scroll to the right to see the full table or flip your screen to landscape mode

*It is common to sleep two nights in Namche Bazaar to allow for proper acclimatisation. There are some different options for acclimatisation day hikes around the area ( outlined here in our Everest Three Passes Route Guide ) that you can choose to suit your own interests, fitness and energy levels.

**There are two viewpoints on the Chukhung Ri acclimatisation hike, the lower one (5380 m) which most people visit and the higher one (5516 m) which involves a tough and steep climb towards the end (both are outlined here in our Three Passes Route Guide )

***On days 10 and 11 the standard itinerary that most people follow is to visit EBC after lunch at Gorak Shep, then hike up Kala Patthar in the dark for sunrise the next morning (when it is bitterly cold). If you swap these two around as per the above suggested itinerary, you are guaranteed to have a less busy experience at both EBC and on the trail up Kala Patthar. As the skies are usually clearer in the morning you are also likely to have better views at EBC, however it is possible that the views from Kala Patthar will be obscured by afternoon clouds. If you’re lucky and have clear afternoon skies, then you will be treated to a fiery sunset glow on Everest and the surrounding mountains. If you hike up Kala Patthar in the morning, your mountain views will be brief as the sun rises directly behind Everest and you’ll soon be looking directly into the sun.

ALTERNATIVE ROUTE OPTIONS

While the Everest Three Passes trek itinerary outlined above is an ideal option to follow, we do have some alternative route suggestions which you may wish to consider. Your speed, level of acclimatisation, timeframe, and numerous other factors will determine whether these alternatives might be suitable for you. Note that these suggestions are by no means an exhaustive list of route options – there are many villages and/or small teahouse settlements where you can stay instead of those suggested above or outlined below. Our map has all of the possible locations marked, and our Everest Three Passes Trekking Route Guide has info about the services available at each.

Khumjung (3770 m) is a sizeable local village with a secondary school and gompa, situated about 1.5 hours walk north of Namche Bazaar. There are a number of guesthouses in the village and the views are wonderful. If you would prefer to stay somewhere quieter than Namche Bazaar, and you are well acclimatised already, then continuing to Khumjung on Day 2 is a good option. Alternatively, you could opt to spend one night in Namche Bazaar on Day 2, then continue to Khumjung on Day 3. From Khumjung you can rejoin the trail at Sanasa on Day 4, so there is no need to return to Namche. Adding a night at Khumjung towards the end of your Everest Three Passes trek is also a possibility.

AMA DABLAM BASE CAMP

It’s essential to acclimatise properly prior to crossing your first pass, which is why acclimatisation hikes are built into every Everest Three Passes trek itinerary. This involves sleeping at the same altitude for two nights while climbing to a higher altitude during the day. You’ll do this at Namche Bazaar, and twice more before crossing Kongma La. Usually this is at Dingboche (climbing to Nangkartshang and back), and at Chukhung (climbing to Chukhung Ri and back).

If you would like to add an additional acclimatisation hike into your itinerary, a day hike to Ama Dablam Base Camp while spending two nights at Pangboche is a good option. You’ll trek to around 4580 m (~ 6 hours return trekking time) before returning to sleep at Pangboche (3950 m) and continuing to Dingboche (4300 m) the following day. You could continue to Dingboche the same day, but only if you are prepared to trek for around 9 hours that day.

Morning view of Ama Dablam (6812 m) from Pangboche (3950 m), moments before sunrise

HOW TO CUT ONE DAY OFF THIS ITINERARY

If you are on a tight schedule and want to cut a day off this itinerary, the best option is to combine Days 11 and 12, continuing to Dzonglha on Day 11 instead of overnighting at Lobuche for a second time. The section between Lobuche and Dzonglha is not too far and the elevation gain/loss is quite minimal, only adding around 2.5 hours trekking time to your day.

Just be aware that it can be quite tiring to continue all the way to Dzonglha after a big couple of days with early starts at high altitude, plus you will have less time to explore Everest Base Camp in the morning, which is why we suggest splitting this section over two days. This was our original plan, however we did end up walking all the way to Dzonglha in order to cross Cho La a day earlier than planned due to forecasted snow.

Another option is to combine Days 13 and 14, continuing all the way to Gokyo after crossing Cho La, instead of overnighting at Dragnag (Thagnak/Thangnak). While the distance isn’t great (only 3.7 km) it takes around 3 hours as you must cross the Ngozumpa Glacier, with plenty of up and down, and some steep sections as you descend to and ascend from the glacier. Many people plan to continue to Gokyo but find they don’t have the energy or time once reaching Dragnag. This is why we suggest tackling the Dzonglha to Gokyo section over two days instead of one, but it’s good to know the option is there should energy levels and conditions on the day allow you to continue all the way to Gokyo.

It’s a short distance between Dragnag and Gokyo but you must cross Ngozumpa Glacier, made more tricky after fresh snowfall

EXTRA NIGHT AT GOKYO

If you are not too constrained by time, it’s a great idea to add an extra night at Gokyo, staying 3 nights instead of 2. The setting is beautiful, and you have the option of doing a couple of different side hikes, to Gokyo 4th and 5th lakes and beyond as far as Cho Oyu Base Camp, as well as the usual climb to Gokyo Ri. Adding an additional night at Gokyo will give you plenty of time to do the various hikes in the morning (when the weather is usually clearest) and plenty of rest time in the afternoon.

There is wide selection of guesthouses at Gokyo and the setting is beautiful

ALTERNATIVE ITINERARY AFTER RENJO LA

It’s common to stop for the night at Lungden after crossing Renjo La, however in this itinerary we suggest continuing down the valley to Thame, which is a further 9.7 km and takes around 2.5 – 3 hours, although it’s mostly downhill.

We suggest this for a few reasons. Firstly, Thame is a very attractive village with some comfortable guesthouses and is a nice place to spend the night. Lungden, by comparison, is a much smaller teahouse settlement with just a couple of basic guesthouses. Also, after 11+ days spent at altitudes over 4000 m, it is a great feeling to drop down to Thame (3790 m) instead of remaining at Lungden (4366 m). It is warmer, you can breathe easier and be surrounded by trees again, and the guesthouses at Thame offer better facilities like hot showers. Continuing onto Thame also makes the last couple of days a bit shorter, allowing you to avoid two back-to-back 18 km days with a significant amount of up and down.

First sight of Thame (3800 m), a most welcome one after so many days trekking at altitudes above 4000 m

If the distance, trekking time, and energy required is too much for you, it’s certainly possible to stop at Lungden for the night instead. This would mean trekking from Lungden to Namche Bazaar (17.8 km) on Day 17 and from Namche Bazaar to Lukla (18 km) on Day 18, or adding in an extra night somewhere of your choice to break up the distance over 3 days instead of 2.

THE IMPORTANCE OF BUFFER DAYS

Building in buffer days to your Everest Three Passes itinerary is highly recommended, especially if you plan on flying to/from Lukla. Flights are regularly cancelled due to poor weather conditions, sometimes for a number of days. If everything runs smoothly, it takes half a day or less to get to/from Lukla at the start/end of your trek. However, if flights are not operating, it can take up to 3 days to travel overland from Kathmandu to Lukla, using a mixture of buses and jeeps, and by trekking too. Therefore, it’s wise to have at least 3 or 4 days between the end of your planned trek itinerary and any international flight. This would allow you time to get from Lukla to Kathmandu overland if necessary.

Of course, a delay could also happen at the start of your trek while trying to get to Lukla, and this might leave you struggling to catch up with your original itinerary. Having a couple of buffer days built in will mean you don’t have to drastically alter your itinerary, avoiding the need to walk extra long distances to save a day or skipping places because you don’t have time.

Buffer days also allow you to alter your itinerary on the go more easily. For example, if you get sick and need to spend an extra night somewhere, or the weather is bad and it’s safer to wait a day before crossing one of the high passes, then you have the extra days on hand.

Having buffer days built in to your itinerary gives you the opportunity to avoid trekking in weather like this

It’s worth knowing that should everything go to plan and you don’t need to use any buffer days during your trek, it’s straightforward for a trekking agency to change the date of your flight, bringing it forward a few days for example. However, this is not so easy if you have booked your flight online, independently.

On our own Everest Three Passes trek we allowed for up to 22 days, from Kathmandu back to Kathmandu, but in the end our itinerary was just 17 days.

OUR RECOMMENDED TREKKING AGENCY

We partnered with  Himalayan Masters for our Langtang Valley, Gosainkunda, and Everest Three Passes treks, and found them to be very professional and committed to a high level of service

To enquire about booking your own trek, get in touch via email at [email protected] and mention the code HOGG5 to get a 5% discount off the cost of your trip

TREK THE EVEREST THREE PASSES CLOCKWISE OR ANTI-CLOCKWISE?

CLOCKWISE OR ANTI-CLOCKWISE?

The Everest Three Passes trek is a lollipop-shaped trek. The ‘stick’ is the section between Lukla and Namche Bazaar (which you will hike at both the start and end of the trek), while the ‘lolli’ is the loop from Namche to Namche, crossing the three passes and forming the main part of the trek. It is possible to trek this loop section clockwise (crossing Renjo La first) or anti-clockwise/counter-clockwise (crossing Kongma La first). We would highly recommend trekking the Everest Three Passes route anti-clockwise , for the reasons outlined below.

ACCLIMATISATION

The primary reason for tackling the Three Passes trek in an anti-clockwise direction is to allow for proper acclimatisation . By aiming to cross Kongma La first, you can ascend to high altitude at a sensible rate and incorporate at least two acclimatisation hikes into your itinerary. This greatly minimises your chance of suffering from Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS, also known as altitude sickness), or developing the life-threatening conditions of HACE or HAPE.

Trekking the Everest Three Passes route in a clockwise direction, crossing Renjo La first, offers limited opportunities for acclimatisation hikes and requires a much bigger jump in elevation over a shorter period of time. This puts you at much greater risk of developing AMS (or worse, HACE or HAPE), and as such your chances of successfully and safely completing the trek are lower.

We cover more about acclimatisation, safe ascent rates, and AMS in the ‘Altitude Awareness and AMS’ section below.

Doing the acclimatisation hike on Nangkartshang is one of the benefits of trekking the Three Passes in an anti-clockwise direction

ELEVATION GAIN

In addition to the huge benefits of proper acclimatisation, tackling the Everest Three Passes trek in an anti-clockwise direction is easier with regards to elevation gain. Put simply, you will have to climb less when crossing Cho La and Renjo La if trekking anti-clockwise rather than clockwise, making it easier. You will have to climb 130 metres more when crossing Kongma La anti-clockwise, however this ascent is on a good trail for most of the way to the pass, whereas the ascent to Kongma La from Lobuche, although having less elevation to climb, is steep, rocky, and energy sapping.

Crossing Renjo La in a clockwise direction is especially strenuous, requiring you to climb an additional 400 metres as compared to crossing it in an anti-clockwise direction, from Gokyo.

People trekking clockwise climb steeply on the final section before Cho La (5368 m)

CONTINGENCY PLANS

Another reason to trek the Three Passes in an anti-clockwise direction is that there is a better ‘Plan B’ option should you be unable to cross Renjo La (due to heavy snow for example). If you approach Renjo La in a clockwise direction (aiming to cross this pass first) but find that you can’t, it’s a big detour all the way back down to Namche and then up the Dudh Koshi Nadi Valley to rejoin the route at Gokyo (approx 2.5 days trekking). However, if you find you are unable to cross Renjo La while trekking in an anti-clockwise direction, you would just skip the pass and trek down the Dudh Koshi Nadi Valley to Namche (1 day), then continue on to end at Lukla.

For Cho La and Kongma La, in terms of contingency plans it doesn’t make a big difference whether you are trekking clockwise or anti-clockwise, as the alternative routes are similar either way.

THE BEST VIEWS

We’ve heard a few people say and read various comments online suggesting that it’s best to trek the Everest Three Passes route in a clockwise direction, because that way you’ll have the best views. Personally, we wouldn’t consider this a good enough reason to opt for trekking the route clockwise. We feel that the views are incredible looking either way, and of course, you’re always free to stop and look around. And you won’t be enjoying any views at all if you are struggling with AMS because your chosen route hasn’t allowed for proper acclimatisation, a very real concern if trekking clockwise.

SEE MORE FROM NEPAL

Everest Base Camp Trek: The Essential Guide

Everest Three Passes Trekking Route Guide

Everest Three Passes Trek: The Essential Guide

Gosainkunda Helambu Trekking Route Guide

Gosainkunda Trek: The Essential Guide

Langtang Valley Trekking Route Guide

Langtang Valley Trek: The Essential Guide

What To Pack For Trekking In Nepal

Upper Mustang Trek: The Essential Guide

Upper Mustang Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Annapurna Circuit Trek: The Essential Guide

Annapurna Circuit Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Manaslu Circuit Trek: The Essential Guide

Manaslu Circuit Trek Itinerary: A Day By Day Account

Everest three passes trekking season.

TREKKING SEASON

Like many treks in Nepal , the peak seasons for trekking the Everest Three Passes route are April to mid-May and October to mid-November . These months typically offer the best chance of both clear skies and warmer temperatures, although weather patterns are becoming increasingly unpredictable in Nepal and across the world, so you should still be prepared for snow and colder temperatures during these periods.

The spring trekking season coincides with the Everest climbing season , so the Khumbu region is very busy with helicopters and yaks transporting supplies to Everest Base Camp . If trekking at this time, you will have the chance to see base camp fully set up with all the tents, and there is a great buzz about the place. Outside of the climbing season, there are no tents or any other infrastructure at EBC.

A spring morning at Everest Base Camp, the place fully set up for the climbing season

In autumn, expect less wind and higher temperatures than in spring, while in late March and April, blooming rhododendrons and other spring flowers are a beautiful sight at some lower elevations.

The shoulder seasons are March, May, September and mid-November to December. During these times it can be much quieter on the trail. There is typically cold weather in March and December. In March there is a high chance of lingering or fresh snow. December typically has sunny weather and clear skies throughout the day. In late May and early September there is a higher chance of early or lingering monsoon rains and cloudy skies.

The winter months of January and February are considered too cold by most to trek and many guesthouses are closed.

PLAN A TREK IN THE LANGTANG VALLEY

PLAN YOUR LANGTANG VALLEY TREK WITH OUR COMPLETE GUIDE

DETAILED TRAIL NOTES AND OTHER INFO FOR THE LANGTANG TREK

HOW TO GET TO LUKLA

Lukla is the gateway for all treks in the Khumbu region, including Everest Three Passes, Everest Base Camp , and Gokyo Lakes. Nestled in the mountains at 2855 m, the closest dirt-road access is approximately 1 day’s walk away, with a tarmac road 3+ days’ walk away. The majority of people arrive in Lukla by air, landing at the small runway or helicopter pad at Tenzing-Hillary Airport (LUA). If you prefer not to fly, it’s possible to get to Lukla overland in 3+ days, by taking a bus/jeep then trekking on foot.

FLYING TO LUKLA

Flights to Lukla operate year-round from either Kathmandu or Ramechhap/Manthali (approx 4 hours’ drive from Kathmandu), although cancellations and delays are common as flights can only run in favourable weather conditions. The flight time is 30 minutes from Kathmandu, and 15 minutes from Ramechhap/Manthali. The Lukla runway is just 527 metres long and is sloped at an 11.7% gradient, making taking off and landing challenging for pilots and a little daunting for passengers.

Flights are operated by Tara (Yeti) Air , Summit Air , and Sita Air , with each company using small 15 seater twin propeller planes . Flights usually only operate in the morning, when the skies are clearer and there is less wind. There is a weight limit of 10 kg checked baggage + 5 kg hand baggage . The cabin is not pressurised and it’s very noisy. There are no assigned seats. For the best mountain views, try to sit on the left while flying to Lukla and the right on the return flight.

During peak trekking and climbing seasons , Lukla flights operate to and from Ramechhap/Manthali in order to ease congestion at Kathmandu Airport. The dates change annually, but this is roughly April 1st – May 20th and September 20th – November 20th . See below for how to get from Kathmandu to Ramechhap/Manthali.

The runway at the Tenzing-Hillary Airport in Lukla, sloped at an 11.7% gradient and just 527 metres long

The runway at Tenzing-Hillary Airport in Lukla, on an 11.7% gradient and just 527 metres long

Flight tickets cost $180 one way from Kathmandu and $152 one way from Ramechhap/Manthali . You can book online directly with the airline, or via an agency in Kathmandu. If you are booking an inclusive trekking package, for example with our recommended local trekking agency Himalayan Masters , your flight will be organised for you. Booking the earliest possible flight time is best as clouds tend to move in and the wind picks up through the morning, with later flights more likely to be cancelled. Note that agencies sometimes have access to earlier flights than are available to book online.

It is free of charge to change your flight date (in advance by calling the airline or in person at the airport) and it’s a good idea to reconfirm the day before you fly to avoid being bumped onto a later flight. Again, if you have booked through a trekking agency, they can take care of any flight changes and reconfirmations for you. This makes the whole process much more straightforward than if you have booked independently (especially if you’re trying to make changes while trekking with limited phone service or internet connection).

Be aware that it can be a bit chaotic at the airport and being bumped onto a different flight time and/or standing around confused about what’s happening is pretty normal. The situation is certainly easier to manage if you are with a guide, who will be used to the process, speaks the local language, and will take care of everything for you.

FLYING TO PHAPLU/SALLERI

Sometimes when flights can’t depart for Lukla, there is an option to fly to Phaplu (2 km north of Salleri) instead. From Phaplu it’s possible to trek to Lukla in about 3 days, or you can take a jeep as far as Thamdada (subject to road conditions) and trek the remaining distance to Lukla in 1 day.

See stages 2 and 3 in the ‘how to get to Lukla without flying’ section below for more details.

HOW TO GET FROM KATHMANDU TO RAMECHHAP AIRPORT (MANTHALI)

You can get from Kathmandu to Ramechhap Airport (RHP) (also known as Manthali) by public bus, shuttle bus, or private car. The journey takes around 4 hours.

Public buses depart between approx 0600 – 1100 from Ratna Park (also known as Old Bus Park) near Thamel, costing approx 600 NPR  ($4.50 USD). The journey takes around 4 – 5 hours. You will need to spend one night at a guesthouse in Manthali before flying to Lukla the following morning. There are guesthouses within walking distance of Ramechhap Airport. You can just show up and buy a bus ticket on the day. Buses arrive at the Manthali Bus Park .

Shuttle buses depart from the Thamel area of Kathmandu at 0130 and 0200, allowing you to fly to Lukla the same morning. They also depart at 1100, if you prefer to travel during the day and spend one night in Manthali before flying to Lukla. The journey takes about 4 hours. You must make a reservation in advance. You can do this via a local agency, ask staff at your accommodation to help, or book online via Viator or Get Your Guide . Tickets cost up to $30 USD.

A private car costs approx 14000 NPR ($100 USD), which can be shared by up to 4 passengers. The road condition does not require a jeep/4×4 vehicle. The journey takes about 4 hours, with door-to-door service. You can book a private car via a local agency or ask staff at your accommodation to help organise it.

For the return journey from Ramechhap/Manthali to Kathmandu you must pre-arrange your shuttle transfer or private car transfer. If travelling back to Kathmandu by public bus, you should be able to get one from the Manthali Bus Park after arriving on the flight from Lukla.

HELICOPTER TO LUKLA

It is also possible to fly from Kathmandu to Lukla by helicopter. Helicopters can often fly in weather conditions that would ground twin propellor planes, they are generally considered safer, and they operate out of Kathmandu Airport year-round (unlike planes which only depart from Ramechhap/Manthali during peak season). Flying by helicopter is considerably more expensive though, costing around $500 USD one way per person (assuming there are enough people to fill five seats). You can book via a local travel or trekking agency, or book online in advance via Viator .

Morning mountain vistas on the helicopter ride

HOW TO GET TO LUKLA WITHOUT FLYING

It’s possible to get to Lukla without flying by using a combination of bus and/or jeep and trekking. This takes 3 – 5 days. Eventually there will be a road built all the way to Lukla, but for now the closest you can possibly get by jeep on a dirt road is Thamdada (1 day walk to Lukla), and by bus or jeep on a sealed road is Salleri/Phaplu (3 – 4 days’ walk to Lukla). Buses and jeeps stop for food and toilet breaks along the way. As the road between Salleri/Phaplu and Thamdada is unsealed, its condition can vary greatly depending on how much rain there has been. Sometimes it’s not possible to drive all the way to Thamdada, and you may only be able to reach Bupsa, Kharikhola, or Adderi.

Although it may be possible to get all the way from Kathmandu to Thamdada in one day, we do not recommend this as it means travelling on a dirt road with challenging hairpin bends and steep sections in the dark. Instead, it’s advisable to spend one night in Salleri where there are lots of guesthouses and travel to Thamdada the following day. At Thamdada, there is a guesthouse (Kare Hotel) at the jeep stop and two more approximately 25 minutes’ walk from the jeep stop. Additionally, there are many more guesthouses at Paiyu, which is around 2 hours’ walk away. It’s also possible to stop shortly before Thamdada to stay at a guesthouse in Kare (approx 1 hours’ walk to Thamdada).

The trekking route from Salleri to Lukla goes via Ringmu, Nunthala, Kharikhola, Bupsa, Kari La (Thamdada), Paiyu and Surke. Common overnight stops are at Nunthala, Bupsa, and Surke, after which you join the classic Lukla (or Cheplung) to Namche Bazaar route. There is a lot of elevation gain and loss on the Salleri to Lukla trekking route, so expect plenty of tiring up and down. The driving route from Salleri to Thamdada goes via Adderi and joins the trekking route shortly before Kharikhola.

KATHMANDU TO LUKLA OVERLAND STAGES

Step 1 // drive kathmandu to salleri/phaplu.

9 – 12 hours travel time (mostly sealed road); Phaplu is about 2 km north of Salleri

B us is approx 1700 NPR ($13 USD); departs from Chabahil Chowk (approx 0430) or from Koteshwor Chowk (approx 0500); no advance booking required

Shared Jeep is approx 2600 NPR ($20 USD) per person; d eparts from Chabahil Chowk and Koteshwor Chowk ( approx 0500); b est to reserve seat in advance (ask local travel agency or accommodation staff)

Private Jeep is approx $280 (can be shared between up to 7 people); d oor-to-door service, depart any time in morning; b ook via a local travel/trekking agency

STEP 2 // DRIVE SALLERI/PHAPLU TO THAMDADA (or Bupsa, Kharikhola, Adderi or elsewhere depending on road condition)

6 – 7 hours travel time (unsealed road)

Shared Jeep is approx 2600 NPR ($20 USD) per person; d eparts approx 0600; b est to reserve seat in advance; (ask your accommodation owner to book when you arrive in Salleri)

Private Jeep is approx $235 (can be shared between up to 7 people); d oor-to-door service, depart any time in the morning; b ook in advance in Kathmandu via a local travel/trekking agency

STEP 3 // TREK THAMDADA TO LUKLA OR CHEPLUNG

You can bypass Lukla itself and join the trail to Namche at Cheplung instead (you can get your Khumbu Trek Card from the checkpoint at Toc Toc as you will not pass the checkpoint at Lukla). There is a lot of up and down on this section. It is possible to cover the distance over two days if you prefer, staying at a guesthouse along the way (for example at Chheubas or Surke). The route and villages/guesthouses along the way are marked on our map .

To Lukla: 13.3 km | approx 7 hours trekking time | +1870 m / – 1744 m

To Cheplung: 13.9 km | approx 7 hours trekking time | +1785 m / – 1825 m

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK PERMIT AND FEES

PERMIT AND FEES

For the Everest Three Passes trek, including Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes, you need two permits. Both are issued locally in the Khumbu region so you don’t need to organise permits in advance in Kathmandu. You will need your passport and the fee in cash in Nepalese rupees.

Keep your permits in a safe place as you will need to show them at various checkpoints during the trek.

KHUMBU TREK CARD

Issued at checkpoint (Lukla or Toc Toc)

C an register in advance online (not mandatory)

SAGARMATHA NATIONAL PARK FEE

(1500 NPR SAARC nationals/ 100 NPR Nepali nationals)

Pay at checkpoint in Lukla or NP entrance beyond Monjo

TREKKING EVEREST THREE PASSES INDEPENDENTLY

TREKKING INDEPENDENTLY

The Nepal Tourism Board announced on March 9th 2023 that as of April 1st 2023, all international trekkers in Nepal are required to hire a licenced trekking guide and obtain the TIMS card through an authorised trekking agency registered with the government of Nepal.

However, the Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality has confirmed that it is NOT mandatory to trek with a guide in the Khumbu region. This means that you do not need to have a guide for the Everest Three Passes trek , or for the treks to Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes. We have included copies of the official press release from April 2nd 2023 and an info card from September 2023 stating that a guide is not mandatory in the Khumbu region. You can check the Khumbu Pasanglhamu Rural Municipality Facebook page for any further updates.

SHOULD YOU DO THE THREE PASSES TREK WITHOUT A GUIDE?

While trekking with a guide in the Khumbu region is not mandatory, this does not mean that doing the Everest Three Passes trek independently is the right decision for you. It is one of the most challenging treks in Nepal with multiple days spent at very high altitude . It passes through some remote areas with significant distances between teahouses, and crosses three high mountain passes above 5350 m.

In our opinion, you should only consider tackling the Everest Three Passes trek without a guide if you are an experienced high altitude hiker . If you plan to trek solo, it is wise to join with other trekkers you meet on the trail for any particularly challenging sections, such as crossing each of the three passes. We would also recommend carrying an emergency communication device such as a Garmin inReach .

PROS AND CONS OF INDEPENDENT TREKKING

If you are thinking about doing the Everest Three Passes trek without a guide, here are a few thoughts on the pros and cons of independent trekking in Nepal.

This is the cheapest way to trek the Everest Three Passes. You won’t have to pay for anything extra beyond your daily food and accommodation costs, permit fee, and transport to/from the trailhead.

You have complete freedom and flexibility. You can choose how long to trek for each day, what route to take and where to stay. If you like somewhere, you can choose to stay an extra day without having to consult anyone else or consider their needs.

It is easier to enjoy a bit of ‘alone time’ on the trail. If you are trekking with a guide or group it can be harder or more awkward to branch out and enjoy walking alone with your thoughts.

You’ll likely have more interaction with locals. If you are trekking with a guide it is common practice for them to deal with everything at your guesthouse and act as a go-between. It’s normal for your guide to take your order, bring out your food, and settle up the bill on your behalf, which means you may have little interaction with the owner or staff yourself. But, you’ll be doing all that by yourself if you trek independently.

With freedom and flexibility comes more responsibility and the need to do more research, preparation and daily planning. You will need to spend time organising things both on and off the trail. You will need to sort out all the logistics like your permit, transport, and accommodation by yourself, and be confident in your route planning and navigation. 

You are more vulnerable in an emergency situation or if you get sick. This is especially true if you are trekking solo. You should prepare as best you can with a comprehensive medical kit, emergency contact numbers at the ready, and ideally an emergency communication device like the Garmin inReach . You should link up with other trekkers for particularly challenging and remote sections, such as crossing each of the high passes.

In peak trekking season you may find it harder to get a room. Many guesthouses prefer bigger groups with organised companies and will give preference to them over independent solo trekkers or those in small groups. Guides with existing local contacts often call ahead to book rooms, something which isn’t as easy for independent trekkers with no personal contacts. 

You miss out on all the insights a knowledgeable, English speaking guide can offer. Your understanding of the region, and Nepal in general, is likely to be much broader after spending nearly three weeks in the company of a Nepali guide rather than going it alone.

This is the cheapest way to trek the Everest Three Passes. You won’t have to pay for anything extra beyond your daily food and accommodation costs, permit fee, and transport to/from the trailhead. 

You have complete freedom and flexibility. You can choose how long to trek for each day, what route to take and where to stay. If you like somewhere, you can choose to stay an extra day without having to consult anyone else or consider their needs. 

It is easier to enjoy a bit of ‘alone time’ on the trail. If you are trekking with a guide or group it can be harder or more awkward to branch out and enjoy walking alone with your thoughts. 

You are more vulnerable in an emergency situation or if you get sick. This is especially true if you are trekking solo. You should prepare as best you can with a comprehensive medical kit, emergency contact numbers at the ready, and ideally an emergency communication device like the Garmin inReach . You should link up with other trekkers for particularly challenging and remote sections, such as crossing each of the high passes.  

TREKKING EVEREST THREE PASSES WITH A GUIDE (AND PORTER)

TREKKING WITH A GUIDE (AND PORTER)

Although not mandatory, many people choose to do the Everest Three Passes trek with a guide, and often with a porter too. If you are an inexperienced high altitude trekker we would absolutely recommend hiring a guide for this trek, but even if you are experienced, trekking with a guide is a great option. Not only can a guide be invaluable when it comes to your safety, a guide can also enrich your experience on the trail, giving you the opportunity to learn more about the history, culture, and geography of the land. Hiring a porter to carry your bag will put less strain on your body, making your trek much easier and perhaps allowing you to better enjoy the surroundings. Hiring a guide and/or porter also provides jobs and supports the trekking tourism economy.

One guide can accompany a maximum of five trekkers. A porter shouldn’t be asked to carry more than 25 kg, ideally no more than 20 kg. If you pack appropriately, one porter can carry two trekkers’ bags. Ensure that your guide and porter have appropriate clothing and equipment for the trail, including warm clothing for high altitudes (a down jacket, hat, gloves), boots, sunglasses, and waterproofs.

WHAT TO EXPECT WHEN TREKKING WITH A GUIDE

If you are doing the Everest Three Passes trek with a guide you may meet them in either Kathmandu or Lukla. If you meet in Kathmandu, you will travel to the trailhead together and return to Kathmandu together at the end. Professional guides in Nepal are both licenced and insured, and will speak English (sometimes other languages too).

During your trek a guide will walk with you on the trail, suggest the best spots to stop for lunch, and take you to their recommended overnight accommodation. At busy times, they may call ahead and pre-book a room for you. They will act as your go-between at each guesthouse, arranging your room, taking your food orders, and settling the bill. It’s normal for a guide to run through the following day’s itinerary each evening, giving you an overview of the trail, trekking time, and any other relevant information.

A guide can help with many practical things, provide insight into local culture, and be a good companion on the trail

A guide can help with many practical things, provide insight into local culture, and be a good companion on the trekking trail

Your guide will always be around at your guesthouse, but they won’t stick by you constantly. You will have plenty of freedom to hang out in your room or the dining room, read your book, chat with other guests, play cards, etc. Guides sleep and eat in the same guesthouse as you, always in a separate room. A guide’s meals and accommodation are usually provided free of charge by guesthouses in exchange for their trekking clients’ custom. If a guesthouse is busy, your guide may share a room with other guides or be obliged to sleep in the dining room.

WHAT TO EXPECT WHEN TREKKING WITH A PORTER

If you’re trekking the Everest Three Passes route with a porter, you will usually meet them locally at the start of your trek. It is not common for porters to travel with you from Kathmandu due to the expense of getting to/from the Khumbu region. Trekking agencies usually have a pool of porters that they work with regularly and can arrange a porter as part of any trekking package. As porters usually do not speak English, your guide will communicate and organise the day-to-day logistics with your porter during the trek.

Porters often go at their own pace so you won’t always trek with them. It’s common to pack your bag and have it ready for them before breakfast, and for your bag to already be in your room when you arrive at your guesthouse for the evening.

A porter arriving in Dingboche

CONDITIONS FOR PORTERS IN THE KHUMBU REGION

Conditions for trekking porters across Nepal are far from ideal, however they are particularly poor in the Khumbu region. Unlike in other trekking regions, guesthouse owners in the Khumbu do not permit porters to sleep or eat in their guesthouses alongside trekkers and guides (with the exception of a rare few based on our own experience). Instead, porters sleep and eat at designated Nepali hotels or porter shelters in each village or teahouse settlement in the Khumbu region. Also, unlike in other regions, porters in the Khumbu must pay for their meals, with a large proportion of their daily wage being spent on food.

The conditions in which porters sleep, often in one dormitory-style room with up to 100 or more porters, are much more basic than those experienced by trekkers and guides in guesthouses. Sometimes porter accommodation is full, and porters must walk to a different village to find available accommodation, returning to meet their trekking clients in the morning. This is especially common at Lobuche and Gorak Shep, where limited accommodation means that porters often have to walk for hours, back to Thukla or Pheriche to spend the night before returning early the next morning.

You can read more in the informative paper ‘ Uphill Struggle: Impediments and Facilitators to Porter Health in the Khumbu Region ’ by Nate Barott (2018).

HOW TO ORGANISE AN EVEREST THREE PASSES TREKKING GUIDE (AND PORTER)

The easiest way to arrange a trekking guide is via a trekking agency . You can book an inclusive Everest Three Passes trekking package which covers your transport, entrance fees, guide (and porter), accommodation costs, and three meals a day. Alternatively, you can pay for a guide (and porter) only, and then pay-as-you-go for your accommodation, food, transport, and entrance fees (although this involves more day-to-day hassle than opting for an inclusive package).

Choosing a trekking agency is often the trickiest part as there are thousands of registered agencies in Nepal and the quality of service can vary greatly between them. Many trekkers will choose a guide or agency based on a trusted recommendation from a friend or fellow trekker, and this is a good approach. An alternative option is to visit a number of trekking agencies in person when you arrive in Thamel (Kathmandu) to get a feel for a company that you like, or to contact agencies online in advance.

Having trekked with three different agencies and three different guides on three visits to Nepal, our best experience has been with Himalayan Masters . We partnered with them for our Langtang , Gosainkunda Helambu , and Everest Three Passes treks, and found them to be professional, committed to a high level of service, and competitively priced.

We really appreciate the fact that Sandip, the agency owner, is super flexible when it comes to itinerary amendments that don’t just follow the norm. He’s also a problem solver and what we’d call a real ‘go-getter’, a trait that’s highly valuable to his clients, whether he’s retrieving a swallowed bank card from a Thamel ATM in record time, or fixing logistical issues when things go wrong last minute at 2am (both real life examples experienced by us or fellow Himalayan Masters clients we met on the trail!).

We’d also highly recommend our Himalayan Masters guide, Govinda Rai, who we spent over a month trekking with in Nepal. He is very professional, taking care of everything you would expect from a guide, but also tailoring his suggestions and advice specifically to his clients, resulting in a more enjoyable trekking experience overall. We quickly came to trust his choices for lunch stops and accommodation as we felt they were always among the best options available. His knowledge of the trail was excellent, and his advice on trekking times for each day (based on our own pace) was spot-on, making it easier for us to plan our itinerary and make on-the-go changes as we saw fit. And on a personal level, we found Govinda to be easy-going, friendly, and an all-round great person to spend time with.

Govinda, o ur Himalayan Masters guide

Govinda, our Himalayan Masters guide

We also met a number of other Himalayan Masters guides while out on the trail, including Dipak who we chatted with lots, as our Langtang Valley trek itinerary coincided for three nights at the same guesthouses. From our interactions with Dipak, and positive feedback shared over dining room chats with his two trekking clients, we’re confident that Himalayan Masters are working with great guides across the board.

In addition to our guide, Govinda, we’d also highly recommend our porter, Prakas Tamang, organised last minute for us by Himalayan Masters. He knows the trail inside out, portering on the Everest Three Passes route multiple times a season. We felt he went above and beyond his role as a trekking porter, especially when breaking trail for us in snowy conditions while crossing Ngozumpa Glacier and Renjo La.

To  discuss your Everest Three Passes trek, get in touch with Himalayan Masters at [email protected] , and you’ll get a 5% discount off your trip cost by using our code HOGG5 .

HOW ABOUT TACKLING THE MANASLU CIRCUIT?

DAY BY DAY ACCOUNT

ACCOMMODATION ON THE EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK

Accommodation.

Accommodation on the Everest Three Passes trek is in the form of guesthouses, also known as teahouses or lodges. These can be found regularly along the trail in local villages (such as Namche Bazaar and Dingboche) or in guesthouse-only settlements (such as Lobuche and Lungden). In general, the standard of accommodation is decent on the Three Passes trek, but it becomes more basic at higher altitude, with accommodation at Gorak Shep (5160 m) the most basic (and the toilets the most unpleasant) of the whole trek.

The morning sun lights up Pangboche, a village on the Everest Three Passes route that has plenty of guesthouses

The morning sun reaches Pangboche, a village on the Three Passes route with plenty of guesthouses

Guesthouses provide both accommodation and meals, and you are expected to eat dinner and breakfast at the guesthouse you sleep at. Lunch is usually at a different guesthouse along the trail, unless you arrive early at your destination for the day.

Rooms are basic, but comfortable. They usually have two single beds, although some places will have rooms sleeping three, or just one. Beds always have a sheet-covered mattress, a pillow with a pillowcase, and a blanket. We have seen plenty of bedding hanging out to dry which would suggest sheets, pillowcases, and blankets do get washed, however there is no guarantee that they will be freshly laundered for each guest. Personally, we always trek with our own sleeping bag and silk liner, using the blanket over our sleeping bag for extra warmth at higher altitudes.

There is always a light in the room, powered by mains electricity or solar. Often there is a small table, some hooks on the wall, and a bin, and there is almost always a window with curtains. Some guesthouses will have charging sockets in the room, but this is not always the case. There is no heating in guesthouse rooms, only ever in the main dining room.

DINING ROOM

Every guesthouse has a dining room where you can eat your meals, drink tea, and hang out. There are usually tables and benches around the perimeter of the room, with plenty of plastic chairs for huddling around the central stove. Expect to see a display cabinet of snacks and sundries for sale (eg. chocolate bars, biscuits, Pringles, toilet paper, soft drinks), and often a Buddhist prayer altar, too. The dining room is the only room with a stove. This is usually lit in the late afternoon or early evening as the sun goes down and it starts to get cold, making it nice and cosy.

Breakfast being served in the dining room of Mountain Paradise Lodge in Dragnag/Thangnak

TOILETS AND SHOWERS

There are usually rooms with attached bathrooms (ensuite) available as far as Dingboche. After Dingboche, rooms with shared (common) bathrooms are generally all that is available. If you have an attached bathroom this will usually have a toilet, sink (not always), and shower. Shared bathroom facilities normally consist of separate toilets and shower rooms, with a sink outside, although sometimes there is no dedicated sink and you’ll need to wash your hands/brush your teeth at an outdoor tap.

Toilets may be sit-down or squat style. Toilet paper is never provided , so you’ll need to pack your own and buy more as you go. Do not flush toilet paper down the toilet, always put it in the bin next to the toilet (this may be an old tin can, a cardboard box, a plastic container, or such like.) Sit-down toilets will likely have an automatic flush, although at higher altitudes in cold weather, the pipes can freeze and you may need to flush the toilet using a bucket of water. Squat toilets never have an automatic flush; you always need to flush using the scoop and bucket of water provided.

A gas shower is usually available although sometimes the water is solar heated. If neither are available, guesthouses can provide a bucket of hot water which you can use to wash. You can expect to pay up to 800 NPR for any kind of hot water shower at guesthouses between Namche Bazaar and Thame. There are no shower facilities at Gorak Shep.

COME JOIN US ON INSTAGRAM

FOOD ON THE EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK

FOOD AND DRINK

Every guesthouse serves meals and you are expected to eat dinner and breakfast at the guesthouse you are sleeping at, otherwise the cost of the room will be much higher. There are also a few bakeries, coffee shops, and tea shops along the route where you can pop in for treats.

Every guesthouse has a menu, and the options for breakfast, lunch, and dinner are very similar at each. Prices increase the higher you go as food and fuel needs to be transported further via porters or pack animals, resulting in additional costs. Meat is on the menu at most guesthouses (usually buffalo, yak, or chicken), but it’s advisable to stick to vegetarian food; meat is not usually fresh or kept refrigerated so the chance of an upset stomach is greater if you eat it.

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK MENU

Three passes trek menu.

Click into the slider to see a typical example of a menu on the Everest Three Passes trek. This menu is from Dingboche, where prices are more expensive than at lower altitudes but fairly representative of prices above 4000 m.

We have included photos of the menu from every guesthouse that we stayed at on the Everest Three Passes trek in our accompanying map .

Breakfast dishes include porridge, muesli, eggs, Tibetan bread (a kind of fried dough), chapati (flat, unleavened bread), and pancakes . Honey, jam, peanut butter, apples, chocolate sauce, and yak cheese are common accompaniments on offer.

Breakfast options are generally priced between 300 – 1200 NPR (approx $2 – $9 USD), depending on location and item.

LUNCH AND DINNER

Dal Bhat is a ubiquitous Nepali meal , eaten twice a day by many locals. It consists of plain rice, a lentil soup, veggie curry, papad (poppadom), and some sort of pickle. Depending on the veggies available, you may also get saag (spinach) or something similar. Everything is served on a big plate, and you can get free refills of each item (apart from the papad!).

There are always free refills of rice, dal and curry with  Dal Bhat , giving rise to the familiar catchphrase ‘Dal Bhat power 24 hour’

With Dal Bhat , t here are always free refills of at least the rice, dal and curry, giving rise to the familiar catchphrase, ‘Dal Bhat power 24 hour’

Other options include various soups (some fresh, some from a packet), basic pasta dishes (usually fried), fried rice, fried noodles, boiled or fried potatoes, and momos (steamed or fried dumplings). Ingredients more or less revolve around eggs, cheese, potatoes, carrots, cabbage, onion, garlic, and tinned tuna.

Lunch and dinner options are generally priced between 350 – 1200 NPR (approx $2.5 – $9 USD), depending on location and item.

Various hot drinks include black/green/milk/masala/mint/ginger lemon honey tea, instant coffee, and hot chocolate . You can order a single cup or a small/medium/large thermos (called ‘pots’). Cups or pots of hot water are also available.

Soft drinks like Coke, Fanta, and Sprite are available to buy at each guesthouse shop, along with bottled water (although we recommend purifying tap water to drink instead of buying bottled water). You can also buy beer (bottles/cans) and small bottles of Khukuri rum , however it’s best to avoid alcohol at higher altitudes as this dehydrates you and makes acclimatisation more difficult.

Hot drinks are on average about 80 – 350 NPR per cup ($0.60 – $2.60 USD), or up to 800 – 3000 NPR per large pot ($6 – $22 USD). Soft drinks are about 300 – 600 NPR ($2.30 – $4.50 USD), bottled water is about 100 – 500 NPR ($0.75 – $3.80 USD), and beer is about 800 – 1200 NPR ($6 – $9 USD).

SNACKS AND DESSERTS

You can buy chocolate bars, biscuits, and Pringles at most guesthouse shops. Other snacks like popcorn, papad, prawn crackers, yak cheese, or french fries are often available on the menu, and you can usually get desserts like apple, Snickers, or Mars spring rolls/fritters/pies/momos.

A typical example of what’s on sale in guesthouses 

A fairly typical example of what’s on sale

Prices for Snickers/Mars start from 300 NPR ($2.30 USD), packets of biscuits start from 100 NPR ($.75 USD), and Pringles start from 600 NPR ($4.5 USD). Desserts range from 350 – 900 NPR ($2.70 – $6.80 USD).

BAKERIES AND COFFEE SHOPS

You’ll find bakeries and coffee shops (some with even proper coffee machines!) in various villages along the Everest Three Passes trekking route. These include Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, Dingboche, and Gokyo. Common bakery treats include brownies, cinnamon buns, and apple pie. A few bakeries in Dingboche also show mountain-related films every afternoon.

Coffee costs around 300 – 400 NPR ($2.20 – $3 USD); bakery treats are usually around 400 – 600 NPR ($3 – $4.5 USD).

SAFE DRINKING WATER ON THE EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK

SAFE DRINKING WATER

Bottled water is available to buy along the trail, however a much better option (environmentally and economically!) is to treat tap water and drink this instead. Come prepared with a refillable water bottle and/or water bladder , and a method of treating the water to make it safe for drinking.

The cheapest option is to use water purification tablets . You drop these into the water, wait about 30 minutes, then your water is safe to drink (although it can have a strange taste due to the active chemical in the tablets, ie. iodine or chlorine). You can buy these easily in supermarkets and outdoor shops in Kathmandu.

Our preferred method of water sterilisation is to use a Steripen Ultra in conjunction with a filter . The filter screws onto the top of our Nalgene water bottle and ensures any weird floaty bits or particulates are filtered out. Then we stick the Steripen into 1 litre of water for 90 seconds and the UV light sterilises the water, making it safe to drink immediately and with no change to the taste. The Steripen Ultra model is rechargeable via USB, so we can charge it using our solar panel, power bank, or an electrical socket. We always carry water purification tablets as an emergency backup, although we’ve never had to use them during 6+ years of using the Steripen.

Other common sterilisation methods include a Lifestraw , Grayl , Water-To Go , or a squeeze filter system .

As pipes can freeze overnight at higher altitudes, be sure to fill water for the following day before going to bed . There is usually a tap where you can fill your water bottle, but if not your guesthouse owner/staff can fill it for you from their water storage container.

The only place on the Everest Three Passes trek where it is not possible/advisable to drink the local water is at Gorak Shep . There is no good water supply here. The local guesthouses have to fill water from a questionable spring and store it in containers for use in the kitchen. Given the scarcity of water and the effort involved to carry it to the guesthouse, staff will not fill your bottle for you. The only option is to buy bottled water (500 NPR) or do as we did and carry enough water with you from Lobuche. Given the poor water supply and likely less than ideal hygiene standards at high altitude Gorak Shep (5160 m), it is not uncommon for people to get sick here. We would advise caution with what you order, perhaps avoiding hot drinks (which may not have been properly boiled).

WIFI, PHONE SIGNAL, AND CHARGING ON THE THREE PASSES TREK

WIFI, PHONE SIGNAL, AND CHARGING

Nepal Telecom SIM cards work best on the Everest Three Passes trek. With NTC you’ll have a phone signal and usually a data connection for most of the trek between Lukla and Pangboche . You’re unlikely to get much of a signal beyond here.

WiFi is available at most guesthouses and bakeries along the trail. Between Lukla and Pangboche the usual WiFi cost for unlimited use at a guesthouse is around 300 NPR ($2.30 USD), although sometimes it’s free. Beyond Pangboche you can connect to the internet via Airlink . To do so you buy a card with an individual access code and this costs 600 – 700 NPR for 24 hours. Poor weather conditions can affect WiFi connectivity so there are no guarantees it will be working 24/7.

Most guesthouses run off solar power, and free in-room charging isn’t usually available. Instead you pay per device , charging in the dining room. Prices increase the higher you go, with one phone battery full charge costing between 200 – 800 NPR ($1.50 – $6 USD), and a power bank full charge costing between 1000 – 2000 NPR ($7.60 – $15 USD).

Some guesthouses do offer free in-room charging (and a hot shower) if you are paying for a more expensive room with an attached bathroom. Depending on how many devices/batteries you need to charge, paying for the more expensive room can sometimes work out better value overall. Some coffee shops (notably in Dingboche) offer free phone charging with the purchase of food or drink.

Cafe 4410 is one of a number of places in Dingboche offering free charging when you purchase food and drink

Cafe 4410 is one of a number of places in Dingboche offering free charging when you buy food and drink

It’s definitely a good idea to pack a power bank (or two, depending on your usage), enabling you to charge your phone and batteries on-the-go. A portable solar panel allows you to charge your devices for free in sunny conditions, and may be worth buying if you’ll continue to use it on future trips.

EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK COST AND BUDGET

COSTS AND BUDGET

The cost of your Everest Three Passes trek will very much depend on how you choose to trek (independently or with a guide), how many people you share the costs with, how much you eat and drink, and how often you want to have a hot shower, connect to the internet, or charge your devices.

THREE PASSES TREK BUDGET QUICK SUMMARY

An inclusive Everest Three Passes trekking package with a local agency such as Himalayan Masters (quote HOGG5 for a 5% discount! ) usually works out at around $120 per day . This normally covers your accommodation during the trek in a mixture of rooms with attached and shared bathrooms, three meals and three hot drinks per trekking day, a guide and porter, internal flights, all airport transfers, all permits, and a couple of nights accommodation in Kathmandu. You will need to pay for any extras during your trek such as hot showers, charging devices, WiFi, and snacks – budget about $20 per day to cover all of this. You should also budget for a tip for your guide and porter.

An independent trekker with a mid-range budget (travelling without a guide or porter) could expect to pay around $60 – $65 per day on the Three Passes trek. This would cover flights to and from Lukla, your permits, accommodation in a mixture of rooms with attached and shared bathrooms, three meals and three hot drinks plus one treat a day (such as a Coke, Snickers, or real coffee), connecting to WiFi, charging a power bank, and having a hot shower every other day, and charging a phone or camera battery every day.

The minimum that we estimate a budget independent trekker could spend on the Everest Three Passes trek is about $34 per day . This would mean trekking without a guide or porter, opting to travel overland by public transport (approx 23 days required Kathmandu to Kathmandu), sharing a twin room and using shared bathroom facilities every night, eating three simple meals a day with no snacks or treats, and not paying for WiFi, hot showers, or device charging.

DETAILED EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK COSTS

Below is a complete breakdown of the average costs for an Everest Three Passes trek. This should allow you to plan your budget according to your own style of trekking. We have calculated these costs based on the actual prices charged at each guesthouse we stayed at, averaged out over an 18 night/19 day itinerary as outlined in our Everest Three Passes Itinerary table above .

TRANSPORT COSTS

Flight: Kathmandu < > Lukla; $180 (one way) 

Flight: Ramechhap  < > Lukla; $152 (one way)

Helicopter: Kathmandu < > Lukla; $500 (one way)

Kathmandu to Ramechhap

Local Bus: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; 600 NPR ($4.50) (one way)

Shuttle Bus: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; $30 (one way)

Private Car: Kathmandu < > Ramechhap; 14000 NPR ($100) (one way) (cost can be shared among 4 people)

Kathmandu to Salleri

Local Bus: Kathmandu < > Salleri; 1700 NPR ($13) (one way)

Shared Jeep: Kathmandu < > Salleri; 2600 NPR ($20) (one way)

Private Jeep: Kathmandu < > Salleri; $250 (one way) (cost can be shared among 7 people)

Salleri to Thamdada

Shared Jeep: Salleri < > Thamdada; 2600 NPR ($20) (one way)

Private Jeep: Salleri < > Thamdada; $235 (one way) (cost can be shared among 7 people)

PERMITS/ENTRANCE FEES

2000 NPR ($15) Khumbu Trek Card

3000 NPR ($23)   Sagarmatha National Park Fee (1500 NPR SAARC nationals / 100 NPR Nepali nationals)

Twin Room with attached bathroom: 1000 – 1500 NPR ($7.50 – $11) per night* (cost can be shared between 2 people)

Twin Room with shared bathroom: 500 – 1000 NPR ($3.80 – $7.50) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

18 nights twin room with shared bathroom average cost 750 NPR ($5.70) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

18 nights twin room with attached bathroom where possible average cost 1390 NPR ($10.50) per night (cost can be shared between 2 people)

* Twin Room with attached bathroom at Gokyo cost 3500 NPR ($26.50) per night but included hot shower and free in-room charging

3 x meals with hot drinks, average 3150 NPR ($24 USD) per person, per day

Costs based on 1 x chapati with omelette (breakfast) + 2 x dal bhat (lunch and dinner) + 3 x masala tea per day

It will cost extra if you want to have soft drinks, snacks, desserts, etc.

For a detailed look at food prices, check out the menus for each guesthouse we stayed at in our Everest Three Passes map

Average 500 NPR ($3.80) per day (if using wifi every day)

PHONE/CAMERA BATTERY CHARGING COSTS

Average 400 NPR ($3) per day (if charging one phone or camera battery every day)

POWER BANK CHARGING COSTS

Average 800 NPR ($6) per day (if charging one power bank every day)

HOT SHOWER COSTS

Average 600 NPR ($4.50) per day (if taking a hot shower every day)

TREKKING GUIDE

$20 – $30 USD per day (cost can be shared with up to 5 people)

$18 – $25 USD per day (max weight carried 25 kg, cost can be shared between 2-3 people)

GUIDE AND PORTER TIPS

Guides and porters rely on tips to supplement their daily wage and it is expected that you tip at the end of your trek

Recommended minimum amount is:

500 NPR ($4 USD) per person, per day for guides

400 NPR ($3 USD) per person, per day for porters

For larger groups, tip 10% of total tour cost to be split between all trekking staff

Average 500 NPR ($3.80) per day  (if using wifi every day)

PHONE/CAMERA BATTERY CHARGING

Power bank charging, money and atms on the everest three passes trek.

MONEY AND ATMs

You will pay for everything in cash on your Everest Three Passes trek. It is best to bring all the cash you need from Kathmandu , in Nepalese rupees . There are ATMs in Lukla and Namche Bazaar, but we advise you to think of these as emergency ATMs only and not to rely upon them. It’s a good idea to have a mixture of large and small bills, as guesthouses, shops, and bakeries don’t always have change.

ATMs in Nepal have maximum withdrawal limits (usually 35,000 NPR) and your bank card is also likely to have a max daily withdrawal limit . Be sure to plan ahead and start withdrawing cash a few days in advance. If this is not possible, for example you plan to depart for Lukla soon after arriving in Nepal, you will need to have enough foreign currency (USD is best) to exchange for Nepalese rupees.

If you are trekking independently you will need to carry quite a lot of cash. You will need less cash if you choose an inclusive trekking package as your guide will pay for accommodation and food during the trek, but you will still need enough to cover daily expenses such as hot showers, snacks, and device charging. You should also ensure you have enough cash to tip your guide and porter at the end of the trek, as one or both may not be returning with you to Kathmandu.

PLAN YOUR JOURNEY ON THIS CLASSIC NEPAL TREK

WHAT TO PACK FOR THE EVEREST THREE PASSES TREK

WHAT TO PACK

Everything you need for your Everest Three Passes trek is covered in our dedicated packing guide, What To Pack For Trekking in Nepal , so be sure to check this out for a complete rundown. You can also download our Nepal Packing List , a useful online or printable checklist for your trek.

In a nutshell, you will need layers suitable for trekking in warm and cold conditions and dry clothes for the evening, gear which you will use on the trail and at your guesthouse, any relevant electronics , hygiene and first aid items, and a few essentials such as cash , emergency contact details , your travel insurance documents, and your passport . We would highly recommend carrying microspikes (crampons) for crossing the icy glacier at Cho La, and in case you encounter any other snow or ice during the trek.

If you arrive in Nepal without the appropriate gear for trekking, you can buy and/or rent everything you need in Kathmandu (either fake or genuine items). Some trekking agencies provide gear free of charge to clients. Himalayan Masters , for example, provide sleeping bags, down jackets, trekking poles, water bottles, purification tablets, caps, T-Shirts, and a duffel bag if you’re trekking with a porter.

There are also lots of trekking shops in both Lukla and Namche Bazaar , with others dotted along the trail in various smaller villages. You can buy genuine gear from the likes of Icebreaker, Osprey, and Black Diamond at Sherpa Adventure Gear stores in Namche. There is also a branch of The North Face in Namche. Most other shops sell counterfeit/cheap gear.

You can leave any excess luggage at your hotel in Kathmandu and pick it up when you return from your trek.

WHAT TO PACK FOR YOUR TREK

Download our handy Nepal packing list to print or fill in digitally using a PDF reader

ALTITUDE AWARENESS AND AMS

Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) , also commonly referred to as Altitude Sickness, can affect people at heights of around 2500 m and above . It can affect anyone regardless of age, physical fitness, or other factors. The higher you go the less oxygen there is, and it takes time for your body to adjust. Symptoms of AMS, such as headaches, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, fatigue or loss of appetite, can occur when your body is not properly acclimatised to being at a particular altitude.

The highest sleeping altitude on the Everest Three Passes trek is at Gorak Shep (5160 m). The highest point you are likely to trek to is Kala Patthar (5611 m) and the highest pass crossing is Kongma La (5547 m). These altitudes are considered ‘ very high altitude ’ in trekking terms.

AMS can develop into the life-threatening conditions of HACE or HAPE, therefore symptoms of AMS should never be ignored. Read up on the causes, symptoms, and treatments for AMS prior to your trek – it could save your life or that of a fellow trekker! We have found the altitude.org website helpful, along with the PDF booklet about Travel at High Altitude (available in a number of languages) produced by Medex . A number of other medical websites, such as the NHS , are also good resources.

In a nutshell, the best way to avoid developing AMS (or the life-threatening conditions of HACE or HAPE) is to follow medically advised best-practices . This includes ascending slowly, sleeping no more than 300 – 500 metres higher than the previous night, taking a rest day for every 1000 metres ascended above 2500 m, staying well hydrated by drinking lots of water, and going on acclimatisation hikes where you can climb high but return to sleep at a lower altitude.

Approaching Cho La (5368 m), the middle (and lowest) of the Three Passes 

Approaching Cho La (5368 m), the middle (and lowest) of the Three Passes

If you develop AMS symptoms, do not ascend any higher. Rest, drink water, eat something, take paracetamol and ibuprofen to help with the pain, and assess whether your condition is worsening or improving. If it is worsening, you should descend to a lower altitude immediately. If it is improving or staying the same, rest at the same altitude for a night and allow your body more time to acclimatise before ascending.

Acetazolamide (Diamox) is a tablet that can be taken as a preventative to AMS, or as a treatment to help reduce the symptoms. It helps to speed up the acclimatisation process by causing you to breathe deeper and faster, resulting in higher oxygen concentrations in the body. It usually comes in tablets of 250 mg and the dosage is 125 mg twice a day. You can speak to a medical professional prior to your trip about taking Acetazolamide (Diamox). It is available to purchase over the counter at pharmacies in Kathmandu and trekking guides will often carry it in their first aid kit. Common side effects of taking Acetazolamide (Diamox) are tingling fingers, lips, and/or feet.

Note that many guides and locals will advise you to eat garlic soup as a remedy to AMS, but there is no medical evidence to support this notion.

TRAVEL INSURANCE FOR TREKKING IN NEPAL

You will have the chance to trek up to 5611 m on the Everest Three Passes trek. Trekking to this altitude is NOT automatically covered by most travel insurance providers , but you should be able to pay extra for an add-on ‘activity pack’ or such like which will cover you for trekking at such heights. When choosing your travel insurance policy, it’s also wise to ensure you have Search and Rescue cover and Medical Evacuation cover included.

Always check the inclusions and exclusions of your policy carefully. Some travel insurance providers have specific exclusions or conditions when it comes to trekking in Nepal. For example, the excess for helicopter evacuation may be considerably higher for Nepal than elsewhere. This is due in part to a scam in recent years whereby trekkers who become ill are pressured or encouraged to fly out of the mountains by helicopter for medical attention, with unscrupulous guides, helicopter companies, doctors, and even some trekkers themselves, profiting from the scam.

You should also make a note of the correct procedure for medical emergencies and the insurance company emergency contact number. Add this information to your phone, and keep a written copy with you while trekking.

Whether you are currently in your home country or are already travelling, two travel insurance policy providers that can cover you for trekking in Nepal are World Nomads (for residents of 140+ countries) and True Traveller (for UK and EEA residents only). We have purchased travel insurance policies from both of these companies on numerous occasions and have found their policies to be comprehensive, and their online claims and extension processes straightforward.

If you still need to organise your travel insurance, we’d suggest getting a quote from each to see which suits you best.

Click the links below to get a quote

Click the links to get a quote.

GETTING TO NEPAL

It’s possible to travel overland from India to Nepal, crossing the border at Sunauli. The route and details are described in this post on Seat 61 .

The easiest way to get to Nepal is by flying and this is how the vast majority of people arrive. A number of different airlines operate flights to Nepal’s only international airport, Tribhuvan International Airport, on the outskirts of Kathmandu. There are very few long distance direct flights to Nepal, so you can expect to transfer somewhere in Asia or the Middle East, depending on your direction of travel.

It’s best to book your flights at the earliest possible opportunity . During busy times, such as the peak trekking seasons in spring and autumn, flights are often fully booked.

CHECK FLIGHT OPTIONS HERE

Arriving at kathmandu airport.

There is a money exchange booth next to the visa payment counter , prior to passing through immigration. There is an ATM next to the visa payment counter too, however it is unreliable. More ATMs are available after passing through immigration, but it’s best to have some cash with you just in case.

You can arrange a SIM from NCell or Nepal Telecom at arrivals , and SIM cards are also available from many small shops in Thamel.

AIRPORT TAXI

A taxi from the airport to Thamel costs approximately 800 – 1000 NPR ($6 – $7.50 USD) and takes between 15 – 30 minutes depending on traffic and the time of day. There are prepaid taxi counters at arrivals, or you can negotiate a fare with a taxi driver outside (there are no metered taxis). You need to pay cash .

PLAN YOUR TREK TO UPPER MUSTANG

NEPAL TOURIST VISAS

Tourist visas are available on arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport and at all land border crossings that are open to foreign travellers .

While tourist visas on arrival are available for many foreign passport holders, citizens of some countries are required to get a visa prior to arrival, while those from SAARC countries can get their visa free of charge.

See the Nepal Immigration website for more details.

NEPAL VISA ON ARRIVAL

There are three Nepal tourist visas available and three things you must have to get one on arrival:

• 15 Days – 30 USD
• 30 Days – 50 USD
• 90 Days – 125 USD

WHAT YOU NEED

• A passport valid for at least six months
• At least one blank page in your passport
• The visa fee in cash (US Dollars is best)

The Nepal tourist visa on arrival process is as follows:

NEPAL VISA ON ARRIVAL PROCESS

• Go to the machines to the right as you enter the arrivals hall. You’ll need your passport details and hotel address . After filling in the required details on the screen, take a photo of the confirmation page on your phone (the printer doesn’t work).
• Next, you need to pay for your visa at the desk on the left as you enter the arrivals hall. You can show the confirmation on your phone. They want a cash payment for the visa. A sign indicates that a number of currencies are acceptable, including EUR, GBP, CAD, USD, AUD, JPY, KRW, AED, SGD, THB, MYR, CHF, DKK, QAD, SAR, CNY, HKD, KWD, and BHD. Note that they will NOT accept Bank of Scotland GBP notes, only Bank of England notes. You cannot pay in NPR. The sign says they accept card payments, but they will refuse and advise you that you must pay cash. If you insist hard enough, then they’ll send you to the desk on the far left to pay at a card machine with a $1 surcharge. The machine can be temperamental and the payment may fail to go through a few times. Also, it’s treated as a cash advance from your credit card, not a transaction, so you’ll probably be charged a cash withdrawal fee by your credit card company. After paying for your visa you’ll get a receipt .
• Take the receipt of visa payment, your passport , and boarding pass for your flight into Kathmandu to the immigration desk and get stamped through.

RECOMMENDED KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

WHERE TO STAY IN KATHMANDU

Thamel is the main tourist hub in Kathmandu , with plenty of restaurants, bars, shops, and services aimed at trekkers. Here are some recommendations for accommodation before and after your Everest Three Passes trek, with something to suit all budgets.

BUDGET KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

Flock Hostel | Dorm and Private rooms, modern design, close to Thamel, rooftop bar and terrace, restaurant

Zostel Kathmandu | Dorm and Private rooms, terrace, bar, restaurant, close to Thamel

Flying Yak | Dorm and Private rooms, modern design, central Thamel, bar, terrace  

Yakety Yak | Dorm and Private rooms, sleek modern design, rooftop terrace, bar, restaurant, central Thamel

Bag Packer’s Lodge | Budget private rooms with shared or private bathroom, rooftop terrace, restaurant, central Thamel location

MID-RANGE KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

9ine Thamel | Sleek minimalist design, central Thamel, excellent restaurant 

Nomad Hotel | Tasteful modern design, short walk from Thamel, restaurant and terrace

Oasis Kathmandu Hotel | Good location in Thamel, restaurant, generically ‘nice’ decor

Kathmandu Aagantuk Hotel | Good location in Thamel, restaurant, generically ‘nice’ decor, some rooms with balconies

Hotel Roadhouse | Stylish Modern design with heritage feel, central Thamel, popular restaurant on ground floor

HIGH-END KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION

Dalai-La | Central Thamel, courtyard restaurant, artistic Nepali design

Hotel Thamel House | Classic heritage style with lots of brick and wood, leafy courtyard restaurant, central Thamel

Kathmandu Marriott Hotel | Sleek and minimal design, walking distance to Thamel, Nimsdai store on-site

Aloft Kathmandu |  Modern design, Thamel location

Baber Mahal Vilas – The Heritage Hotel | Heritage boutique hotel invoking a range of historic styles 

The Dwarika’s Hotel | 5* luxury heritage style hotel, half-way between airport and Thamel

SEE MORE KATHMANDU ACCOMMODATION HERE

Everest three passes trek maps, guidebooks and apps.

MAPS, GUIDEBOOKS AND APPS

You can easily pick up trekking maps of the Khumbu region in Thamel, Kathmandu, with many shops selling them. Check that your map covers the full Everest Three Passes route, plus the section to the south as far as Salleri if you’re planning to travel overland to Lukla (or plans change at the last minute and you need to trek instead of fly!).

Good guidebooks for the Everest Three Passes trek specifically, and the Khumbu region and Nepal in general, include A Trekking Guide to Everest: Everest Base Camp, Gokyo Lakes, Thame Valley, Three High Passes, Classic Everest, Arun Valley by Sian Pritchard-Jones and Bob Gibbons (available in paperback or kindle), Cicerone’s Trekking Everest: Base Camp, Kala Patar and Other Trekking Routes in Nepal and Tibet , Lonely Planet’s Nepal Guide , the Lonely Planet Trekking in the Nepal Himalaya guide, and The Rough Guide to Nepal .

We would also suggest having a mapping app on your phone that can be used offline . Our favourite is Organic Maps ( iOS / Android ) (very similar to Maps.me, but with less ads) which is easy to use and has a straightforward interface. You can download maps for the area beforehand and use it offline with the GPS on your phone. Our Everest Three Passes Trekking E-Map includes a KML file with the various routes and all relevant places pinned, which can be imported to Organic Maps or Maps.Me for easy navigation and planning.

We also use the Gaia GPS app ( iOS / Android ) when we want more detailed topographical info, ensuring that we’ve downloaded the relevant map region online in advance. Again, our Everest Three Passes Trekking E-Map includes a GPX file download of the routes and key places, which can be imported directly into your app.

THANKS FOR READING!

If you’ve found this guide helpful, please consider leaving us a small tip. Your support is greatly appreciated and helps cover the costs of running this blog.

Kim and Del Hogg

If you’ve found this guide helpful, please consider leaving us a small tip.

Your support is greatly appreciated and helps cover the costs of running this blog.

That’s it for our guide to the Everest Three Passes trek. We hope you found it useful. If you’ve any thoughts or experiences to share, or any questions about this trek, drop them in the comments below.

ORGANISE YOUR TRIP

Still not sorted your travel insurance it’s not too late get a quote now, liked this guide pin it for later, 4 leave a reply.

Great write ups! Left a comment on the packing list article too. These are very comprehensive guides, the hard work is much appreciated.

Thanks again Chris, happy we could provide such useful resources. Cheers!

Many thanks for the information- really useful.

Thanks Martyn, glad to know you found it useful.

WORK WITH US

We use cookies to ensure we give you the best possible user experience on Going the Whole Hogg. By continuing to browse this site, we assume you're happy with this.

Cookie and Privacy Settings

We may request cookies to be set on your device. We use cookies to let us know when you visit our websites, how you interact with us, to enrich your user experience, and to customize your relationship with our website.

Click on the different category headings to find out more. You can also change some of your preferences. Note that blocking some types of cookies may impact your experience on our websites and the services we are able to offer.

These cookies are strictly necessary to provide you with services available through our website and to use some of its features.

Because these cookies are strictly necessary to deliver the website, refusing them will have impact how our site functions. You always can block or delete cookies by changing your browser settings and force blocking all cookies on this website. But this will always prompt you to accept/refuse cookies when revisiting our site.

We fully respect if you want to refuse cookies but to avoid asking you again and again kindly allow us to store a cookie for that. You are free to opt out any time or opt in for other cookies to get a better experience. If you refuse cookies we will remove all set cookies in our domain.

We provide you with a list of stored cookies on your computer in our domain so you can check what we stored. Due to security reasons we are not able to show or modify cookies from other domains. You can check these in your browser security settings.

We also use different external services like Google Webfonts, Google Maps, and external Video providers. Since these providers may collect personal data like your IP address we allow you to block them here. Please be aware that this might heavily reduce the functionality and appearance of our site. Changes will take effect once you reload the page.

Google Webfont Settings:

Google Map Settings:

Google reCaptcha Settings:

Vimeo and Youtube video embeds:

You can read about our cookies and privacy settings in detail on our Privacy Policy Page.

Trip Advisor Awards

Email Support

24/7 Phone Support

Three passes trek itinerary.

Attention readers! You just landed on the NEST Adventure website. My name is Raj, and I’m the team leader at NEST (Kathmandu based local company). What I’m just about to share is my experience as a mountain guide for over ten years in the Himalayas. Here you will get exact information on how to plan Three Passes Trek Itinerary and other details.

Why Everest Three Passes Trek?

The three pass circuit trail in the Everest Region includes some of the major destinations such as  Everest Base Camp , Gokyo Lake, Gokyo Ri, Kalapatthar, KhongmalaPass, Chola Pass, and Ranjola Pass. So you will see the same places as on the standard EBC trail, but with many additional bonuses!

• It is remote and off-the-beaten-path. Only 5-10% of the 60,000 EBC trekkers follow the Three Pass Trek route. So you can enjoy the scenery without too many tourists!
• On this trail, expect to be surrounded by four of the highest mountains in the world, including Mt. Everest. Not to mention that the three high passes are all above 5,000m. Very few places on this earth have these combinations!
• The Three PassesTrek offers a lot more side-trips than any other trail. You can spend more than 3 weeks and venture into different places.
• It is the only trail in the entire Khumbu Region that follows a circuit tail. Unlike the Everest Base Camp, the classical trail requires to hike down the same path you hike up. However, in three pass trek, Every day is a new trail as you make a loop on this trek.
• It is part of The Great Himalayan Trail (GHT). The Three Pass Trek is one of the major components of The Great Himalayan Trail.

Where does the trail start from?

At this point, there are some names of the place involves in these writings. Which might totally strange sound to you. If you follow me on the map, as I explain, you may have a better understanding. Here is the map of the Three pass trek .

Read More: Everest Base Camp Trek Best Time 

This trek starts from Lukla (you will need to fly from Kathmandu to Lukla), a small mountain village with a small local airport. Statistically speaking Lukla airport and the flight itself is the most dangerous flight and airport in the world. This is because of the weather, altitude, and size and location of the airstrip for landing. But don’t worry, this is the usual jump-off point for any Everest treks and climbs, and most survived it!

Read More: Everest Base Camp Trek Itinerary  

After two or three days of following the classical EBC trail from Lukla to Namche, the three-passes trek takes you to Thame or Dingboche, depending on the route you decide to take.

How many days will this take?

For a hiker with some basic trekking experience, this can be completed in about 3 weeks, or roughly 19 days without extra days but If you want to keep one extra day for any problem/ flight delays or acclimatization you may want to give at least 20 days.

Which route should be taken?

A couple of options are available, but you should consider the trail that goes gradually. In fact, the three passes trek, well known for off the beaten path in the Everest region. The routes (from Namche to Thame is the clockwise route) take you to the first high-pass in just two to three days. This could be risky, given that the altitude of these passes is above 5000m. (But the perfect route to skip the overcrowd).

If you choose the first clockwise usual route, It is highly recommended to have one acclimatization day in Mirlung to give maximum chances to complete this trail without any sickness issue. Although you might find some travel bloggers, experiences posted online without a rest day in Mirlung, which I personally see as adding risk for not having a rest day.

Three Passes Trek itinerary Clockwise

Day 19: you can finally take the flight from Lukla-Ramchep-Kathmandu. Note: Based on Alltrails GPS map Three Pass Trek total distance is about 111.87 miles/180km which is per day on average 6.2mil/9.9km per day. And the elevation was measure based on the 2020 map attached in this article. 

Another option also refers to it, the counter-clockwise route. You follow the classical EBC trail all the way to Dingboche, and then from there, take the path that goes to the first pass, Khongma-la. This route might be a good alternative for better acclimatization and to avoid altitude sickness as you reach the high pass within 6/7 days On this route. But for the first week, you may need to deal with an overcrowded tourist number. The Everest Region has the highest probability of experiencing mountain sickness. So we advise you to take as many side trips as you can to make sure you complete your trek safely.

I hope you enjoy reading my writings. If you are indeed one of those, who would like to explore Everest reason differently, compear to a regular tourist. This Three Passes trek Itinerary is for you. I want you to learn everything before you embark on this trail. So you can enjoy the hike up to the limit. This part of the itinerary is just one fragment from what you should know. There are still so many other things you should be aware such as the difficulty , Best time weather and season, etc. I’ve so many different readings in my blogs about Three Pass Trek. Please don’t forget to read my blogs here.

At the end of this article If you are one of those looking for a guided tour, We are happy to organize this trek with one of our most trusted guides who has explored this route over 20 times. NEST Adventure has a well-established record when it comes to client satisfaction. Our team has earned 5/5 star ratings on TripAdvisor from our recent clients . So the chances are incredibly high; you will receive the same experience with us. If you believe NEST could be the BEST partner to plan your trip, please do not hesitate to email one of our office representatives.

Planning trip to Nepal and need help?

• Number of Adult *
• Number of Children
• Age of Children at time of trip *
• I have my exact travel dates
• I have approximate dates
• I don't have my dates yet
• Travel Start Date *
• Travel End Date *
• Month of departure* * Choose Month May 2019 June 2019 July 2019 August 2019 September 2019 October 2019 November 2019 December 2019 January 2020 February 2020 March 2019 April 2020 May 2020 June 2020 July 2020 August 2020 September 2020 October 2020 November 2020 December 2020
• Approximate Duration * Choose Duration Less than a week 1 Week 2 Weeks 3 Weeks More than 3 Weeks
• Full Name *
• Phone Number
• Give Your Trip a Short Title* *
• Describe Your Trip* *

Rajendra Khanal (Raj)

Born and raised in Gorkha, Nepal, I am proud to call the  Manaslu region my home! I have been in the travel business for over a decade from being assistance guide, leader, to being a manager. And finally today I am the founder of NEST Adventure. So you could say I know my way well enough in the Himalayas, especially in some of the off-the-beaten-trails in Nepal like Manaslu,  Kanchenjunga  and  Mustang !

I am passionate about travelling and I strongly believe that seeing the world shouldn't break the bank (at least not too much!). I have backpacked to over 15 countries in Asia, Central America, USA, Canada, one-third of Europe, the Caribbean Islands, and Latin America.

I studied in the UK and moved to the United States. During that period, I had the opportunity of working with multinational companies which taught me how to deliver quality customer service in the business. As a world travelling backpacker myself , and travel expert for the Nepalese Himalayas, I started writing about my own country. Which I would love to share with you. In case you required free information about Nepal or join a group with our existing departure, ( particularly If you are a solo hiker for the restricted area ) please do not hesitate to visit my office in Thamel. We are located in the centre of Kathmandu called Thamel. I am happy to share a cup of Nepali tea and free information .

Our team at NEST has earned  5/5 star ratings on TripAdvisor.  Don't forget to visit our customer feedback page on TripAdvisor . If you believe our expert team can be helpful in planning your next trip to Nepal, then please do not hesitate to  contact me at [email protected] . I am also available 24x7 on WhatsApp  +977- 9851052042 . If you are interested to know more about my travel journey follow me on   Facebook ,  Twitter , and  Instagram .

Recommended Articles

Everest base camp trek.

Three Pass Trek vs Everest Base Camp

Three passes trek solo.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• +9779851276377
• 977 01 5348594
• [email protected]
• Follow us on:

Everest Three Passes Trek

Direction indicator to renjo la pass, kongma la pass, on the way the to cho la pass, you can also, things to know before trip, trip introduction.

Everest Three Passes Trek gives you an overall  Everest Trekking  experience. You get to cross three high passes – Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La ; along with an opportunity to visit  Everest Base Camp .  Ascending towards Gokyo Ri and Kala Patthar gives us   breathtaking panoramic views of Everest and other surrounding peaks. It is considered to be a challenging trek and is preferred by adventure lovers who want to have it all.

Overview of Everest Three Pass Trek

The Everest Three Pass trek adventure starts as we board a scenic mountain flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. And then we trek towards Namche Bazaar, the home of  Sherpas . After acclimatizing at Namche for two nights, we follow the popular Everest trail. Through Tengboche, Dingboche, and rest for another day at Chukkung; before crossing the first high pass of Kongma La at an altitude of 5,535m. Then we will be visiting Everest Base Camp via Lobuche and Gorakshep following a hike up to Kalapathar for panoramic views of snow-capped mountains including Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, Ama Dablam, and other neighboring peaks.

Dzong La, Cho La, and Renjo La

We continue our trek via Dzong La before crossing the next pass of Cho La; which finally takes us to the pristine glacial lakes of Gokyo. We then hike up to Gokyo Ri for great panoramic views. From there, we make our way towards the final pass of Renjo La. Spending a night at Marlung, we descend towards Namche Bazar, Lukla, and fly back to Kathmandu. The Everest Three Passes Trek is all about experiencing the Khumbu region’s best high passes.

Who can join Three Passes Trek and how?

The  Everest Three Pass Trek  is perfect for any adventure lover who possesses a good level of physical fitness and the ability to cross three high-altitude passes. In order to avoid rainfall and for clear views, the best periods to undertake this trek are:

• From mid-April to May in the Spring
• And from mid-September to mid-November in Autumn.

Join our Everest Three Pass Trek in 2024 with Nepal Mountain Trekkers to create some memorable moments that you will cherish in years to come. Simply fill out the  Booking form  and let us know about your interest. Or you can contact us directly by sending us an email in order to get more information about this trek.

If this itinerary doesn’t suit your requirement or if you want to customize it, please feel free to contact us. This trek could be customized as per your required time frame and budget limits.

• Day 1 Arrival in Kathmandu (1,300 m/4,264 ft):
• Day 2 Kathmandu: Sightseeing and Trek Preparation:
• Day 3 Kathmandu – Lukla [2,840 m/9,320ft] – Phakding [2,652m/8,700ft]: 40 minutes flight, 3 – 4 hrs trek (Trekking times only):
• Day 4 Phakding to Namche Bazaar [3,440 m/11,280 ft]: 7 – 8 hrs trek:
• Day 5 Namche Bazaar: Accilimatization Day:
• Day 6 Namche Bazaar to Tengboche [3,860 m/12,660 ft]: 5 – 6 hrs:
• Day 7 Tengboche to Dingboche [4,360m/14,300 ft]: 6 – 7 hrs:
• Day 8 Dingboche to Chhukung [4,750m/15,580 ft]: 3 – 4 hrs:
• Day 9 Acclimatization Day in Chhukung:
• Day 10 Chhukung to Kongma La [5,535m/18,159ft] and then to Lobuche [4,940m/16,210ft]: 7 – 8 hrs:
• Day 11 Lobuche to Gorak Shep [5,170 m/16,961ft] then to Everest Base Camp [5,364 m/17,594 ft] and return Gorak Shep: 8 – 9 hrs:
• Day 12 Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar [5,545 m/18,192 ft] and then to Dzongla [4,830m/15,850 ft]: 6- 7 hrs:
• Day 13 Dzongla to Cho La [5,368m/17,611 ft] and then to Thangnak [4,680m/15,350 ft] : 8-9 hrs:
• Day 14 Thangnak to Gokyo [4,800m/15,580 ft]: 3-4 hrs:
• Day 15 Rest day in Gokyo and climb Gokyo Ri [5,357m/17,575 ft]: 4-5 hrs:
• Day 16 Gokyo to Renjo La [5,360m/17,585 ft] and then to Marlung [4,210m/13,810 ft]: 8 – 9 hrs:
• Day 17 Marlung to Namche Bazar: 5 – 6 hrs:
• Day 18 Namche Bazzar to Lukla: 7 – 8 hrs:
• Day 19 Fly Lukla to Kathmandu: 40 min flight:
• Day 20 Departure Day:

Detail Itinerary

Day 1 : Arrival in Kathmandu (1,300 m/4,264 ft)::

Upon your arrival at Kathmandu, you will be met by a representative from Nepal Mountain Trekkers at Tribhuvan International Airport arrival terminals and he will transfer you to your respective hotel ( Hotel Green Horizon or similar standard). After check-in at the hotel, you can enjoy your free time relaxing in the cozy room or stroll around the tourist hub Thamel area until the end of the day.

Day 2 : Kathmandu: Sightseeing and Trek Preparation::

We start our day with our early meal and visit the Nepal Mountain Trekkers office at Thamel. After being introduced to our team including the tour guide, trekking leader, and director of operations, we head for necessary trekking preparations, getting needed equipment with the initiation of Kathmandu sightseeing around world heritage sites. Kathmandu Durbar Square, Swayambhunath Stupa, Pashupatinath temple, and Boudhanath Stupa are UNESCO world heritage sites that we explore till sunset. Overnight stay at a hotel in Kathmandu.

Day 3 : Kathmandu – Lukla [2,840 m/9,320ft] – Phakding [2,652m/8,700ft]: 40 minutes flight, 3 – 4 hrs trek (Trekking times only)::

Our day begins with a healthy breakfast at the hotel in Kathmandu. Then you will be transferred to the airport to catch our short domestic flight from Kathmandu to Lukla, the gateway to Everest. In just 45 minutes of flight, we get a wonderful chance to view snow-capped mountains and will be landing between the hills at Tenjin-Hillary airstrip in no time. After arriving at Lukla, we get introduced to our trekking crew and start our trekking activity towards Phakding. It will be quite an exciting first day of trekking in the Everest region. Overnight stay at Phakding.

Day 4 : Phakding to Namche Bazaar [3,440 m/11,280 ft]: 7 – 8 hrs trek::

We have our early meal and start our journey with a few ascends and descends crossing the Dudhkoshi River through a suspension bridge. Gradually moving ahead entering Sagarmatha National Park located at Monjoo, proceed towards Jorasale, and continue the day’s walk until we arrive at the popular Sherpa village of Namche Bazar. Today, we have our quick stop at Chautara and the fabulous views of snow-capped peaks already start to appear. We stay overnight at Namche Bazar.

Day 5 : Namche Bazaar: Accilimatization Day::

Today we have our first acclimatization days. It is very important to have proper acclimatization to avoid possible risks of Acute mountain sickness ( AMS ) or altitude sickness. And during the acclimatization days, it is recommended to get involved in physical activities instead of just taking a rest. We will, therefore, go for a short hike around nearby Thame or simply take a look around Namche Bazaar. Here, we also get an exclusive chance to meet like-minded travelers and Everest summiteers.  And have a close look at the lifestyle of local Sherpa inhabitants. We will stay overnight in Namche Bazar.

Day 6 : Namche Bazaar to Tengboche [3,860 m/12,660 ft]: 5 – 6 hrs::

We start our day after having our breakfast and continue our journey to Tengboche with awesome views of the Everest Himalayan ranges. We gradually make our way through beautiful Everest trekking trails, spot alpine flora, and fauna, have our lunch at Phuki Thega, and finally arrive at Tengboche at the end of the day. The major attractions here would visit the ancient Tengboche Buddhist monastery with rich in cultural/traditional insights and capture close views of Everest, Amadablam, and other neighboring peaks. Overnight stay in Tengboche.

Day 7 : Tengboche to Dingboche [4,360m/14,300 ft]: 6 – 7 hrs::

We wake up early in the morning to enjoy fabulous sunrise over snow-capped peaks of the Everest Himalayan range. Further, we push ourselves walking through Imja Khola, walk through beautiful rhododendron forests, and arrive at Deboche. As we gain altitude, the views get more and more dramatic and exceptionally amazing. Following the popular Everest trails, embracing the clear views of the Himalayas with fluttering prayer flags and crossing several Chortens along the way; we finally arrive at Dingboche for an overnight stay.

Day 8 : Dingboche to Chhukung [4,750m/15,580 ft]: 3 – 4 hrs::

Today would be a comparatively easy trekking day with three to four hours of gradual walking through valleys and glacier moraines. In a short while, a dramatic view of Island Peak is being offered. It just gives us the feeling that we are in a whole different world surrounded by snowy peaks from all directions. Soon after within an hour of walk from Bibrey, we arrive at Chhukung. Overnight stay at Chhukung.

Day 9 : Acclimatization Day in Chhukung::

Chhukung is the place where we will be spending two nights in order to get properly acclimatized to high altitudes. It is very essential to do some physical activities on our acclimatization day, so we make the most out of it by heading towards the top of Chukkung Ri offers never seen before the south face of Lhotse, AmuLapcha pass, and Amadablam surrounded by extraordinary fluted ice walls. At the end of the day, we return to Chhukung for an overnight stay.

Day 10 : Chhukung to Kongma La [5,535m/18,159ft] and then to Lobuche [4,940m/16,210ft]: 7 – 8 hrs::

We wake up early in the morning before dawn and as the sun rises, we start our day’s journey with packed lunch and drinking water as there are no tea houses further till Lobuche. Taking up the challenge put in front of us, after nearly five to six hours we gain a maximum altitude of 5,535m above sea level at Kongma La pass, enjoy the rawness of Mother Nature, capture scintillating views of snow-capped mountains, and glaciers around us, and finally arrive at Lobuche where we will be stopping for overnight stay.

Day 11 : Lobuche to Gorak Shep [5,170 m/16,961ft] then to Everest Base Camp [5,364 m/17,594 ft] and return Gorak Shep: 8 – 9 hrs::

Leaving behind Lobuche, we make our way through the moraines of Khumbu Glacier overlooking the north ridge of Mt. Everest, Mt. Nuptse, and other neighboring snow-capped Himalayas. After arriving at Gorakshep, we push ourselves forward towards the base camp on top of the world, Everest base camp at 5,364m. A constant feeling of accomplishment, satisfaction, and awesomeness strikes us upon arrival at Everest base camp, where we can see Everest summiteers camping and get ready for the ultra-Everest expedition. Further, we return to Gorakshep for an overnight stay.

Day 12 : Gorak Shep to Kala Patthar [5,545 m/18,192 ft] and then to Dzongla [4,830m/15,850 ft]: 6- 7 hrs::

We wake up early in the morning and start our day with a hike from Gorakshep to Kala Patthar encountering quite challenging weather conditions. Upon reaching the top of Kala Patthar viewpoint, we get ready for capturing awesome panoramic views of the Everest Himalayan range that seems like a magical experience when the sun slowly turns snow-capped peaks into golden color. We simply wander in the beauty for a few moments, capture plenty of pictures and return towards Gorakshep. Further, we leave behind Gorakshep and trek for three to four hours towards Dzongla.

Day 13 : Dzongla to Cho La [5,368m/17,611 ft] and then to Thangnak [4,680m/15,350 ft] : 8-9 hrs::

Our day starts as we get set and go from the tea house enjoying beautiful views of the nearby Himalayas. We will be experiencing quite a bit of challenge today while crossing high altitude Cho La Pass and heading towards Thagnak. But as we ascend further towards an alluring altitude above 5300m at Cho La Pass, dramatic views of snow-capped peaks start to appear which we have never seen before. Especially, up-close views of Cholatse and Amadablam are spectacular. While following these ascends and descends, we take proper care of ourselves to avoid any risks of being injured as there may be slippery ice glazed around the rocks. In this way, after a short while, we finally arrive at Thangnak where we will be staying overnight.

Day 14 : Thangnak to Gokyo [4,800m/15,580 ft]: 3-4 hrs::

We take a good rest at Thangnak and regain our energy to continue our Everest Three Pass adventure towards Gokyo passing through the longest Ngozumpa glacier. Walking further for a couple of hours, we enter beautiful Gokyo Valley and explore the amazing natural beauty of Gokyo lakes with spectacular alpine surroundings. We stay overnight at Gokyo.

Day 15 : Rest day in Gokyo and climb Gokyo Ri [5,357m/17,575 ft]: 4-5 hrs::

It will be our final acclimatization or rest day at Gokyo. And we climb Gokyo Ri today which is a well-known viewpoint for amazing views of the Everest Himalayan range. Exploring Gokyo is also taken as an opportunity to observe crystal clear turquoise Gokyo lakes located above five thousand meters. If you love to explore more then, there is also a possibility to go further at the edges of Lakes and capture excellent views of Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, Makalu, Cho-Oyu, and other neighboring peaks. Upon time availability and your interest, there are many other exquisite places to visit around Gokyo. And finally, we return to our tea house at Gokyo.

Day 16 : Gokyo to Renjo La [5,360m/17,585 ft] and then to Marlung [4,210m/13,810 ft]: 8 – 9 hrs::

Among the three passes in our Everest Three Pass Trek, today we will be crossing the final pass of Renjo La and we start off the day early in the morning to achieve our goal. Leaving Gokyo Valley behind, we catch up the trail leading towards Renjo La Pass and after a couple of hours trekking through alpine surroundings, we arrive at Renjo La Pass, immerse ourselves in the immense Himalayan beauty that we observe and continue our trip descending through an icy stone staircase. We walk cautiously through and after an hour we arrive at Marlung for a night halt.

Day 17 : Marlung to Namche Bazar: 5 – 6 hrs::

The trail descending from Marlung is a well-known ancient trading route for Tibetan Traders. Following the same trail, we cross quite a few rivers, and streams and arrive at the culturally rich and beautiful small village of Thame. Here, at Thame, we get a chance to visit the popular monastery and enjoy festivities held during May along with beautiful views of snowcapped peaks like Kusum Kangaroo and Thamserku. In a similar way, crossing several suspension bridges, visiting picturesque monasteries, and capturing a true Himalayan essence, we finally reach Namche Bazar again. We take a rest at one of the tea houses and stay overnight at Namche.

Day 18 : Namche Bazzar to Lukla: 7 – 8 hrs::

Following the downhill trail, today we return towards Lukla from Namche Bazar. Walking cautiously through beautiful rhododendron forests, and rugged trails with a lovely heart full of amazing memories, we have a different view and perspective towards the surroundings. While descending down towards Lukla, we recall fantastic memories that we had for the last two weeks, and upon arrival at Lukla, we simply cherish those memories. Overnight stay at Lukla.

Day 19 : Fly Lukla to Kathmandu: 40 min flight::

Most often, Lukla to Kathmandu flights operates in the morning to avoid disturbances of afternoon wind. However, in the case of unfavorable weather conditions, flights also get delayed. After arriving in Kathmandu, we celebrate our trip’s success along with our complimentary spa treatment. At the end of the day, we also enjoy a farewell treat at once of the cultural Nepali restaurant. Overnight stay at a hotel in Kathmandu.

Day 20 : Departure Day::

Finally, your adventure trekking in Nepal comes to an end today. After your completion of packing, we transfer you to Tribhuwan International Airport to catch your scheduled flight towards your onward destination.

Price Includes

• Airport Pick-up and drop service
• 3 nights Hotel in Kathmandu ( Hotel Green Horizon or similar standard)
• Sanitation: The accommodation we provide will be neat and clean with warm hospitality and quality services.
• Single/Twin-sharing Accommodation (as per budget): Your group won’t have to share your accommodation with anyone else so your privacy is protected.
• We provide hygienic and safe meals to re-energize you.
• We request you not to waste your meals for it is difficult to transport food in the rural area.
• You are not allowed to share your meals with anyone else from another group.
• Transportation costs: Domestic flight in (Kathmandu – Lukla- Kathmandu) and all required land transportation.
• Local Staff: Our guides are locals of the region which ensures that you will surely get to explore a bit more during the trek than with any other guides.
• Experienced: With an experience of more than a decade of working in this field, our trekking guides possess excellent knowledge of briefing during the trek as well as they are experts in handling all kinds of critical situations that might occur during the trek.
• Insurance: Nepal Mountain Trekkers have an insurance policy for all our trekking staff.
• Local Staff: The porters we hire belong to the same region where we trek in order to provide employment opportunities to the locals as well as to make you explore every prospect of the region.
• Trekking permits:  TIMS card ,  Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Tax , and  Sagarmatha National Park fees
• T-shirt, Duffel Bag, and Trekking Map with Company Logo
• Rescue Arrangement Service
• First aid medical box
• Trekking gear like Sleeping Bag and Down Jacket made available on rent
• 13% VAT and 10% service charge
• Farewell Dinner

Price Excludes

• Visa fee to enter Nepal ( Visa Information )
• International flight tickets and extra baggage charges
• Food in Kathmandu
• Extra night accommodation and meal costs in Kathmandu due to any change in the scheduled itinerary
• Travel insurance / Rescue operation costs
• All personal expenses(internet, laundry, battery charge, donation, etc)
• All soft drinks and alcoholic beverages
• Tips for guides and porters

Trip Gallery

• Sun hat or scarf
• Light balaclava or warm fleece hat
• Suncreams(40+) and Lip Balms
• Cotton t-shirts and thermals
• Fleece jacket
• Waterproof jacket
• Down jacket
• Lightweight cotton pants (long)
• Waterproof pants
• Inner thermals
• Thin inner socks (3 pairs)
• Thick, warm wool hiking socks
• Comfortable hiking boots
• Shower sandals
• Gloves (Cotton and Waterproof)

Accessories

• Sleeping bag rated to -10°C +
• Trekking bag (Rucksack)
• Large plastic bags (for keeping items dry inside trek bag)
• Trekking poles (optional, recommended)
• Water bottle or camel bag
• Toiletries and Tissue Papers

First Aid Kits

• Personal Regular Medicines
• Blister Tape

Fixed Departures

• 06/09/2024 2-10 Yes Book
• 21/09/2024 2-10 Yes Book
• 09/10/2024 2-10 Yes Book

Related Trips

You will also like …

• View Details
• Enquire Now

Everest Base Camp and Chola Pass Trek

• Strenuous Plus

Everest Base Camp and Lobuche East Peak Climbing

Everest Base Camp Trek with Island Peak Climbing

Everest Base Camp Trek

Gosaikunda Lauribina Pass Trek

Annapurna Round Tilicho Lake plus Poon Hill Trek

Clients review.

What our customers say about us

kumbu valley

Rilascio il mio apprezzamento per l’onesta di Ramesh dimostrata in occasione del nostro trekking nel kumbu valley.Arrivati a Denboche mia moglie è stata colpita dalla violenta tosse dovuta all’aria secca di lassù e dopo due giorni di attesa per vedere gli sviluppi siamo stati costretti a malincuore a fare dietrofront.Avevamo pagato anticipatamente all’agenzia Nepal Mountain Trekkers il costo per il portatore (il buon Nima) per 20 giorni e al rientro a Katm. visto che il trekking si era concluso in 15 giorni ci è stata restituita la somma dei giorni non utilizzati.Non è da tutti Franco e Sonia

My 5th experiance in Nepal

After seeing some excellent reviews on Trip Advisor, we booked our 18 days Sagarmatha Trekking package with Nepal Mountain Trekkers. The team of company came to T.I.A for us received us on the evening and took us on the hotel horizen thamel and from the 2nd day we start our packing for adventure trekking with my 9 friends for 18 days, From the begging i had noticed this tour goona be one of the most adventure tour since, at the end too i felt my heart was not wrong.

Thanks Nepal Mountain Trekkers team, our guide and porters. A tour company for respect. Hope to see you again on 2017/18.

WE ARE ASSOCIATED WITH

SEND US A MESSAGE

Three Passes Trek Complete Overview | Kongma La, Cho La, Renjo La

By: Author Charles

Posted on February 3, 2023

The Three Passes Trek of the Himalayas has to be one of the ultimate multi day hikes in the world. For nearly three weeks you will get to experience stunning landscapes, summit several high-altitude peaks, head over the majestic Three Passes, and even get to visit Mount Everest Base Camp.

There is just so much variety during the Three Passes Trek and once you finish your time in the Himalayas, you will be left with some truly one of a kind memories.

For any outdoor enthusiast who wants a little bit of everything and is willing to work for those views and experiences, then the Three Passes is for you.

The purpose of this guide will be to give you an absolute and complete detailed overview of what the trek entails. Everything from a day by day itinerary, costs & logistics, and helpful maps & trekking details, this guide will have it all.

As I am sure you may have some questions along the way, feel free to write them in at the end of this guide. Hope you enjoy the read!

*  Affiliate Disclosure : This post may contain affiliate links, which means I may receive a commission if you make a purchase through the links provided, at no additional cost to you. Thanks for supporting the work I put into TripTins!

1) Trek Overview & Background

While most people who visit this region of the Himalayas just head on the classic 11-day Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek , there is also an option to extend the journey into a more holistic view of the region.

That is where the Three Passes Trek comes into play. You not only get to visit Everest Base Camp, but you also get to head over three stunning mountain passes (Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La), head to the Gokyo region, and take part of additional trekking peaks not on the classic EBC route.

This trek is not meant for everyone out there as it is a quite demanding journey to take part of. But if you have the time, the fitness, and the mindset, then I highly recommend you consider the Three Passes trek for your trip.

Below is a high-level breakdown of some of the main metrics of the trek. In the next couple of sections I will break this down into a day by day detail.

Trek Name : Three Passes Trek

What Are the Three Passes : Kongma La, Cho La, Renjo La

Location : Sagarmatha National Park | The Himalayas

# of Days : ~18 days

How Many Miles is the 3 Passes Trek : 112 miles / 181 km (including day hikes)

Elevation Gain of the 3 Passes Trek : 35,771 feet / 10,900 meters (including day hikes)

Duration : 4 – 10 hours per day (depending on fitness level)

You can see I mentioned “including day hikes”. That is because there are several “add on” acclimatization hikes / day hikes that can (and should) be added to your itinerary. You will see those listed out in the next section below as I dive into the day by day itinerary.

2) Three Passes Trek Itinerary

Below is the day by day Three Passes Trek itinerary that takes you from village to village around the region & on those additional day hikes. Note that there is not one size fits all itinerary.

The trip can be broken down in many different ways but I believe this is a fantastic option to start with.

Day 1 : Fly to Lukla & Lukla – Phakding

Day 2 : Phakding – Namche Bazaar

Day 3 : Acclimatization Hike to Hotel Everest View

Day 4 : Namche Bazaar – Tengboche*

Day 5 : Tengboche – Dingboche*

Day 6 : Acclimatization Hike to Nangkartshang peak

Day 7 : Dingboche – Chukhung**

Day 8 : Acclimatization Hike to Chukhung Ri

Day 9 : Chukhung – Kongma La Pass – Lobuche

Day 10 : Lobuche – Gorak Shep & Trek to Everest Base Camp

Day 11 : Kala Patthar & Gorak Shep – Dzongla

Day 12 : Dzongla – Cho La Pass – Gokyo

Day 13 : Hike up Gokyo Ri

Day 14 : Hike to the 4 th & 5 th Gokyo Lakes

Day 15 : Gokyo – Renjo La Pass – Lungde

Day 16 : Lungde – Namche Bazaar

Day 17 : Namche Bazaar – Lukla

Day 18 : Depart Lukla

* There is also the option to add a visit to Ama Dablam Base Camp to your trek as well . This would not add any additional days to the trek. On Day 4 you can trek from Namche to Pangboche (Pangboche is right between Tengnoche & Dingboche), and then on Day 5 you can visit Ama Dablam BC in the morning before heading to Dingboche in the afternoon.

» Read more about that experience in the Ama Dablam Base Camp trekking guide

**After arriving in the village of Chukhung, you could also opt for an afternoon day hike to Island Peak Base Camp.

Later on in the guide I will give a bit more overview of each day and include links to each day’s hiking guide if you would like even more detail.

3) Three Passes Trek Map

Now that you have an idea of what the day by day itinerary will look like, let me show you what that looks like on a map. I have included the Three Passes trek on a Google Maps view so you can zoom in and out of the map and explore each day’s route.

» The blue routes are the trekking routes from village to village along the trek. You can see each village pinpointed with a blue pin as well.

» In red, yellow and purple you can see the routes for the days that the trek crosses over each of the three passes (Kongma La – red; Cho La – yellow; Renjo La – purple).

» You can also see pinpointed in black are several hiking markers. These represent all of those acclimatization and side hikes you can add onto your overall trekking journey.

Note: some of the routes I had to hand draw in there since the map wasn’t picking up the walking routes. Please consider what you see below to be estimates of the exact trail location. I would recommend an app like Maps.me for a GPS guided route on the trail.

4) Clockwise vs Counter Clockwise

While we are on the subject of the itinerary and map, let’s talk about which direction the route should be completed in. As you can tell by now, I went about it in the counter clockwise direction (starting with Kongma La and ending with Renjo La).

However, there is also the option to complete the trek in the clockwise direction – starting with Renjo La and ending with Kongma La.

During my time on the trail, I would estimate that around 75% of people on the Three Passes were doing so in the counter clockwise direction. Looking back at my trek, I see pros and cons for both directions.

Counter Clockwise Pros / Clockwise Cons

» There is one main reason why most prefer to do the trek counter clockwise, and that is due to the overall acclimatization of the hike.

If you go clockwise, on day 6 you will already need to climb up to 5,360 meters / 17,585 feet on the Renjo La Pass and then sleep at 4,750 meters / 15,584 feet in Gokyo.

This is compared to getting Dingboche on day 5 at 4,410 meters / 14,469 feet, spending a couple nights there with an acclimatization hike to 5,083 meters / 16,676 feet on Nangkartshang Peak.

Overall, it is just a better acclimatization schedule going counter clockwise vs. clockwise.

» Another reason why going counter clockwise is said to be better is due to the Kongma La Pass. If going uphill over the Kongma La Pass in the clockwise direction (Lobuche to Chukhung), it will probably be the hardest single push of trekking on the entire trek . It is a very long and tedious section of trail, and I can see why more people would rather go down it than up it.

» And lastly, a third reason why counter is preferred is because the views between Namche Bazaar and Chukhung are much better in the counter direction than the clockwise . Going counter clockwise, you will have the Everest mountain range and Ama Dablam out in front of you – something you would miss if going clockwise.

Clockwise Pros / Counter Clockwise Cons

In my opinion the biggest reason to hike clockwise is that the best views will always be out in front of you on the passes themselves .

As you head clockwise over Renjo La, Mount Everest and Gokyo will be awaiting, over Cho La the glacier will be right in view, and over Kongma La you will be walking towards the turquoise lakes.

While you will still have all of these views to enjoy in the counter clockwise direction, you will need to turn around to see them. Since you will probably have several breaks along the way, this may not be too big of an issue. You will also be able to sit back and enjoy the views from a top the passes too.

But if you want the best views out in front of you as you descend the passes, then clockwise is the better option.

5) Elevation Gain Profile & Distance Breakdown by Day

I believe the chart below is one of the most helpful pieces of information you should study for your trip. It is a complete breakdown of the daily distance, elevation gain, and trekking times for each day of the journey.

This will give you a much more accurate representation of what to expect out on the trek compared to more high-level numbers you may come across.

I put together a similar chart for the Everest Base Camp trek distance & elevation gain if you are interested in checking that out as well.

6) Three Passes Trek Cost Breakdown

There are a few different ways to go about the Three Passes Trek and depending on your choice, that can have a significant impact on the cost of your trip. The main options here include:

1) Fully Independent

This option really speaks for itself. You take care of all logistics, carry all your own gear, and head out into the Himalayas on your own.

2) Hire a Porter / Porter Guide / Guide (or multiple)

If you would like to support the local community a bit more, hiring a porter, porter guide or guide is a great way to go about the trek.

» A porter is someone who simply will carry your belongings from one village to the next while you may just carry a daypack. Porters usually do not speak any English at all.

» A porter guide is someone who will carry your belongings and speaks broken English.

» A guide is someone who speaks good English but will not carry any of your gear.

As you may imagine a porter is the cheapest option (+$15 per day), porter guide is in the middle ($20 per day), and a guide is in the most expensive ($30 per day). During my time on the trail I also saw small groups (2-4 people) who would hire a couple porters and a main guide, so you can opt for something like that too.

3) Join a Fully Guided Trek

The most expensive option here is to join a fully guided trek that will take care of all logistics for you from beginning to end. These costs usually include teahouses, food, porters, guides, logistics pre and post trek, flights, etc. For the most part, you can simply show up and be on your way.

These can really range in price. You can join a trek put together by a local trekking company which can cost around $1,500 or you can join a western based operator whose prices can reach well over $2,000.

If you don’t opt for the third option here, the below cost breakdown for an independent 17 day trek will get you going in the right direction. If you decide to hire a porter, porter guide, or guide then you simply can look at the bottom of the chart below (don’t forget about tipping your porter/guide too!).

7) Himalayas Packing List

To have a successful Three Passes trek, you will need to come prepared with the right gear. Remember, this is an 18 day trek and it will very likely include some cold conditions along the way. By utilizing the packing list below, you should be in great shape with all necessary gear and other essentials.

The Everest Base Camp Trek Packing List I put together goes into detail about everything to bring along and will explain more thoroughly why certain items are recommended.

While the list is geared more towards the EBC trek, the only change I would make is to maybe bring a a couple additional pairs of base layer clothing.

Here are a few additional tips when it comes to the packing list:

» All of your clothing should be made of moisture wicking materials such as Dri FIT, polyester, or wool. These types of materials do not trap moisture and instead keep you dry and comfortable as you are hiking the trails.

» Be sure to keep your electronics in your sleeping bag at night . If you did not know, leaving electronics out in the cold kills their batteries much faster than normal.

If you keep all your electronics / batteries in your sleeping bag at night, you have a better chance to preserve those much needed charges during the duration of the hike.

» You can rent a down jacket and sleeping bag in Kathmandu if you do not want to bring those two larger items with you from abroad. If you are missing any other items, you should also be able to find most of them in Kathmandu before you head off to Lukla.

» Bring along more cash than you will need . Cash is king on the trek and you will need to pay for all your food, accommodations, tips, and other purchases with local Nepalese Rupees (you may be able to pay with USD for permits but rupees will be needed otherwise).

Be sure to bring enough cash (and then some) from Kathmandu.

Considering travel insurance for the Three Passes Trek? World Nomads offers coverage for more than 150 adventure activities as well as emergency medical, lost luggage, trip cancellation and more. For years, World Nomads has been protecting, connecting & inspiring independent travelers, offering travel insurance & safety advice to help you travel confidently. Their mission is to support and encourage travelers to explore their boundaries . World Nomads has simple and flexible travel insurance that has been designed by travelers for travelers. Even if you leave home without travel insurance or your policy runs out, you can buy or extend out on the road. Get a quote for a World Nomads travel insurance policy today!

8) A Day by Day Breakdown

Below you will find a day by day breakdown of the Three Passes trek with a short overview of what to expect out on the trail on each day.

If you would like to learn more about certain days, check out the linked guides that will take you to articles I put together for each day of the trip.

» I took part of the trek in November, which is a month that offers plenty of sunshine and little rain. Feel free to check out this Everest Base Camp weather guide to learn more about why I choose this time of year to hike.

Day 1: Fly to Lukla & Lukla – Phakding

Starting Elevation : 9,318 feet / 2,840 meters

Ending Elevation : 8,563 feet / 2,610 meters

Distance : 5.1 miles / 8.2 km

Duration : 3 hours

Elevation Gain : 909 feet / 277 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (755 feet) / (230 meters)

After taking an early flight from Kathmandu to Lukla , it is time to begin the journey on the Three Passes Trek. Once you land, you can collect your bags and head off into Lukla to have some breakfast before taking off for the day.

Important Note : Flights sometimes only depart from Ramechhap, a 5-6 hour drive from Kathmandu. Be sure to check the latest flight schedules to better understand if Kathmandu offers departures during your trip.

Today will be an easy hike towards Phakding, and it is actually a net elevation loss. It is a perfect way to just get used to the altitude and get your body warmed up for what is yet to come.

» Learn more in the Lukla to Phakding guide up on the site

Day 2: Phakding – Namche Bazaar

Starting Elevation : 8,563 feet / 2,610 meters

Ending Elevation : 11,286 feet / 3,440 meters

Distance : 6.8 miles / 10.9 km

Duration : 7 hours

Elevation Gain : 3,986 feet / 1,215 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 2,723 feet / 830 meters

While the first day was nice and easy, day 2 will be one of the more difficult trekking days as you head all the way up to Namche Bazaar.

There will be quite a bit of elevation gain throughout the way as you head across suspension bridges, take in those first real mountain views, and even get a sneak peek at Mount Everest itself.

» Learn more in the Phakding to Namche Bazaar guide up on the site

Day 3: Acclimatization Hike to Hotel Everest View

Starting Elevation : 11,286 feet / 3,440 meters

Hotel Elevation : 12,730 feet / 3,880 meters

Distance : 3.4 miles / 5,4 km

Elevation Gain : 1,444 feet / 440 meters

Net Elevation Gain : –

It is time to acclimatize as you spend your third day of the trek above the village of Namche Bazaar. You can leave most of your gear behind as you take a light day pack up to Hotel Everest View.

Along the way and at the hotel itself, you will get some nice views of the Everest mountain range way out in the distance.

Once all finished up and you have had some time to relax up top, follow the path back down to the village, where you will spend a second night in Namche.

» Learn more in the Hotel Everest View hiking guide up on the site

Day 4: Namche Bazaar – Tengboche

Ending Elevation : 12,664 feet / 3,860 meters

Distance : 6 miles / 9.6 km

Duration : 5 hours

Elevation Gain : 2,881 feet / 878 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 1,378 feet / 420 meters

Although you are netting 1,378 feet of elevation gain today, the total gain is closer to 2,900 feet due to the ups and downs of the trail between Namche and Tengboche.

During a good portion of today’s trail you should be able to see the top of Mount Everest as well as some one of a kind views of Ama Dablam.

Once you reach Tengboche, feel free to head to the village’s monastery, one of the most famous in the Himalayas.

» Learn more in the Namche Bazaar to Tengboche guide up on the site

Day 5: Tengboche – Dingboche

Starting Elevation : 12,664 feet / 3,860 meters

Ending Elevation : 14,469 feet / 4,410 meters

Distance : 6.5 miles / 10.5 km

Duration : 6 hours

Elevation Gain : 2,287 feet / 697 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 1,805 feet / 550 meters

It is now further down the valley onwards to the village of Dingboche. Along the way you will pass Pangboche and the turn off for Ama Dablam Base Camp, if you decide to change up the itinerary a bit.

Today is a relatively easy day all things considered, as you gain a some more elevation on a slight incline all the way through and finish up in Dingboche, where you will stay a couple nights to better acclimatize.

» Learn more in the Tengboche to Dingboche guide up on the site

Day 6: Acclimatization Hike to Nangkartshang Peak

Starting Elevation : 14,469 feet / 4,410 meters

Peak Elevation : 16,677 feet / 5,083 meters

Distance : 3.2 miles / 5.1 km

Elevation Gain : 2,208 feet / 673 meters

Directly behind the village, you will see a winding trail up to Nangkartshang Peak. While a tough peak to conquer, you will get some of the best views you can ask for.

Off to your right will be Ama Dablam and to either side, the stunning valley with the mountains hovering up above.

» Learn more in the Nangkartshang Peak guide up on the site

Day 7: Dingboche – Chukhung & Optional Hike to Island Peak Base Camp

Ending Elevation : 15,518 feet / 4,730 meters

Distance : 2.8 miles / 4.5 km

Duration : 2 hours

Elevation Gain : 1,312 feet / 400 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 1,049 feet / 320 meters

Here is where things veer off from the main Everest Base Camp route. Instead of heading to the western valley towards Lobuche, the Three Passes route heads to the eastern valley towards Chukhung.

This is going to be an easier day on the trail that should only take a few hours. If you want to take in more, you can opt for the 4 hour round trip hike to Island Peak Base Camp from Chukhung.

» Learn more in the Dingboche to Chukhung guide up on the site

Day 8: Acclimatization Hike to Chukhung Ri

Starting Elevation : 15,518 feet / 4,730 meters

Peak Elevation : 18,209 feet / 5,550 meters

Distance : 3.5 miles / 5.7 km

Duration : 4 hours

Elevation Gain : 2,690 feet / 820 meters

While you don’t necessarily need to consider the trek up Chukhung Ri an acclimatization hike, it is an add on I would highly recommend. Behind the village of Chukhung you will find this peak at 18,209 feet in elevation (tied for highest point of the trek).

While a tough climb up to the top, it sure is a rewarding one. Staring down right in front of you from the top is the south face of Nupste, and behind you will be one of the coolest ridge views you can ask for.

Once back down in the village, be sure to rest those legs and get ready for one of the toughest days of the trek over the Kongma La Pass.

» Learn more in the Chukhung Ri guide up on the site

Day 9: Chukhung – Kongma La Pass – Lobuche

Ending Elevation : 16,109 feet / 4,910 meters

Duration : 8 hours

Elevation Gain : 2,691 feet / 820 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 591 feet / 180 meters

In my opinion, the hike over the Kongma La Pass is the most difficult out of any day of the Three Passes trek.

You not only gain 2,700 feet of elevation but you also lose 2,100 feet of elevation down to Lobuche. And the trek down is not an easy one either.

Over the course of this 8+ hour day, you will however get some very special views of the Himalayas. Most memorable is the one atop Kongma La, as you get to take in the absolutely breathtaking views of the turquoise lakes down below.

Once down in the village of Lobcuhe, you will officially be back on the standard Everest Base Camp route.

» Learn more in the Kongma La Pass guide up on the site

Day 10: Lobuche – Gorak Shep & Trek to Everest Base Camp

Starting Elevation : 16,109 feet / 4,910 meters

Ending Elevation : 16,814 feet / 5,125 meters

Distance : 7.3 miles / 11.7 km

Elevation Gain : 1,647 feet / 502 meters

Net Elevation Gain : 705 feet / 215 meters

Today is a big day as you will make it to Everest Base Camp itself. First it the 3 hour hike to Gorak Shep, where you can check into your teahouse and drop off your stuff.

It is then further down along the Khumbu Glacier until you reach Everest Base Camp! Spend some time exploring the area, taking some photos, and enjoying the views of the Khumbu Icefall.

Once all finished up there, head back towards Gorak Shep, where you will spend a night above 5,000 meters.

Trekking Tip: IF the forecast is looking clear in the late afternoon, you may want to swap Everest Base Camp to day 11 and head up to Kala Patthar for sunset on day 10. Getting to see the alpenglow hit Everest for sunset is quite the view to take in, however it is only worth it if the weather is clear.

» Learn more in the Lobuche to Gorak Shep & Everest Base Camp guides up on the site

Day 11: Kala Patthar & Gorak Shep – Dzongla

Starting Elevation : 16,814 feet / 5,125 meters

Ending Elevation : 15,850 feet / 4,830 meters

Distance : 9 miles / 14.5 km

Elevation Gain : 1,952 feet / 595 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (964 feet) / (295 meters)

Sitting behind Gorak Shep lays Kala Patthar, home of one of the best views of the Everest region. Along the hike up and from up top you will get to see Mount Everest right out in front of you. This is essentially tied with Kongma La as the highest point of your trek.

Many people decide to head up for sunrise as the weather it clearer in the mornings and sunrise is also a pretty special experience.

Once back in Gorak Shep, pack up your bags and begin the walk back towards Lobuche. You can stop there for some lunch before continuing on to Dzongla. Be careful not to miss the turn here as you will be getting back off of the main Everest Base Camp route.

The trekkers on the main EBC route will be heading straight back towards the Dingboche/Pheriche area, while you will be heading right towards Dzongla to prepare for the Cho La Pass.

» Learn more in the Kala Patthar and Gorak Shep to Dzongla guides up on the site

Day 12: Dzongla – Cho La Pass – Gokyo

Starting Elevation : 15,850 feet / 4,830 meters

Ending Elevation : 15,584 feet / 4,790 meters

Distance : 7.5 miles / 12 km

Elevation Gain : 2,362 feet / 720 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (266 feet) / (40 meters)

Out of the three passes, Cho La has to be the most unique in nature. That is because this is not just a simple hike. Once you reach the bottom portion of the pass, you will need to put on your micro spikes (beginner level crampons) to head across the glacier.

It is an experience like no other here as you get to enjoy this glacier walk up to the top of the Cho La Pass. The fun isn’t over yet though! Once down from the pass you will continue towards the small village of Thagnak, where you can enjoy some lunch.

From there the trek across the Ngozumpa Glacier begins as you make your way to the lakeside village of Gokyo. Note that you will not need the micro spikes for this glacier as it is mostly on the loose dirt/rock that sits on top of the glacier itself.

Gokyo will be home for the next three nights as you get to now enjoy some day hikes (or a rest day if needed) from the village.

» Learn more in the Cho La Pass guide up on the site

Day 13: Hike up Gokyo Ri

Starting Elevation : 15,584 feet / 4,790 meters

Peak Elevation : 17,575 feet / 5,357 meters

Distance : 2.5 miles / 4 km

Elevation Gain : 1,965 feet / 599 meters

Gokyo Ri towers above the village of Gokyo and its lakes. From the summit of this 17,575 foot mountain, you will get views of the Ngozumpa Glacier in both directions, a few of the Gokyo Lakes, mountains such as Cho Oyu and Makalu, and of course Mount Everest itself.

This is a definite must do hike for those that are spending some time in Gokyo.

» Learn more in the Gokyo Ri guide up on the site

Day 14: Hike to the 4 th & 5 th Gokyo Lakes

Lake Elevation : 16,322 feet / 4,975 meters

Distance : 8 miles / 13 km

Elevation Gain : 950 feet / 290 meters

Understandingly so, you may want to have a rest day at some point, and I don’t think there is a better place to enjoy one than Gokyo. You can spend some time by the main lake, head up the short trail behind the village to take in some views, and just walk around the village.

But if you are up for it, then a trek towards the 4 th and 5 th Gokyo Lakes is also worth the extra day of hiking.

There is limited elevation gain here as you head alongside the Ngozumpa Glacier and towards the two lakes. Along the way too you will get the most unobstructed view of Mount Everest straight down the valley.

So, if you have it in you, it is certainly worth the effort.

» Learn more in the Gokyo Lakes guide up on the site

Day 15: Gokyo – Renjo La Pass – Lungde

Ending Elevation : 14,370 feet / 4,380 meters

Distance : 11.7 miles / 18.8 km

Elevation Gain : 2,572 feet / 784 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (1,214 feet) / (410 meters)

It is now time to leave Gokyo and head over the Renjo La Pass towards the other side of the valley to the village of Lungde. The trek over Renjo La will give you more spectacular views of the lakes, glacier and Mount Everest itself.

Once over the pass, it is a nice downhill trek through the valley towards Lungde, where you will spend the night.

» Learn more in the Renjo La Pass guide up on the site

Day 16: Lungde – Namche Bazaar

Starting Elevation : 14,370 feet / 4,380 meters

Distance : 11.4 miles / 18.3 km

Elevation Gain : 1,012 feet / 305 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (3,084 feet) / (940 meters)

While a longer distance of a day, the trekking won’t be as strenuous. You will continuously lose elevation as you circle around towards Namche Bazaar.

Along the way you will cross some bridges, make your way past the village of Thame, and enjoy some of the last views of this side of the valley.

You will soon be welcomed to views of Namche Bazaar from above, and can then make your way down into the familiar village to spend the night.

» Learn more in the Lungde to Namche Bazaar guide up on the site

Day 17: Namche Bazaar – Lukla

Ending Elevation : 9,318 feet / 2,840 meters

Distance : 11.9 miles / 19.1 km

Elevation Gain : 2,904 feet / 885 meters

Net Elevation Gain : (1,968 feet) / (600 meters)

This is going to be the last day of trekking on the journey! It is now time to backtrack days 1 and 2 of the trek as you make your way from Namche all the way to Lukla as you pass Phakding along the way.

While you will be losing quite a bit of elevation throughout the day, remember that the portion of trail between Phakding and Lukla will actually be an elevation gain. Nothing like ending the trek with some uphill battles after 17 days of hiking.

Once you make it back to Lukla, head to your teahouse for the night, take a nice hot shower (hopefully), and get ready for your flight back in the morning.

» Learn more in the Namche Bazaar to Lukla guide up on the site

Day 18: Depart Lukla

It is now time to depart Lukla and head back to Kathmandu. Be sure to sit on the right side of the plane here so you can get those last views of the Himalayas outside your window.

Back in Kathmandu, go do some laundry, take some showers, and get some massages after a once in a lifetime trekking experience.

9) How Hard is the Three Passes Trek

The Three Passes Trek is quite demanding both physically and mentally. For about 2.5 weeks you will need to hike on average of 5-6 hours per day, covering 112 miles and nearly 36,000 feet of elevation gain.

And at the end of each day, you won’t have a nice hot shower and heated room to come back to (although you can pay for some warm showers in certain villages).

While the teahouses are some of the most hospitable places I have been to, they do not have hotel like amenities. So, while the physical toll is demanding, the mental toll is too.

But at the end of the day, we are talking about seeing and experiencing some of the most beautiful landscapes on this planet. And every day really does bring something new – whether that is a village, mountain peak, lake, or the uniqueness of Everest Base Camp.

If you think you are up for the challenge, I highly recommend the Three Passes Trek for your trip.

10) Three Passes Trek vs Everest Base Camp

A big question that is asked when going about a hike in the region is the difference between the Three Passes Trek vs Everest Base Camp.

From a pure statistics point of view, below is a chart that shows the main differences between the two treks – days, distance, elevation gain, and time on the trail.

The nice thing at the end of the day is that Three Passes Trek essentially covers 95%+ of the the standard Everest Base Camp trek.

The only portion of trail you would be missing out on is the walk between Dingboche and Lobuche (that is where you would be heading to Chukhung and then Kongma La Pass to Lobuche). Beyond that you get everything that the EBC trek offers.

If you think you have those extra days in you and you want to see more of this beautiful region, then opt for the Three Passes. On the other hand, if you are shorter on time and don’t want to hike for another week, then go for the EBC trek.

End of the day, it is hard to go wrong in this region and you certainly will enjoy it out there in the Himalayas.

» Learn more about the hike in the Everest Base Camp Trek guide on the site

I really hope that this guide has given you all the information you need to fully prepare and enjoy the Three Passes Trek of the Himalayas. If you do have additional questions, feel free to add them in below.

Also, be sure to take a look at the other Nepal trekking guides up on the site.

Have fun out there and safe travels!

Related posts:

Sharing is caring!

Thursday 26th of January 2023

Just one quick question, can I do Three passes solo or I have to hire a guide, porter or both? There are some blogs which stated that for Everest Region, no solo trekking allowed anymore.

Lynton Smith

Sunday 28th of August 2022

Thanks for sharing. I am interested to know how you booked your internal flight ticks return to Lukla? Did you hire any porters on your trip and if so where from? Cheers Lynton

Monday 29th of August 2022

Hi Lynton - I booked my internal flights through the Yeti Airlines website a few months prior to my departure. I did up end having a porter guide with me for a portion of the hike that was set up for me when I was in Kathmandu.

Enjoy your time out in the Himalayas!

Create an account

Start your adventure today.

Already a member? Login

Three Passes Trek – The Full Guide and Detailed Itinerary

Quick navigation, three passes trek details, three passes trek: detailed itinerary, three passes trek map.

• Best Time to Do the Three Passes Trek

Accommodation on the Three Passes Trek

Three passes trek costs, three passes trek tour, adventure travel insurance, recommended packing list for the three passes trek, final thoughts, trekking in nepal articles, join our newsletter.

Get a weekly dose of discounts and inspiration for adventure lovers

The Everest region is one of Nepal’s top trekking destinations, with the Three Passes Trek being the ultimate challenging destination. You cross three passes over 5,000 m , each offering panoramic views of some of the world’s highest mountains. This adventure in the Himalayas gives you a unique experience in terms of the vistas and culture of the Sherpa people.

• Difficulty: Challenging
• Highest Elevation: Khongma La Pass at 5,535 m
• Total elevation gain: 8,100 m
• Total elevation loss: 8,079 m
• Time: 14–15 days
• Closest Major City: Lukla
• Permits: TIMS Card, Sagarmatha National Park Permit
• Accommodation: Mostly teahouses
• When to Do: Spring (March to May) and Autumn (September to November)

Imagine spending two weeks deep in the remote Himalayas, pushing past the limits of your comfort zone, and trekking among the world’s most epic peaks. The Three Passes Trek will challenge you as you hike through peaks and valleys, staying at teahouses along the way for a quick rest between long hiking days. Embark on the journey of a lifetime on the most exhilarating trails crossing glaciers and reaching breathtaking heights.

Day 1: Flight to Lukla; Trek to Phakding

After landing in what is considered to be one of the world’s most dangerous airports, Lukla ( 2,860 m ), you find your way through the crammed market in the small town. This is a relatively easy first-day hike covering 6.7 km from Lukla to Phakding ( 2,640 m ). Interestingly, the elevation loss is more than the elevation gain. You’ll be losing about 496 m and gaining around 287 m along the way. The hike should take around 3–4 hours, depending on the level of fitness.

Pass the notable Pasang Lhamu Memorial Gate after showing all the required permits at the counter just before the gate. Follow the path and head towards the Dudh Koshi valley leading to a small settlement known as Chheplung. Many teahouses and small shops are present in Chheplung, where the locals give you a warm smile signaling you to come to their shop. The trail has a copious amount of small stupas and mani stone, a black boulder engraved with Buddhist mantras. It is considered religious to the Buddhists, and you’re supposed to walk on the left side of it.

After leaving Chheplung, follow the riverside trail passing over a suspension bridge. Descending for about 500 m from Chheplung takes you to Thado Koshi, your lunch stop for the day. Enjoy your meal with spectacular views of the surrounding mountains. After crossing several metal suspension bridges over the Dudh Koshi river, you get to Ghat, a village with the Yunging Gompa. Walk past the large gumba and wash your sins away by turning the prayer wheels. A large stunning mani wall is also present as you leave the gumba behind.

Walking for another 30-35 minutes uphill takes you to Phakding. Phakding is a large village with teahouses and lodges on either side of the river. You’ll be surprised to find that this village has everything you fancy. Wi-Fi cafes, luxurious coffee shops, pool houses, and trekking equipment, you name it, they have it all. Continue for another 5-10 minutes and get to the other side of the river, crossing a suspension bridge to avoid the overcrowded lodges in the main bazaar. Just after you finish crossing the bridge, you’ll see a signboard that says to go left for Mountain Lodge. Stay at Mountain Lodge in Phakding for the night. The place is secluded, and still, you can take in all the beauty of the village. The rooms are very comfortable, and you also get a hot shower for an extra charge. They also have arrangements for camping if you’re up for it. Camping is more fun as you get to sleep next to the soothing sound of the flowing river.

Day 2: Trek to Namche Bazaar

Wake up to the sight of the emerging sun gradually warming up Phakding. Kick-off your day with a hearty breakfast as you have to cover about 11.2 km hiking from Phakding to Namche Bazaar ( 3,431 m ). The elevation gain today is about 1,467 m , whereas the elevation loss is at 651 m . The trails are diverse today as you walk up and down following the same Dudh Koshi valley. The uphill climb to Namche is particularly strenuous as the whole climb entails having to walk on stone steps for its entirety.

Come down from the Mountain Lodge and take a left to be in the main EBC trekking route. The sound the river makes when it hits the huge rocks and boulders is quite fascinating to hear. Although the path is easy and flat when you start, it is constantly populated by incoming mules carrying loads of luggage and goods. You encounter a huge waterfall on the way, where you can have a moment and take a picture. The trail goes flat until you reach a small village Benkar. Have a cup of tea in one of the teahouses in the village and rest your muscles to endure the upcoming uphill climb. Cross the first suspension bridge just as you leave Benkar with caution as yaks might be coming from the opposite direction, and you have to return to let them pass first. Continue north through the valley in a rocky trail to Monju. Climb the stone steps, and you’ll be in Monju in no time. There is an army checkpoint at Monju. Don’t worry—they record your details to ensure that you have all the permits so that there is no problem higher up. The official Sagarmatha National Park (SNP) area starts here, and you have to buy the TIMS card and SNP permit here to enter the national park area.

From here, the trail descends to a mani stone between two hills and a beautiful view to savor. Walk down the trail until you reach the lunch stop for the day at Jorsalle ( 2,740 m ). Stop at a lodge, order dal bhat and enjoy it with the open view of the Dudh Koshi valley. The uphill walk to Namche just after leaving Jorsalle. Climb up a series of stairs and descend the path just by the riverside. After walking for a few minutes, you see the steep uphill trail that leads to Namche. As you follow the trail, it takes you up the iconic suspension bridge where you see many trekkers stopping to take a photo. There is another suspension bridge underlying the one you’ll be walking, which is the old bridge. After crossing the bridge, it’s two hours straight uphill until Namche Bazaar. There are a lot of alternative shortcuts on this trail, but taking one is not recommended as you might get lost. So, sticking to the main trail is mandatory. Eventually, you come across a viewpoint, from where you can see the Dudh Koshi river with a sequence of hills in the vista—a fantastic sight. This portion before you reach Namche Bazaar is famously known as “Toph Danda.” Since it’s a challenging route, there is a resting place where you witness a lot of backpackers taking a break to catch their breath. From the resting place, it is about an hour’s walk to Namche.

You will easily recognize the famous Namche Bazaar ( 3,440 m ) with a lot of houses built consecutively on the hills. As you enter Namche, you will see a small gumba and an artificial waterfall made by the locals. Stay at Kalapatthar Lodge near the Irish Pub at Namche. Hydrate yourself well and eat some noodle soup as you’re at a relatively high altitude now. Tomorrow is the acclimatizing day where you go for a hike to nearby viewpoints.

Day 3: Acclimatization day in Namche

Rise and shine! Today is the first acclimatization day of your trek. There are a lot of acclimatization hikes around Namche as most trekkers spend a day or two here. The most famous hike is the Tenzing Hillary Viewpoint, also known as Chor Camp. You can see a panorama of mountains from the vantage point while enjoying a cup of tea. Additionally, you can hike up to Khumjung via Syangboche Airport past the Yak farm. Many hikers decide to see the views from the Viewpoint and then go to Kyangjuma ( 3,700 m ), which is on the way to Tengboche.

Ascend the steep stairs from Namche until you reach the army camp. There is a small narrow trail leading up to the Tenzing Hillary Viewpoint. The trail is undemanding, and it takes about one hour to reach the vantage point from where you see phenomenal views of some majestic mountains like Everest, Khangteka, Thamserku, Kusum Khangkaru, Khumbila, Lhoste, Nuptse, Kongde, Tobuche, Cholatse, and Ama Dablam. Take a snap with the huge statue of Tenzing Norgay with the surrounding peaks in the background. You may choose to return to Namche for lunch or head towards Khumjung, which is a further 2–3 hours hike from here. If you decide to go to Khumjung, head northwest towards the famous but unused Syangboche Airport. You will find a fork on the trail on one of the ends of the airport. The left trail will take you to Khunde, and the right one will take you to Khumjung. Khunde is a village above Namche with a small monastery and a hospital known as Hillary Hospital. The hospital was built by Sir Edmund Hillary in 1966 and serves the locals in the surrounding communities. You can go to Khunde first and then head east on a flat trail to get to Khumjung. The teahouses at Khumjung serve good food.

After having lunch at Khumjung, descend to Namche. On the way back, you can visit the Sherpa Museum close to the army camp. The Sherpa Museum is a great place to learn about the Sherpa culture and mountaineering history in the region. You can also observe a collection of equipment related to the first Everest summit. Stay overnight at Namche.

Day 4: Trek to Thame

After a day of acclimatizing hikes and a good rest at Namche, you are ready to set out west to Thame ( 3,813 m ), a beautiful valley with comparatively less populated trails. The hike today is a pleasant one full of majestic views of the mountains and picturesque villages along the way. You’ll walk approx. 8.0 km from Namche, where the elevation gain is 719 m , and the elevation loss is 373 m .

Head up past the monastery at Namche and some splendid mani stones to get to a rocky cliff above the Dudh Koshi valley. Here, you see the vista of Namche Bazaar with mountains like Thamserku and Ama Dablam on the horizon. As you continue the trail, you traverse through a dusty, rocky trail and descend towards the village Phurte ( 3,390 m ). You come across a lot of chhortens and mani walls in between. After passing Phurte, you will ascend until you reach a promontory where you see the village Thamo ( 3,480 m ) with a beautiful monastery. From here, the valley goes up and down, and in no time, you reach Thamo for a lunch break.

After your meal, brace yourself for the steep stairs to the monastery; however, the trail after crossing the monastery is quite flat. Continue on the trail for an hour or so until you reach another village, Samde ( 3,610 m ). Samde is a small village with only a few houses and fields around. The path continues to rise gradually, and you can see clear views of the open valley of Thame Koshi, which is the way to the famous pass Tashi Lapcha. Continuing on the trail, you come across huge, beautiful Buddhist paintings on the boulders. You cross a small bridge over the river and ascend to find yourself on a field divided into separate pieces by the walls. That is when you reach Thame. Thame has two parts; Lower Thame and Thame Teng. The first village you come across is the Lower Thame, whereas to get to Thame Teng, you must climb up a small ridge from Lower Thame and descend to the large settlement. Stay at Summiteers Lodge in Thame Teng and enjoy the views of the surrounding mountains.

Day 5: Trek to Lungden

Wake up to a beautiful landscape surrounded by huge mountains and lush green fields illuminated by the rising sun. The trail to Lungden ( 4,360 m ) is both uphill and downhill, but the walk is quite effortless. Lungden is about 8.7 km north of Thame, where the elevation gain is 648 m , and the loss is 112 m . The trail is less populated with tourists, so this is a great option for those who like serenity on the trails.

Just after leaving Thame, the trail, besides the river, gradually rises as you walk through a dusty and rocky terrain. The tree line slowly diminishes and all that is left is empty barren lands. The next village you reach is Taranga ( 4,020 m ), which has only local houses but no accommodation for travellers. The views of the mountains start to disappear and all the majestic vistas are hidden behind small black ridges. As you leave Taranga, you cross a small bridge and enter Marlung ( 4,150 m ), the last major village before you get to Lungden. Have a snack or go for a hearty lunch here as Lungden is only about an hour from here. After you finish your meal and make your way to Lungden, you ascend the straight path on a rocky trail. Lungden is a small village with a few lodges. Stay at Kongde View Lodge, the first teahouse you see just as you enter Lungden. Take a good rest tonight—tomorrow, you cross your first pass of the trek.

Day 6: Trek to Gokyo via Renjo La Pass

Start early today as this is the day you cross your first pass of the trek, Renjo La. The trail is straightforward as you leave Lungden. The views are not that extraordinary, but once you get moving, the scenery starts to open as you see the valley you walked yesterday. It is all uphill today, and the high altitude makes it more grueling. Today’s total distance is about 10.5 km , and the elevation gain is 1,027 m , whereas the elevation loss is about 636 m . Take occasional breaks and put your bags down to build up your endurance. Also, remember to take a packed lunch from Lungden as there are no lodges or teahouses in between.

You encounter a lot of small yet beautiful lakes on the way. Tall rocky mountains are omnipresent for the whole walk today until you reach the top of the pass. There is a slight chance that you’ll see indigenous animals and birds like the Danphe and Musk Deer if you’re lucky. Keep a consistent pace, and don’t push yourself in the high altitude as you will be above 5,000 m . Just before the last push to the pass, you see a gorgeous body of water that resembles Gokyo Lake. The final ascent is a rocky uphill path with no signs of an easy walk. After climbing for almost an hour and a half, you see a boulder decorated with prayer flags, which is the Renjo La ( 5,435 m ). You see one of the best views of Mt. Everest from the top of the pass along with Gokyo village, Gokyo Lakes, and other mountains like Cho Oyu as well.

The descent from the pass towards Gokyo ( 4,998 m ) is as back-breaking as the ascent. The trail is a steep downhill filled with small unstable rocks, and if you’re not an experienced runner, then brace your knees well. Gokyo village isn’t as near as it seems even though you see the settlement as soon as you start to walk down from the pass. After you finish the descent, you meet a flat trail just beside the largest Gokyo lake (there are 5 lakes in Gokyo). Continue strolling until you reach the teahouse area. Stay at Gokyo Resort for good accommodation, food, and a nice view of the lake. Since you’ve gained considerable altitude, it is necessary to acclimatize and stay in Gokyo tomorrow.

Day 7: Acclimatization day in Gokyo

This is your second acclimatization day of the trek. There are a couple of options to spend your time wisely in Gokyo while acclimatizing. You can either choose to climb Gokyo Ri ( 5,375 m ) early in the morning or hike up to the fourth and fifth lake of Gokyo valley named Thonak Tsho and Ngozumpa Tsho, respectively. The views from Gokyo Ri are similar to that from Renjo La Pass with the only exception of Cholatse Himal, but it does give a sense of accomplishment being at the top of Gokyo Ri. It is up to you to choose what you want to do.

If you decide to go up to Gokyo Ri, you must wake up really early in the morning and reach the top before sunrise. Head to the northwest of Gokyo and cross a small stream and take the uphill trail leading to Gokyo Ri. You’ll meet a lot of trekkers on this trail going up. The trail is a rocky one, and it is about 650 m of a vertical climb from Gokyo to reach Gokyo Ri. The climb is definitely worth it as you can see unbeatable panoramic views of the surrounding peaks illuminated by the rising sun. It takes about 2 hours to climb Gokyo Ri. The picturesque view of the turquoise Gokyo Lake is not to be missed.

The other option is to hike up to the fourth and fifth lake. About 3.0 km north of Gokyo village is the fourth lake with its high cliffs and peaks rising above it. The trail continues to the fifth lake, where you see a mesmerizing view of the shimmering turquoise blue water. There is a small hill at the edge of the lake from where you get astounding views of Cho Oyu, Makalu, Everest, Nuptse, and Lhotse. The northern part of the fifth lake hosts a fabulous view of the Ngozumpa Glacier, which you will cross when you walk to Thangnak. The return trip from the fourth and fifth lake takes 4–5 hours.

Day 8: Trek to Thangnak

Today is a short walk to Thangnak ( 4,717 m ), covering only about 3.8 km with an elevation gain of 131 m and an elevation loss of 171 m , but it is equally a tricky one. You have to walk over the Ngozumpa Glacier to get to Thangnak from Gokyo. The sketchy glaciers are vast and perilous obstacles constantly changing to make your journey even harder. The trail becomes less obvious, and at times, you think you’re lost for the fact that you hardly meet anyone on the trail.

As you make your way up to the glacial moraine after leaving Gokyo, you encounter a maze of rubble piles, dozens of glacial lakes, and sounds made by the moving glacier. You might find it a tad depressing due to the low clouds and fog surrounding you. Crossing the glacier in bad weather will enhance the difficulty. The trails are always changing, and only when you see small stones marked as landmarks, you are relieved that you are in the right direction. It might take up to 2–3 hours to cross the glacier. Continue along the path until you see a group of fluttering prayer flags welcoming you to the other side. Descend from the path of the prayer flags to get to Thangnak. With only a few teahouses, Thangnak is the base to Cho La Pass, whether you’re descending or ascending the pass. Stay at Cho La Resort in Thangnak and slurp down hot noodle soup to vitalize your body for the next pass tomorrow.

Day 9: Trek to Dhzongla via Cho La Pass

It is always ideal to start early if you’re crossing a high pass due to the high winds and unpredictable weather at high altitude. Cho La Pass ( 5,420 m ) is considered the most demanding pass of all the three passes due to the difficult terrain filled with small unsettled rocks. If you’re crossing the pass in bad weather, you might need climbing equipment to triumph the steep and slippery trail. The distance from Thangnak to Dhzongla ( 4,836 m ) is about 7.9 km , with an elevation gain at 785 m and elevation loss at 652 m . As there are no lodges between Thangnak and Dhzongla, it is best to take a packed lunch.

As you come out of the teahouse to start your trek, you will probably see many other hikers going northeast from Thangnak. The trail at the beginning is a gradual uphill yet a narrow one. This trail to Dhzongla via Cho La Pass is icy and covered with snow most of the time, so it is recommended to take extra care while walking. The gradual uphill ends after you reach a small field, with minimal views of the surrounding peaks. The real grueling path starts after you leave the field as you make your way to the steep uphill. The trail is pretty vertical since there are no stairs, and you literally have to walk on the ridges of the tall hills. Climb up on the rocky and slippery trail, steadily taking breaks to catch your breath as you’ll be nearing 5,000 m . The last stages of the trek, before you reach Cho La Pass, test your climbing skills. After a strenuous climb, you reach the top of the pass decorated with colorful prayer flags. Beautiful mountain views surround you, with Ama Dablam seen to the south, Cholatse to the west, and Lobuche peak to the east.

Descending from the pass is not easy either, as you have to walk through crevasses and trails filled with snow. Walk carefully and make your way through the most amazing vantage point of the whole trek. This vantage point marks the start of a steep downhill path. You can see a surreal view of a flowy valley leading to Pheriche village with Mt. Ama Dablam standing strong in the middle. Take a break, put down your bags, and enjoy a packed lunch with this view. From here, the trail descends on a rocky trail. Continue along the main trail to reach Dhzongla. Stay at Maison Sherpa Lodge at Dhzongla. They serve delicious meals and have comfortable rooms.

Day 10: Trek to Lobuche

Today’s short and relatively easy walk is the perfect compensation to yesterday’s tiring and exhausting hike over Cho La Pass. Dhzongla is a secluded village set up in a beautiful location where you can see the towering Taboche Himal and the omnipresent Ama Dablam. You’ll be heading northeast from Dhzongla to get to Lobuche ( 4,920 m ), covering almost 6.3 km , with an elevation gain of 301 m and an elevation loss of 218 m .

Cross a small stream just as you leave Dhzongla. From here, you gain a bit of elevation, and the turquoise lake Cholatse Tsho starts to appear in view with the Taboche and Cholatse mountains rising straight up from it. Continue along the path until you reach a rest point marked with a memorial. Do not divert your way down from the rest point as it is the way to Phortse village. From the rest point, you see a huge valley with a spectacular landscape spread out before you with the Ama Dablam mountain being most prominent. Head north towards the massive glacial moraine that takes you to the main trail of Everest Base Camp. The trail is mostly flat, making for a pleasant walk. You start to see many trekkers on the other side of the valley coming up from Thukla. As you make your way down, the trail crosses a stream, and two trails merge, and you’re on the EBC trail.

A short hike up the valley beside the glacial moraine takes you to Lobuche. You will arrive in Lobuche quite early, so you have the afternoon to yourself. You can either choose to rest in the teahouse or take a hike in the various vantage points in Lobuche. You get excellent views of Pumori and Nuptse to the east from Lobuche. Stay at Alpine Lodge in Lobuche. Tomorrow, you cross the final pass of the trek.

Day 11: Trek to Dingboche via Khongma La Pass

Today, you cross the third and final pass of the trek, Khongma La Pass ( 5,535 m ), which is also the highest pass among the three. As the ritual demands, start early from Lobuche, so you do not have to face the chilling winds at the top of the pass. As there are no teahouses in between, so take a packed lunch with you when leaving Lobuche. The ascent and descent are both challenging as you have to cover about 10 km with an elevation gain of 759 m and an elevation loss of 1,360 m . Experience various terrains to get to Dingboche ( 4,300 m ) as you walk on glacial moraines, icy surfaces, rocky trails, and dusty tracks.

Head east of Lobuche and climb the small ridge above the village to make your way to the unstable Khumbu glacier. Just as the Ngozumpa glacier, the trail through this glacier is constantly changing, so track the path to the other side of the glacial moraines carefully. After crossing the tricky glacial part, you’ll walk on a flat trail until you reach a huge boulder serving as a rest point. After this, it is a vertical uphill with small unsettled rocks spread throughout the trail. You’ll be out of breath constantly, which is justified by the high altitude. This part of the trail is relatively strenuous because of the slippery trails aggravated by rocky surface. Like most of the passes, Khongma La Pass is decorated with a couple of prayer flags tied to huge rocks. Enjoy a spectacular vista of the mountains, including Lhotse, Lhotse Shar, Baruntse, Ama Dablam, Makalu, and many others. Just a few metres below the pass is a vast turquoise lake that complements the whole scenery.

Descend from the pass and stop by the lake for your lunch break. This lake is mostly frozen, and the trail passes right through the lake at those times. The descent is not as tricky as the ascent, but it is definitely hard on the knees. The trail can be clearly seen unless it is covered with snow. After passing the lake, you get to a large field where you can see the turns and twists of the trails directly against Mt. Ama Dablam. The descent is seemingly endless as you walk through a wide valley surrounded by huge black boulders and glacier-smoothed rocks with Nuptse peeking from behind. Follow the same trail until you reach a fork. From here, you can see the Chhukung village and Dingboche village. Take a right turn and descend until you reach a group of sheds built with black stones. Continue descending and reach the bottom of the trail with a small stream flowing beside it. Finally, the downhill concludes here as you make your way to Dingboche. After walking for about 30 minutes, you reach the large village of Dingboche. Dingboche is the second-largest acclimatization zone in the Khumbu region if you’re trekking to Everest Base Camp. There are a lot of trekking shops, cafes, coffee shops, and pool houses here. Stay at Bright Star Lodge and soak your weary legs in warm water. Congratulate yourself for passing all three passes, and have a hearty dinner.

Day 12: Trek to Tengboche

As you’ve completed all three passes, descend to Tengboche ( 3,857 m ) with pride in your heart. Today’s walk will be much easier because you’re at a lower altitude, and most of the path is downhill. You’ll be back on the main EBC trail today, so the trek will be filled with a considerable number of trekkers. The distance to be covered today is about 9.8 km , with the elevation gain at 296 m and elevation loss at 762 m .

Make your way out of Dingboche by passing through a huge mani stone and walking on a dusty trail. The flat trail leads to a suspension bridge over the Dudh Koshi river. The towering views of Taboche, Ama Dablam, Nuptse, and Lhotse will be present all along the trail until you reach Somarey ( 4,010 m ). Take a break and sip a cup of coffee at Somarey. Stay on the main trail and continue on the same path to reach Pangboche, a principal ancient village in the area. Pangboche accommodates a 16th-century monastery containing famous relics, of which the skull and hand of the Yeti are the most conspicuous. To get to the monastery, you have to go to the upper part of Pangboche, which lies on the opposite side of the trail you’ll be walking. Take a lunch break at Pangboche.

Just as you leave Pangboche, you’ll encounter a huge mani stone. Take a left to reach Lower Pangboche and continue straight ahead, crossing a suspension bridge. The tree line slowly starts to appear as you see rhododendrons and pine trees. Passing through a series of suspension bridges takes you to a deep forest. The trail is completely flat, and you’ll see a couple of small huts in between. After walking on the flat trail for some time, you reach a small village Debuche ( 3,867 m ). Tengboche is just about 10 minutes’ walk from here. There are few teahouses in Debuche, but it is comparatively less crowded than Tengboche. If you prefer to be more secluded, then staying at Debuche is recommended. To get to Tengboche from Debuche, climb a sequence of stairs—it’s more laborious than it looks. Tengboche has a huge monastery that celebrates Mani Rimdu festival during the full moon of November–December. It is an exceptional festival for the locals and equally spectacular for visitors, as well.

Additionally, Tengboche is a fantastic vantage point for Mt. Everest and other surrounding peaks such as Kongde, Nuptse, Lhotse, and Ama Dablam. Stay at Tashi Delek Lodge in Tengboche. The food is excellent, and the lodge has a homey vibe.

Day 13: Trek to Namche Bazaar

Today, you’ll hike to Namche Bazaar from Tengboche. The trail goes down at the start of the trek and heads up again before finally taking a flat surface to reach Namche Bazaar. Dense forests cover the trails, so there is a great chance to see the wildlife of Sagarmatha National Park. You’ll cover about 8.6 km to reach Namche Bazaar with an elevation gain of 665 m and an elevation loss of 1,070 m .

Enjoy the views of the surrounding peaks and visit the monastery at Tengboche. Head south of Tengboche from the “Way to Namche” signboard stuck on a big boulder decorated with Buddhist colours. The trail dives down to the valley below, where it crosses a river and goes right back up. Steep, dusty trails right after leaving Tengboche will really test the strength of your knees. As this part of the trail is quite narrow, you might have to give way to the yaks carrying loads of goods. Finally, when the steep trail ends, you reach Phunki Tenga ( 3,300 m ), where you cross a suspension bridge to get to the other side of the trail. There are lodges on either side of the bridge, and it is best if you take a short break and have refreshments here. Then, the uphill to another small village Leushyasa ( 3,460 m ) starts. This uphill trail is demanding but is the best place to see the Himalayan Monal (Danphe) and Musk Deer. The weather starts to get a bit humid in these parts of the trail. Stop at Leushyasa for lunch.

After leaving Leushyasa, the trail goes up and down until you reach Sanasa ( 3,600 m ). Sanasa is famous for having cozy lodges and many souvenirs for purchase. The locals will greet you with a warm smile and try to sell you the souvenirs here. After Sanasa, a long flat walk leads to Namche with Kyangjuma village ( 3,610 m ) in between. The most difficult part of the trail is from Sanasa to Namche as the trail never seems to end. Take a break and enjoy the serene view of the Dudh Koshi valley with some majestic peaks in the backdrop from Kyangjuma. Kyangjuma is the meeting point of four trails, the first leading to Khumjung, the second to Gokyo, the third to Tengboche, and the fourth to Namche. The directions are marked clearly. Look for the signboard directing to Namche and take that trail. After you leave Kyangjuma, you come across a copious amount of chhortens decorated with fluttering prayer flags, built in the memory of those who lost their lives here. After walking for what seems like forever, you see the army camp at Namche Bazaar. Descend the stairs to get to the main bazaar. Stay at Kalapatthar Lodge and celebrate your success of the three passes with a couple of beers in the local bars at Namche. Don’t drink too much because you cannot afford a hangover, as you have a whole day’s walk to Lukla tomorrow.

Day 14: Trek to Lukla

This is the last day of your trek. You’ll follow the same route as you walked before when coming from Lukla. Although today seems like a doable hike, you will be exhausted by the end of the day. You have to cover almost 16.0 km to get to Lukla. The elevation gain is at 1,015 m , and the elevation loss is at 1,573 m .

Bid farewell to the iconic Namche Bazaar and head south of Namche. The trail plummets down to “Toph Danda” and to the famous suspension bridges. The return trip takes comparatively less time than when you’re ascending the same trail. Descend to Jorsalle and have a tea break. Remember the trail with the mani stone right after Monju when going to Namche? It was a pleasant downhill hike at the time, but now you have to ascend the onerous stairs. It takes more than 30 minutes to conquer the demanding uphill. Pass the village of Monju and cross a suspension bridge to reach Benkar. Continue walking the same trail and reach Phakding, your lunch stop for the day.

After the lunch break at Phakding, descend a stairway to reach Ghat, the village with Yunging Gompa. The trail after Ghat is a mixture of downhill and uphill crossing a series of suspension bridges. The walk is relatively easier until Thado Koshi, but after passing Thado Koshi, the trail gradually climbs up, and it is all uphill from there until you reach Lukla. After a tiring walk, you reach Chheplung, where you can take a short break and have some refreshments. Continue walking on the same trail and reach the Pasang Lhamu Memorial Gate at Lukla, marking the end of your trek. Stay at Khumbu Resort in Lukla. Celebrate your success by going to the Irish Pub at Lukla, famous for having good music and chilled beers.

If you want to trek to Everest Base Camp, it is also possible to hike to Gorakhshep from Lobuche and take a day-hike to the Base Camp. Take as much time as needed for this challenging trek. Some might finish it early, and some might take a bit more time. The time is not the challenge—completing the whole route while also being physically fit and mentally stronger than before is.

Best Time To Do the Three Passes Trek

The Three Passes Trek is located in eastern Nepal, an area that enjoys all four seasons. It’s best to avoid mid-winter and mid-summer due to avalanches and mudslides, respectively. The best time to attempt the Three Passes Trek is during autumn (September to November) and spring (March to May).

If you can travel to Nepal for the Three Passes Trek during Autumn, then go for it! The monsoon season during summer will have the vegetation freshly watered and super lush. In fall, the days are warm and clear, and the nights are cool. Spring in Nepal is also ideal for trekking when the weather is warm, but bear in mind that you may have to endure some rainy afternoons.

While you’re trekking in Nepal, you will most likely stay in accommodation called teahouses. These mountain lodges offer basic amenities a few steps above camping but a notch below a hotel. You’ll find a comfortable bed, shared bathroom, and a shared dining area. Teahouses are super budget-friendly, making a small dent in your wallet anywhere from $3 to $10 per night.

While staying in a teahouse, not only will you have a chance to relax your muscles, but you’ll also meet other like-minded folks trekking the Himalayas. Each teahouse offers a menu with local and western options. To charge your electronics, you’ll pay a small fee, and keep in mind there could be power outages out there. For those looking for a hot shower, especially on a two-week journey like the Three Passes Trek, you can pay a small fee for a quick wash. One guarantee of staying in a teahouse is the undeniably breathtaking views. You’re sleeping in the Himalayas!

Your budget should be around $1035 to $1175 for the Three Passes Trek over 14 days, including transportation, food, permits, visa, guide, and porter.

• Food: $15–$25/day x 14 = $210–$350
• Transportation: $20 (one-way) x 2 = $40
• TIMS card: $8.35
• SNP entry permit: $25
• 30-day visa: $50
• Guide: $30/day x 14 = $420
• Porter: $20/day x 14 = $280
• TOTAL: $1033.35–$1173.35

The Three Passes Trek can be completed on your own by finding guides and porters and handling all the details yourself. For some people, this is part of the joy of travelling. For others, this is a huge hassle, but this can be avoided: sign up with a tour company and let the organization handle all the paperwork.

If you’ve reached this part of the article, trekking in Nepal is probably on your list! Maybe you don’t have time to plan, or you want to enjoy the Himalayas without stressing about details. If that’s the case, check out the tour options in Nepal. All you need to do is pack your bag! Adventure tour companies help you enjoy your limited vacation time by handling the itinerary for you. It’s a super easy and gratifying way to see the world. Here are some pros and cons to choosing a tour.

Pros of trekking with a tour company

Joining a tour listed on the 10Adventures website means your guides are local, experienced, and thoroughly vetted. We look for companies with trained professionals available to answer your questions, teach you things you wouldn’t learn on your own, and so much more. To make an informed decision, you can read reviews and pick which tour suits you best. Adventure tours are stress-free—you don’t need to think about where you’ll sleep, carry a map, or even think about what you’ll eat (except the occasional snack). Everything is taken care of for you! Just pack up (see our recommended packing list below) and enjoy the extraordinary Himalayas without being burdened by logistics.

Cons of trekking with a tour company

If planning trips sparks joy for you, then a tour may not be a great option. Going on your own gives you flexibility if you feel like staying an extra night or taking a recommended day-hike by a fellow trekker. Avoid the fixed itinerary and plan your own trip. We have a few guides for Nepal on the site to help you get started.

Recommended Three Passes Trek Tour

We don’t have a specific tour for the Three Passes, but the closest option is the Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes Trek , an unforgettable 21-day journey, extending what is normally a 14-day trek into a three-week experience. The tour includes sightseeing in Kathmandu, visiting 6 milky turquoise glacial lakes in the Himalayas, and, of course, getting up-close-and-personal with the majestic beast itself at Everest base camp.

Any time you travel, there’s risk involved, and travel insurance will protect you and give you that security if anything goes awry. For the adventure tours listed on our marketplace, travel insurance is mandatory, so we recommend purchasing insurance, whether you travel alone or with an organization.

After many years of adventure travel, the 10Adventures team has landed on the insurance provider World Nomads as the go-to. Their values align with ours as an adventure travel company. Other insurance providers don’t always provide coverage for extreme sports, so make sure to read each policy very carefully to ensure proper coverage. We choose World Nomads because some of their policies include coverage for activities like trekking, which is very important to us. No matter which provider you use, travel safely.

Keeping weight down on multi-day backpacking trips is paramount. Since you’ll stay in teahouses, you won’t have to carry a tent or cooking gear, cutting your pack weight significantly. Here’s a list of what you should pack for your Three Passes Trek. Keep in mind, you’ll have to do a bit of washing after the first week.

Gear + Clothes

• Backpack 50–70 litres with rain cover (try to avoid anything larger, so you’re not tempted to fill the space)
• Sleeping bag
• Sleeping bag liner
• Hiking boots (broken-in and comfortable)
• 5 x Hiking socks (keep 1 clean and dry for nights)
• 5 x Underwear
• 2 x Sports bra (women)
• 2 pairs of trekking pants
• 1 pair of comfy pants for nights
• 2–4 shirts (depending on how often you need to change)
• 2 x Long-sleeve thermal
• Thermal pants
• Packable puffy jacket
• Rain poncho
• Waterproof jacket
• Quick-dry microfibre camp towel
• Slides (slip-on sandals) for nights in teahouses when you take your boots off

Accessories

• Trekking poles
• Toiletries: toothbrush, toothpaste, hairbrush, soap (shampoo if you want to wash your hair, but most likely, you will wait until the end of the journey to shower!)
• Collapsible water bottle or bladder
• First aid kit: sunscreen, band-aids, lip balm, ibuprofen, Imodium
• Insider tip: wrap a small roll of duct tape on your trekking pole + use to prevent blisters. Place it on hot spots where blisters may form. Your socks will glide on the duct tape and prevent blisters from forming. Do not put duct tape on already broken skin! That will be very painful to peel off.
• Hand sanitizer
• Passport + important documents
• Toilet paper (not always available)
• Cash (no ATMs in the mountains)
• Water purification tablets (you can buy purified water, but it is more expensive)
• Electrolytes/Nuun tablets
• Snacks (although you can purchase these along the way, they get more expensive as you get further into the mountains)
• Plastic bags (for wet clothes, dirty laundry, or garbage)

The Three Passes Trek is one of the more challenging trekking routes in the Himalayas that leads you across glaciers and to altitudes around 5000 m. Whether you attempt it on your own or with an adventure tour, the Three Passes Trek will be imprinted in your memory forever—you will be super proud when you complete this trek. If you are eager to trek, but the Three Passes Trek doesn’t sound quite right, we’ve compiled the best treks in Nepal to help you find a trek to suit your needs. Happy exploring!

Thinking about a trek in Nepal?  Check out these guides to learn more and have an incredible trip to the Himalayas.

Nepal Trekking Guides

• Guide to the Best Treks in Nepal
• When is the best time to trek in Nepal
• How to prepare for trekking in Nepal

Nepal Trekking Route Guides

• Annapurna Basecamp Trek
• Annapurna Circuit
• Everest Base Camp Trek
• Langtang Trek
• Mustang Trek
• Poon Hill Trek

Top Destinations

Tour activities, top regions, get travel inspiration and discounts.

Join our weekly travel newsletter

Classic EBC Trek

• EBC + Gokyo Trek
• Jiri to EBC
• 3 Passes Trek to EBC
• Island Peak and EBC
• Acclimatisation
• Packing List

Get a Trek Quote

Three passes trek to everest base camp  .

This guide covers the clockwise variation of the Three Passes Trek circuit by providing a detailed itinerary, route maps as well as answering questions on cost, packing, best times to trek and more.

The Three Passes Trek to Everest Base Camp is arguably the most complete trek in Nepal as it covers most of the Everest region on its circular route. The trek is more challenging than the  classic Everest Base Camp Trek  and its other variations as it involves traversing the three high passes that lend the trek its name – Renjo La, Cho La and Kongma La – each over 5,000m.

The trek begins in the popular starting point of Lukla before heading north along the classic trek to Namche Bazaar. Here, the route veers west as it splits from the main trek and heads up the Dudh Koshi valley, where you will encounter the first of the Three Passes – Renjo La (5,370m). After reaching the high point, the trail descends to the idyllic  Gokyo Lakes and further on to the village of Gokyo .

The route then turns east as you make your way to Everest Base Camp by crossing the second pass called Cho La Pass (5,420m). After the second pass you will have the opportunity to explore the intricacies of Everest Base Camp life as well as soaking up some of the best views of Everest and the surrounding peaks when you climb the  iconic viewpoint of Kala Patthar .

The inwards leg of the trek involves traversing the final of the Three Passes – Kongma La Pass (5,545m) – to join up with the classic Everest Base Camp Trek route that will take you down to Lukla, where the trek ends.

We do not sell tours,  we simply provide impartial advice . If you would like an exact quote from our recommended tour operator click Get a Quote.

[adinserter block="2"]

Three Passes Trek

Regional map.

The Three Passes Trek is situated in the Everest or Khumbu region of Nepal as indicated by the orange block on the map below. Your journey will begin with a flight into the international airport in Kathmandu, the capital city, followed by a domestic flight to Lukla where the actual trekking begins.

Instead of flying to Lukla – an experience itself – you can trek the  Jiri to Everest Base Camp variation . This involves taking a bus from Kathmandu to Jiri where you trek through the Solu Khumbu Valley up to Lukla before re-joining the main trek. This variation can be used for any trek that starts in Lukla, but will add at least 6 days onto the trek.

[adinserter block="3"]

Trekking Map

This simplified map below shows the Three Passes Circuit and the major towns and villages it goes through. Both the clockwise and anticlockwise variations of the trek start with the 2-day trek to Namche Bazaar where you will spend a day exploring to  acclimatise to the high altitude .

The clockwise variation, detailed in this guide, follows the route north-west through the Dudh Koshi valley and the village of Thame before reaching the first pass – Renjo La. You will pass through Gokyo as you move east towards the second pass of Cho La, which takes you to the town of Lobuche. From Lobuche you will trek north to Gorak Shep – your base while you visit Everest Base Camp and Kala Patthar viewpoint.

The trek back to Lukla crosses the third and final pass of Kongma La, reaching Chhukung before joining up with the classic route back to Lukla. The last few days of the trek involve the relatively easy descent back to Lukla where your flight will be waiting to take you back to Kathmandu.

[adinserter block="4"]

Recommended Guidebooks

The Three Passes Trek is quite challenging as it involves traversing very high passes over 19 days of trekking. For this reason, we do not recommend trekking solo or without a guide who will have extensive knowledge and experience of trekking in the region.

A good guide book with a map, however, can be very useful when wanting to learn more about the area or when searching activities to do on your rest or acclimatization days.

The Lonely Planet Trekking in Nepal Himalaya guide  is a regularly updated and informative guide that will include maps and sightseeing opportunities for a variety of treks in the region.

In terms of a map we recommend  Nepa Maps – Three Passes and Everest Region map.

Detailed Itinerary

As with all treks, your journey to trek the Three Passes will start with an international flight into Kathmandu. A short flight to Lukla will precede the start of the trek that takes you through the Dudh Koshi valley before looping around through Gokyo and heading to Everest Base Camp. The inwards leg will take you east over your final pass and back to Lukla.

Most tour operators will list the Three Passes Trek as an 18/19-day trek. Of these days, usually 15 will be spent trekking with a further 1 or 2 acclimatization days, meaning 14 days of actual trekking can be expected.

Day 1: Arrive in Kathmandu

Arrive in the capital of Kathmandu after what is sure to be a long flight from home. Make your way to the hotel where you can relax for a bit before setting out to explore some of the vibrant city.

Vibrant streets of Thamel, Kathmandu

Day 2: Fly from Kathmandu to Lukla. Trek to Pkadking

An early morning flight will take you to Lukla, the starting point of the trek. Despite being only 35 minutes, the flight is a memorable one! Try to sit on the right-hand side of the plane for the best views of Everest as you approach Lukla.

The trek starts with fairly short descent to Phadking, where you will pass stone walls decorated with prayer inscriptions – called Mani in the local language. You will spend the night in Phadking.

Day 3: Trek to Namche Bazaar

The trek to Namche Bazaar will see you enter the Sagarmatha National Park , a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The village of Namche Bazaar is the central trading post of the region and is always bustling with life.

Day 4: Acclimatisation Day

Day 4 is an acclimatisation day spent in Namche Bazaar. Explore the village, stock up on some much-needed snacks for the trek ahead and be sure to check out the bakery – one of the best! The market on a Saturday is also a major attraction.

Day 5: Namche to Thame

The trail now splits from the popular base camp route and heads north-west through the small Sherpa village of Thamo before reaching Thame, where you will be staying the night. Take some time to learn a bit about the local traditions and their intrinsic connection with the mountain on which you are standing.

Day 6: Thame to Lumde

4-5 hours of trekking will see you cross the Bhote Koshi river before heading up the valley to Lumde. As you start to gain altitude you should get some great views of the snow-capped peaks in the region.

Day 7: Lumde over Renjo La to Gokyo

Today you will encounter your first of the Three Passes – Renjo La. The route starts off easy but will soon turn into a hard day of hiking as you near the end of the ascent of Renjo La. Try to think of the magnificent views you will get at the top to motivate you!

After the pass, you will descend to the third of the Gokyo Lakes and then trek onto the village of Gokyo for the night. After some rest you can even climb up the ridge to get some amazing views of the lakes, the highest freshwater lake system in the world.

[adinserter block="5"]

Day 8: Gokyo Ri (Acclimatisation Day)

Today you climb your first peak Gokyo Ri for fabulous views of Cho Oyu. You will do this climb early and then have the rest of the day to rest.

Day 9: Gokyo to Thaknak

Cross the Ngozumpa Glacier – the largest glacier in Nepal – over the course of an easy day’s trekking. Once again, keep your camera close as you trek through this beautiful part of Nepal!

You will reach Thaknak where you will go on a small acclimatization hike before lodging for the night.

Day 10: Over Cho La to Zungla

Often considered the hardest day of the trek, today involves traversing the second pass of Cho La. At over 5,300m, reaching the top will require some effort.

You will spot the famous prayer flags as you near the top of the pass, after which you descend over the other side of the pass to reach Zungla.

Day 11: Zungla to Gorak Shep

Start the day with an easy downhill portion to reach Lobuche, one of the major stops on the classic Everest Base Camp Trek. Join up with the crowds of trekkers as you make your way to Gorak Shep.

You will be afforded great views of the famous Khumbu Glacier as well as the peaks of Everest, Lhotse and Nuptse. Spend the night in the busy Gorak Shep.

Day 12: Gorak Shep to EBC and back

A short trek following the ridge of the Khumbu Glacier will take you to the Everest Base Camp. Make the most of your time here, as trekking groups are not typically allowed to stay overnight at the base camp.

Feel the buzz and excitement of the place, packed with potential future summiteers of Everest! Descend later that day down the same ridge back to Gorak Shep for some much-earned rest and sleep.

Day 13: Kala Patthar hike and then onto Lobuche

An early morning start is needed to summit the trekking peak of Kala Patthar – the iconic viewpoint of Everest. After snapping some pics, head back to Gorak Shep for a quick meal before descending further to Lobuche for the night.

View of Everest, EBC and Khumbu Glacier from Kala Pattar

Day 14: Kongma La Pass and onto Chukkung

You leave the classic base camp route today as you head east through the Khumbu Glacier to reach the third and final pass of the trip – Kongma La Pass. At 4,700m the pass is the highest of the three and lacks any shops or tea houses along the way.

After a tiring ascent to the top, descend into the Chukkung Valley and eventually to the village of Chukkung where you will stay in the lodge overnight.

Day 15: Chukkung Ri and then to Dingboche

Today you will climb Chukkung Ri (5,550m) and trek to Dingboche (4,410m)This peak is the hardest of the three you can attempt on this treks and involves some easy scrambling near the summit. The views from the top down the Khumbu Valley are superb. You descend to Dingboche where you will stay in a lodge overnight

Day 16: Dingboche to Namche Bazaar

A downhill trekking day will take you through the verdant fields and rhododendron covered hillside on your way to Namche Bazaar. Pass through the village of Khumjung where you can eat lunch before completing the descent to Namche Bazaar where you will stay overnight.

Day 17: Namche to Phakding

You continue through Namche Bazaar, descend Namche Hill and cross the Dudh Koshi. You are now sauntering back along familiar paths to Phakding. Overnight lodge.

Day 18: Phakding to Lukla

The last day of trekking will take you through some lovely pine scented forests before reaching Lukla where a cold drink and a hot meal await you!

Day 19: Fly back from Lukla to Kathmandu

Weather permitting, catch the morning flight back to Kathmandu to end off what is sure to be the trip of a lifetime.

Day 20: Depart Nepal

After your last night in Nepal, make your way to the airport to hop onto your flight back home, where you can tell all your friends and family about the time you had!

Altitude Profile

The altitude chart below shows the typical progression of the Three Passes Hike through the major stopping points along the way. The three spikes of the passes are clearly visible along with the spike of Kala Patthar – the iconic viewpoint.

The ascent profile of this trek is slightly harder than the classic Everest Base Camp trek because it involves rapid ascents of the passes.

Three Passes Trek FAQ

How much does the three passes trek cost.

Tour operators will charge in the region of £1,200 to £2,500 for a guided Three Passes Trek. We definitely recommend using a tour operator for a trek of this difficulty and length – preferably a western tour operator whose guides and equipment will be of a higher standard.

The cost will include all board and lodging for the 18 days, all domestic travel and domestic flights, meals, shared equipment and knowledgeable guides. For a detailed breakdown of costs on the classic Everest Base Camp Trek,  read our article here .

When is the best time to trek the Three Passes?

As with all treks in the Everest region, it is advisable to avoid the winter months as well as the peak summer months during the monsoon season. The shoulder months of February-May and September-October provide the most stable and dry weather conditions for trekking.

Our detailed article on the  best time to trek in the Everest region will give a much more in-depth analysis of the conditions faced in different months.

How difficult is the trek?

The Three Passes Trek is considerably harder than the classic Everest Base Camp Trek so we recommend you have a good fitness level before embarking. Ascending the high passes involves long days of strenuous trekking that would not be encountered on the classic base camp trek and other variations.

6/7 hours of trekking per day is to be expected and altitudes of up to 5,500m are reached on the trek. That being said, the trek is still very popular among people wanting a bit more of a challenge.  Read our training article to get an idea of how much you should prepare for a trek in Nepal.

Will I get altitude sickness?

Despite crossing some very high passes, the trek has been designed to follow the principle of trek high, sleep low. That means that you will not be spending extended periods of time at altitudes above 5,000m. The itinerary also has acclimatisation days as well as nights spent at lower altitudes to help the acclimatisation progress. If you follow the guide you should not have a problem.

That being said, altitude sickness can affect anyone regardless of age or level of fitness so we recommend doing some preparation reading. Our  detailed article on altitude sickness and acclimatisation is a good starting point.

What gear should I pack for the Three Passes Trek?

The packing list for a trek of this length can look quite long! For this reason, we have dedicated an article to help you tackle the challenge that is packing. In our  Everest Base Camp Trek packing list we provide list of clothing and equipment that you should bring, as well as some brands that we recommend based on our experience of using them.

What insurance do I need?

The short answer is yes. Trekking in Nepal at high altitudes comes along with various risks that are not covered by typical travel insurance. We recommend taking out insurance that covers trekking to altitudes up to 6,000m as well as medical evacuation from the mountain.

We have a  detailed article to help to find the best policy that will suit your needs. Alternatively, use the quote calculator below from our recommended partner, World Nomads. They offer insurance that covers guided hikes up to 6000m and include a premium for Helicopter Evacuation in Nepal.

Route Variations

One of the more popular variations of the Everest Base Camp Trek , the Gokyo Lakes Trek, also starts at Lukla and follows the classic base camp trek to Namche Bazar where it forks north-west.

The trek proceeds through the towns of Dole and Machhermo before reaching the stunning Gokyo Lakes. From there you ascend to the peak of Gokyo Ri in the north, before traversing Cho La Pass and re-joining the classic trek at Lobuche.

The detour adds 2/3 days onto the trek but provides the wonderful opportunity to summit a peak while also avoiding some of the busier parts of the trek.

Gokyo Lakes Trek

One of the more popular variations of the Everest Base Camp Trek, the Gokyo Lakes Trek, also starts at Lukla and follows the classic base camp trek to Namche Bazar where it forks north-west.

Jiri to Everest Base Camp

This variation of the classic trek offers an alternative to flying into to Lukla from Kathmandu to start the trek. The Jiri variation starts with an 8-hour bus ride from Kathmandu to Jiri, where the trek begins.

The variation adds an extra 5/6 days onto the trip as you trek through the Solu-Khumbu region and make your way past Lukla, where the trek then follows the same route as the classic Everest Base Camp Trek.

It involves a scenic, yet very long, bus ride as well as a lot more exposure to the Tibetan and Sherpa cultures. Expect to trek through more forests and streams as you start at the relatively low altitude of 1,800m and work your way up to Lukla and beyond.

Island Peak Climb

The variation trek that involves summiting Island Peak is significantly harder than the classic Everest Base Camp Trek. The climb to the peak is somewhat technical although and requires basic knowledge of using crampons and ice axes. Standing at just under 6,200m, however, altitude can be the real challenge.

Most climbers of Island Peak use the traditional base camp trek as a means of acclimatising before heading to the Island Peak Base Camp via Dingboche on the main trail, or by traversing the Chongma La pass. Summiting from the base camp typically takes two days and the whole variation will add around 4 days onto the classic trek.

Mark Whitman

Hi, I'm Mark! Welcome to EBC Trek Guide - the Web's No.1 Trekking Guide to Everest Base Camp. I have trekked all over Nepal, but the Everest region remains my favourite. I hope you find all the answers you are looking for on this site. If you have any questions don't hesitate to drop a comment below! Happy Trekking!

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked

Thank you. How slippery or rocky is the terrain on cho la pass? I don’t feel comfortable boulder hopping or walking on slippery terrain. You can train for uphill or distances but being able to balance on icy or scree surfaces is something else. We are looking at going in october . Any comments would be most welcome.

Hi Brigitte, the Cho La Pass consists of mix terrain that can vary quite considerably depending on prevailing weather conditions during the week you go. In general through you can expect mixed rock / scree terrain with areas that can be a little slippery with black / blue ice. Careful footing throughout is important. Show cover is quite likely too so it is worth taking basic yak tracks just in case you need additional grip. Hope this helps!

Is the path traveled and visible? Are there cairns, that Point the pass? Are there some kind of signs along the path? Is it easy to get accommodation for the night? Thank you

Hi Francisco, the three passes trek does follow a well defined route but it is not very well signposted. I would recommended taking a guide and / or getting a detailed map of the region. Accommodation throughout the route is not a problem, there are many small villages on the route and all have teahouse accommodation for trekkers. All the best!

What do you do for food along the route? The 3 peak pass in particular. Do you buy food for the day at every tea house? Thanks

Hi Frank, there are lots of teahouses along the Three Passes trek. In terms of lunch you can usually find a teahouse to stop at half way through your daily trek, or take a snack with you and only stop for dinner.

Thanks for the reply Mark!

Thanks for the useful information. Is this trek possible late December-early January? I did ACC last year late Dec-early Jan (including Tilicho), and it was wonderful, although desperately cold at higher altitudes. I assume this trek is colder as I would spend more time at higher elevation. I also appreciated that although less crowded that time of the year, there was good company in the higher teahouses and passes. Although I have no problem trekking alone, I would not feel completely comfortable spending days around 5000m completely alone. So my question would be, is this trek less crowded generally and colder than Annapurna Circuit?

Hi Daniel, I would say this trek will be colder than the Annapurna Circuit in Dec/Jan as you spend a lot more time at high altitude. The passes are also prone to closing in the winter if the weather is bad and there has been a lot of snow fall. I would definitely recommend taking a guide if you plan to trek the three passes.

I am planning for three pass trek in the first week of may. I have 15 days Itinerary. Is it possible to get it done including island peak. I am fit and I have plan to walk 9 hours per day. Plz let me know.

Thanks & Regards, Gopal

Hi Gopal, it’s possible to complete the 3 passes trek in 15 days, but the risk of altitude sickness (unless you are pre-acclimatised) is pretty high. Adding in Island Peak in addition would be a big ask, but doable if you are super fit and deal with the altitude well on the passes trek.

Hello there. I’m planning on attempting the 3 passes trek November 20-Dec 9 of this year. Is there a reason that you suggest clockwise? Most of the other places I have seen are suggesting counterclockwise. Any info would be greatly appreciated. Thanks!

Hi Murphy, thanks for getting in touch. I have no strong preference for either format. The reason why I suggest the clockwise route is because this is the I followed when completing the 3 Passes. The counterclockwise is equally as valid though.

Hi Mark, I am thinking about doing the Three Passes Trek. I have done Kilimanjaro one year before and further I do sport (mostly running, climbing, cycling) 3-4 times a week. However, I have never trekked for 19 days at high altitude and I don’t do a lot of trekking in my free time. Neither do I live in a place where my body is accustomed to higher altitude. I wonder if this is a trek I could do? Thank you in advance for your thoughts.

Hi Elene, you definitely sound fit enough to complete the 3 Passes. The key is to pace yourself, build in enough acclimatisation days to get accustomed to the high altitude, and make sure to look after your health with a good diet throughout. If you completed Kilimanjaro, you can definitely do the Three Passes. All the best!

Hi Mark thanks for all your useful information. I’m hoping to complete the Three Passes soon. I have years of experience. When would you suggest is the earliest I can expect to safely complete it. Mid-February OK?

Hi Rick, mid Feb can still be quite snowy and the passes may be closed. If you can push your dates a little bit further out – to mid March – then the probability of closed passes reduces (obviously there are no guarantees though). All the best!

Get a quote from the best local trek operator in Nepal! 

Halfway Anywhere

Guide to Nepal’s Three Passes Trek

The Three Passes Trek in Nepal is in the Everest Region (Sagarmatha National Park) and takes trekkers across three high passes, Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m) – hence, the Three Passes Trek. It’s a lollipop loop that can be done starting at Lukla (that scary mountain airport that you fly into) or further down the mountains at Jiri, Shivalaya, Salleri, or Phaplu (I recommend starting at Jiri if you have the time – it will also save you on having to buy plane tickets to/from Lukla).

If you’re only going to Nepal once in your life – as you should – and you’re intent on hiking (not doing a meditation retreat or growing dreads and hanging out in Pokhara), then you need to do the Three Passes Trek. And ideally, you need to hike in from Jiri. Fuck Everest Base Camp, fuck the Annapurna Circuit, fuck the Manaslu Circuit , and fuck Poon Hill. Three Passes Trek from Jiri. This is what you need to do. And if Everest Base Camp is really important to you, it can easily be done as a detour from the Three Passes Trek (normally this will add one day – if you’re slow, maybe two; if you’re fast, maybe none).

Are you required to have a guide for the Three Passes Trek? No. Do you need a guide for the Three Passes Trek? Not really (do not buy into all the fear-mongering in Kathmandu – these are just people trying to get you to hand over your rupees). Is hiking the Three Passes Trek expensive? No. Do you need to bring a tent, sleeping pad, or winter sleeping bag? No. Is it expensive to fly to Nepal? Usually, yes, but once you arrive, everything is cheap!

Three Passes Trek Facts

• (Unofficial) Capital: Namche Bazaar
• Language: Nepali
• Currency: Nepalese Rupee, NPR
• Time Zone: NPT (UTC+05:45)
• Calling Code: +977
• Drinking Age: 18
• Drinking In Public: Yes
• Drinking Tap Water: No
• Flushing Toilet Paper: No
• Vaccinations Required: CDC
• Credit Cards: Carry cash
• Tipping: Not expected
• Emergency Number: 100
• Outlets: Type C / D / M (230 V / 50 Hz)
• Visa Requirements: External Link!

Three Passes Trek Basics

On the Three Passes Trek, almost everyone you meet will have some English language abilities (talk to the kids – they’re very interested in you), so don’t fret if your Nepalese or Hindi is rusty. The two words that you’ll need are namaste (hello) and dhanyabad (thank you). The Sherpa language, called Sherpa, is also spoken by some people. Sherpa is unwritten, which accounts for the various spellings of many of the villages (e.g. Dzonglha/Dzongla/Zonglha), so don’t worry if you’re confused by different spellings on your map versus the menu in your tea house versus your guidebook (which is probably too heavy to be carrying in the first place).  

The route to the Three Passes Trek heads north into the mountains until Namche Bazaar. From here, hikers can choose to hike either clockwise or counterclockwise. Counterclockwise is the more common route and the one I recommend (particularly if it’s your first time at altitude). The Three Passes trek takes trekkers through four valleys in addition to the three passes, Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m). Kongma La is generally considered the most difficult (longest), Cho La requires you to cross a glacier (microspikes are helpful here), and Renjo La is commonly thought to be the easiest. Granted, this can all change depending on weather and conditions. For more on the Three Passes Trek route, check this post .  

The tea houses (i.e. lodges) scattered throughout the villages along the Three Passes Trek are where you will (probably) stay each night (if you wanted to camp, you could, but it’s totally unnecessary and absolutely not required). During peak season, these can (apparently) get crowded. However, if you’re awesome and you go in the winter (more on this below), you shouldn’t have any trouble finding space in a lodge (as practically half of all the buildings in any given town are lodges). The tea houses usually cost between 100 and 400 rupees per night (~$1-$4) and have hot meals and beverages for purchase.  

As much as you may imagine “trekking through the Himalayas” to be an exercise in solitude, this idea errs wildly on the side of “nope, sorry.” On the the Three Passes Trek, you will be constantly met with other trekkers, locals, pack animals, and, most exciting of all, villages. Depending on your route, you may pass through as many as five or six villages in a single day. They all (at least on the Three Passes Trek) have food, accommodation, and friendly mountain-dwellers to aid you on your way up into the mountains. If you go up alone and decide you need a guide, hiring someone from one of the villages to go with you on your trek will also be possible.  

The most popular season for the Three Passes Trek is the same as Everest Base Camp, the fall (September to November). The second most popular season is spring (March to May), also the peak season for Everest climbers. The summer months are monsoon season in Nepal, so unless you are a huge fan of trekking through the rain with limited views, it’s probably best to avoid this time (unless you are willing to trade views for solitude – but maybe you’ll get lucky with the weather). Winter generally has limited crowds and great weather, but it is cold (I like the winter – more on this below).

Three Passes Trek Route

The Three Passes Trek trail is very well-defined. The scale of the mountains makes navigation much different than what you would find in a heavily forested area. Most of the time, you walk up, down, or across a valley and have few options for where to go. It’s not like you will suddenly make a wrong turn left and accidentally go over a 23,000 ft / 7,000 m. You can get a paper map in Kathmandu for the region, which should help you with the big junctions (if you somehow find yourself alone and with no locals to ask for directions). For more on the Three Passes Trek route, check this post .

As stated above, the passes are Kongma La (18,209 ft / 5,550 m), Cho La (17,782 ft / 5,420 m), and Renjo La (17,560 ft / 5,360 m). Again, Kongma La is generally considered the most difficult (longest), Cho La requires you to cross a glacier (microspikes are helpful here), and Renjo La is commonly thought to be the easiest. Granted, this can all change depending on weather and conditions. It’s wise to get an early start on the days you plan to cross each pass to give yourself adequate time and avoid the afternoon weather (typically worse than what you wake up to).

Everest Base Camp

This is completely doable if you want to detour to Everest Base Camp and/or Kala Patthar. The first village west of Kongma La (the second village east of Cho La), you can make it to Everest Base Camp and back in a day (via Gorak Shep). If you also want to hike Kala Patthar, you could either do one huge day back to Lobuche or stay the night in Gorak Shep and do Kala Patthar the afternoon before your stay or the morning after. For more on Everest Base Camp, check this page .

Hiking from Jiri

Taking a bus or jeep to Jiri (or Shivalaya, one village ahead) and then hiking to Lukla (instead of flying to Lukla) is a challenging and rewarding section of the region that is not as heavily trafficked as the trail above Lukla (where most trekkers start). If you’re short on time, instead of starting from Jiri, you can save yourself a day or two and take a bus or jeep to Salleri or Phaplu, which puts you about two days close to Lukla from Jiri. 

Turning Around

Every time I have been up in the Everest Region, there has been much fear-mongering about the passes. “The passes are closed, there is too much snow” or “The passes are closed because ‘I don’t know why I just heard somebody say that.'” Listen, friend, if you’re in Nepal to hike the Three Passes, go and hike the Three Passes. Go and see for yourself. Start early in the morning, and if the trail, pass, or the weather turns out to be too much, turn around. In absolute terms, the passes really aren’t that far from the nearest villages. Don’t be afraid to go and check out the conditions for yourself, but don’t be afraid to turn around if things look above your experience level.

Three Passes Trek Food

Food on the way to Three Passes Trek is far more plentiful than you may imagine. Many lodges have many options, and you could easily eat something different every night (or be like me and stick to Dal Bhat, pizza, and momos). Check out this post for more on food on the Three Passes Trek.

Dal bhat is perhaps the most plentiful dish on the road to the Three Passes Trek and is certainly one that you should be eating to fuel your marathon mountain march. This traditional meal consists of rice, lentil soup (dal), and vegetables (and/or some meat if you’ve opted to eat animals on this trek). In addition to typically being one of the cheaper options on the menu, dal bhat also means refills. You get complimentary refills on your rice, lentil soup, and vegetables. It’s easy to see why this is what the guides and porters usually eat. Remember, “Dal Bhat power, twenty-four hours.”

There’s not a huge debate surrounding the quality of meat on the way up to Base Camp (that I’m aware of), but it’s something trekkers should consider. As much as I love eating roasted animals, I do not eat meat in the Himalayas. Do I have a scientific reason for this decision? No. It’s simply because I don’t know how many days in the sun each meaty meal spent on the back of a porter (and because the meat is generally more expensive). Also, since eating beef isn’t really a thing in Nepal, and since cows are my favorite animals (to eat), it’s not worth the risk.

As with meat, alcohol is something I avoid whilst hiking (upward) in the Himalayas. This is a personal decision, but drinking alcohol (especially in excess) can hinder your acclimatization efforts – and altitude sickness is not something to be taken lightly. A night of partying in Namche is not worth turning your Three Passes Trek adventure into an expensive (but probably awesome) helicopter ride back to Kathmandu.

So now that you’ve sworn off the bottle, it’s time to get serious about hydration. Water should be something you’re constantly ingesting on the Three Passes Trek. Chances are that your body will be in nonstop and desperate need of water to fend off the effects of altitude sickness, dehydration, and the possible fallout from your third helping of dal bhat last night. I bring a SteriPEN with me on my hikes in Nepal and purify water that I get from the tea house’s tap (you usually have to ask for this). Buying plastic water bottles contributes to the garbage problem in the mountains (and we all know plastic bottles are evil).

Three Passes Trek Tips & Tricks

Yes, “Winter in the Himalayas” may sound scary, but the truth is that it’s probably the best time to visit (this is based on my having been there twice in winter and once in spring). You may expect the Himalayas’ winter months to bring a ton of snow, but this is not the case. Most days, you can expect clear skies with very little precipitation. Just make sure to bring an extra base layer because it’s cold.  

Yes, with the civilization in the Himalayas, you will also find wi-fi. Generally speaking, once you get above Namche Bazaar, getting free wi-fi will be difficult (if not impossible). Generally, you must buy cards from the lodges with passcodes to access the “EVEREST LINK” wi-fi network. These cards are sold in different denominations, the most expensive being 1,000 NPR (~$10 US) for 24 hours of use. These cards may not always be available, and lodges may not always sell them at face value. Also, many lodges turn off the electricity after a certain time (which means no more wi-fi), so be sure to ask beforehand. You will probably get a cell signal in many places if you have a SIM from Kathmandu (Ncell is what you want).

Lukla Flight

I highly recommend taking a bus to Jiri and beginning your hike from there, but if your time is limited, then a flight to Lukla may be your only option. The flight to Lukla is commonly referred to being “the most dangerous flight in the world”. This is largely because of its being placed on under-researched lists of random internet blogs (there have been three fatal accidents involving airplanes at the airport – the most recent of which was in 2010). Yes, the flight to Lukla is an adventure, but it’s certainly not a death sentence. The flight will cost around $150 each way – more on the flight here.

Yes, there are ATMs in the Everest Region. As of writing this, there’s one in Lukla and two in Namche Bazaar. None are guaranteed to work, so I would bring cash from Kathmandu to avoid headaches. Ninety-five percent of places do not accept cards. If the ATMs aren’t working, places in Lukla and Namche offer cash advances with a credit card. Some places in Namche Bazaar accept cards, but few places above Namche will take anything besides cash. Ensure you have enough money for the way up (and back down).

For more on the Three Passes Trek, visit my Three Passes Trek page .

Similar Posts

Everest Base Camp Day 1: Kathmandu to Lukla

Many treks to Everest Base Camp begin with a half-hour flight from Kathmandu to the village of Lukla. Mine begins like any other. Many consider…

The Ultimate Everest Base Camp Plan

NOTE: Since writing this post I have returned from Everest Base camp and answered all the questions I had here in the post, Everest Base…

Everest Base Camp Day 8: Dughla To Lobuche

Starting elevation: 15,157 ft / 4,620 m Ending elevation: 16,142 ft / 4,920 m Elevation change: +985 ft / 300 m Starting oxygen: 58% of…

Three Passes Trek Day 10: Cho La (Dzongla to Dragnag)

Cho La Pass, today’s objective, has been built up in my mind as a dangerous and monstrous obstacle – one that should only be attempted…

Everest Base Camp Day 12: Day Off In Namche Bazaar

Starting elevation: 11,290 ft / 3,440 m Ending elevation: 11,290 ft / 3,440 m Elevation change: 0 ft / 0 m Starting oxygen: 67% of…

Three Passes Trek Day 7: Dingboche to Chukhung

Today’s hike won’t be too intense since yesterday I was convinced that should attempt Kongma La (the first of the three passes) from Chukhung (the…

42 Comments

What a fantastic article on the Everest Three Passes trekking in the Everest region! It provides extensive information about the breathtaking natural landscapes, towering mountains, and vibrant Sherpa cultures.

Glad you enjoyed it!

Thank you very much for the great post

Thank you for reading!

Thanks for sharing such an amazing post, The Everest Region is the hub for adventure, and adventure people complete their passion for adventure in this province. Your blog helps people plan their trip at the right time and the pictures are awesome.

This is very informative. Thank you for taking time in sharing your experience. I have just decided to do it in March 2024 as a solo backpacker, without a guide or porter. In case anyone here is going in the same month I’m more than happy to buddy up instagram handle: ikaterox

Thanks for the great blog. I will be retuning to Everest region in March 20224 and am trying to figure out of I can take on the 3 passes as a solo trekker (no guide, no porter) as a reasonably fit 56 yo woman. The other option is to repeat the amazing trek I did when I was 29 yo from Jiri to Gokyo Ri. Ideally Id like to do something differeint thoigh and dealing witht he throngs of trekkers heading to EBC is not really my thing. I’m wondering aboit path finding – how clearly marked are the passes? Im aware that I can most likely buddy up on the passes or even hire a guide for them but would love your thoughts. THANK YOU!

The trails over the passes aren’t well-marked (although they’ve added more markers since I first did this hike as I saw when I went up Kongma La once more a few years later). The passes themselves are fairly well marked as they’ve been covered in prayer flags.

Thank you Mac! Thinking for me either take a guide or choose an easier better marked trail.

Hi! What an amazing and encouraging trip report! I have done a similar trek in Peru called the Ausangate circuit that went over 4 high altitude passes, but it only took me about 6 days. I have a question about meat eating, however. Did you find plain meats available in the villages at all? I eat a keto low carb diet due to autoimmune issues. I’m fat adapted, so I fuel off of animal fats + meats. I’m planning on bringing pemiccan bars and jerky. I’ve heard I might be able to find yak butter available. Do you know if I can find any dried meats to carry, even in Katmandu?

I avoided meat in the mountains although it was generally available. I am not sure about the availability of dehydrated meals in Kathmandu as I didn’t eat any of these myself. Honestly, if you have a restricted diet I would suggest bringing as much as you’re comfortable with from home.

Thanks so much. Ya, it’s pretty complicated for me because I can’t handle any nuts, grains and seeds in my diet. I’m really hoping I can find dried meats at the very least in Katmandu. I’m a full time nomad so carrying foods from “home” won’t really be possible for a longer trek in Nepal. Anyway, thanks again for this amazing report!

@crystal , Hi im a sherpa living and studying in new york to be a nurse. In our culture we have a dehydrated meat called “sukuti” . In the past sherpas didn’t have a way to keep meat edible and not rot. We didn’t have fridges back then and still we don’t really have them. Sukuti is a goat/lamb dried meat , thats really chewy and tasty in my opinion. you can do a google search on it. Most tea houses and homes in this area will have sukuti , but its usually reserved for their family . Not really sold . BUT I am sure if you ask kindly , they might sell it to you and I think some places sell it to tourists anyway.

Wonderful information! I’m here now getting ready for my first trek. I’ll look for some sukuti in Katmandu!

Hi there, my brothers and I will do the Three passes, starting late March this year. Do we need crampons during this trek because we have to cross a glacier? If so, how big is the distance we have to cover through this glacier? I’m in doubt if my hiking boots (Hanwag tatra II) are suitable in case we need crampons.

Thanks in advance!

I used microspikes to cross the glacier on the east side of Cho La. If in doubt, it’s best to bring some traction with you – worst case you don’t use it.

Thanks for the advise.

I’m going to hike the three passes loop starting from Jiri. I’m traveling solo and would love to meet others to hike with. I’m planning on starting early March 2023. Anyone interested in joining me? I’m female and would prefer to travel with women or a combo.

Hi — I am considering this trip and leaving in the next few days. Have you already arrived / have a group together?

I am leaving for Nepal on 3/20 so will start hiking from Jiri probably on 3/24. No group, going to start solo and hopefully meet up with friendly trekkers. What is your plan???

A complete guide for Everest 3 High Pass Trek. Thanks for sharing your experiences here. Keep on sharing and inspire other people to trek in the Himalayas.

It’s a beautiful place to trek!

Hi there, I am looking at tackling the Three passes trek solo this upcoming late Feb, early march. I have scoured the web and haven’t been able to find any beta on potential snow conditions. Any idea what I may encounter? I am okay with some post holing but I am just curious about avalanche hazards and snowbound conditions. Any insight would be greatly appreciated thanks 🙂

I’ve been up there in March and there was little snow. The mountains get most of their precipitation in the summer months while winter is typically the dryest When I was there I went up Kongma La and there was a bit of snow (it had snowed three days before I hiked), but it was completely manageable.

Thanks for your speedy reply! I really appreciate it. That is good to hear. Any other high pass trekking you would recommend as well?

Hey Mac, Thanks for all the information and great website. There is one thing that is not clear to me about this route. Do I take a satellite/gps device or not? Does gps navigation on phone (with downloaded offline maps in Komoot) will suffice? I have always navigated this way but since the Himalaya are new to me… Is it necessary to have satellite reception on the pass in case of emergency? Hope to hear from you! Best Funs

GPS navigation on a phone will function so long as you’re familiar with it; phone apps will work the same in the Himalayas as they do elsewhere so long as you have the maps downloaded for offline use. When you ask “satellite reception on the pass in case of emergency” are you talking about calling for help? If you need to call for help with a phone you will need (and not have) reception. It’s best to bring a PLB for times like this.

Nowadays we can see many people blogging without information but this article is really informative which is important for travelers.

That’s the goal!

I’m doing the three high passes in October this year! You definitely have the most detailed blog I’ve found. I’m just curious what you do with your toilet paper if you can’t flush it? Do you carry a garbage bag full of toilet paper around? Thank you!

Throw it away or pack it out (bring extra Ziplocs).

I still remember when we met at Tengboche while you were doing this trek. We had some beautiful conservation went on and you were so adventurous. I follow you on Facebook as well love to see your post on there too. And Keep posting such a piece of great information to everyone who wishes the adventure in Nepal.

I remember when we met, too – I can’t wait to make it back to Nepal!

As a trekking guide, i have done this Everest three-pass trek couple of times every time i go there i feel more energetic and fantastic. Reading this article now while staying in the home because of the coronavirus and no trekkers in Nepal for the trek recall all my walking experience in those places.

It’s an awesome post, and really useful to get the information of an Everest Three Passes Trek. Thank you so much for publishing such a nice article.

Thanks for the feedback!

Amazing Trip.

Highly recommended!

It is a great guide Mac. We have a similar 3-passes trek in Indian Himalayas.

I have yet to get there – what’s it called?

Auden’s Col – Mayali Pass – Patangini Dhar trek

I would love to know too. Waiting for reply. Thanks!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Everest Three Passes Trek

Share This:

Trip Highlights

• Everest Base camp, to the base of the highest mountain in the world.
• Ngozumpa Glacier, The longest Himalayan Glacier system.
• Icy Cho la pass, the most technical pass among the three passes.
• Four peaks above 8000 Meters altitude.
• Sherpa culture, Ethnic tribes and their diverse cultures.
• World’s highest National Park, Sagarmatha National park.

Trip Overview

Want to explore the mighty Himalayas of Nepal and test your limits? Then this Everest three passes trek is for you. The Everest region of Nepal is mostly popular for the highest mountain on earth Mount Everest with an astounding height of 8849 m above sea level . Nepal is a Himalayan country with some jaw-dropping mountains. This trek will expose you to some of the most beautiful yet brutal Himalayas over 8000m such as Mt. Everest (8,848.84 m), Mt. Lotse (8,516 m), Mt. Makalu (8,481 m) and Mt. Cho Oyu (8,188 m). As soon as you enter the highlands of Nepal you will enter a new world - the world beyond your imagination, where your expectation truly meets reality.

You will get to see the most spectacular view of the lofty mountains however, it is equally challenging. You will pass through cultural villages, majestic viewpoints, spine-chilling glaciers, and breathtaking passes in Nepal . Many trekkers get inspired by the view and the journey itself. As mentioned before this trek is challenging yet worth it, this trek gives you a lifetime experience of raw nature and a glimpse of different lifestyles and cultures hidden in the highland of Nepal. You will start your amazing journey towards the Everest region to explore the unknown but before that, you will see and witness the rustic and ancient historic sites in Kathmandu valley.

The challenging Everest three passes trek is for advanced trekkers as you will ascend and descend through high passes. Kala Patthar, Gokyo Ri, Everest view hotel, Renjo La pass, amazing Gokyo lakes, high alpine vegetation, and wildlife are the main attractions. Major mountains seen on this trek are Everest, Cho Oyu, Amadablam, Thamserku, Kusum Kanguru, Kongde Ri, Lhotse, Nuptse, Makalu and other numerous iconic peaks around the Khumbu region. The most highlighted points of the trek are Lukla, Namche Bazaar, Gokyo, Tengboche, Dingboche, Gorak Shep, and Thame village near the Tibet border.

Three Passes of Everest Region:

The three passes of Everest are high-altitude mountain passes in the Khumbu region of Nepal, offering an adventurous and challenging trekking experience. The trek takes you across Kongma La, Cho La, and Renjo La, providing breathtaking views of the Everest massif and surrounding peaks.

Kongma La Pass (5535m/18160 ft)

Kongma La Pass is the first high pass among the three high passes of the Everest region that you will be crossing. It is situated at an altitude of 5,535 meters (18,160 ft)above sea level. It is also one of the less crowded hiking trails in the Everest region. Kongma La Pass is situated above Khumbu glacier opposite Lobuche peak. Some of the popular mountains such as Makalu, Thamserku, Lobuche, Nuppche, Ama Dablam, and Iceland Peak can be seen along with other mountain ranges. The path to Kongma La is a steep climb from the Chhukung village side. It is also the highest pass of the Everest Three pass trek and no settlements are found around this pass. Kongma La pass is the highest of the three passes that connects the Chhukhung valley with the Lobuche valley. 

Cho La Pass (5420m/17783 ft)

Cho La Pass situated at an elevation of 5,420 meters (17,783 ft) is the most technical pass among these three passes of the Everest region. This pass is physically demanding and you will reach Gokyo Valley after crossing the pass. Meanwhile, the western part of the Cho La Pass is green grassland as well as the Ngozumpa glacier. The terrain is made of loose rocks, ice, and large boulders. These factors make Cho La Pass one of the most dangerous passes in the Everest region. You will take an early morning walk towards Cho La Pass to avoid the strong cold wind that blows around the pass after a few hours of sunrise. This pass connects the Everest Base Camp trail with the Gokyo Valley, Cho La Pass is a stunning pass with glaciated terrain and views of Cholatse, Ama Dablam, and Tawoche peaks.

Renjo La Pass (5435m/17832 ft)

Renjo La Pass is one of the highest passes in the Everest Region and is one of the highest trekking passes in Nepal. It is situated at an elevation of 5,435 meters (17,832 ft)  above sea level. Renjo La Pass is marked as an adventurous pass of Nepal. From our trek itinerary, you will be crossing this pass to escape from the Gokyo Valley. Glacier, mountain views, and snowy trails are the main highlights of this pass. Crossing Renjo La Pass is one of the tiring days of the whole trek. Despite the difficulty of the trek, excellent views can be seen from the Renjo La Pass. The westernmost pass, Renjo La, links the Gokyo Valley with the Thame Valley. It offers awe-inspiring views of Everest, Lhotse, and Makalu, as well as Gokyo Lakes and the Ngozumpa Glacier.

What is exactly the Everest three passes trek?

The Everest three passes trek is one of the most difficult levels of the trek in the Khumbu region of Nepal. All of these passes lie above 5,000 meters from sea level. Similarly, high altitude sickness may occur at such a high altitude. But with the proper precautions our experienced trekking guide suggests, you may not face this problem. Before starting the trek you will have a sightseeing of the four UNESCO World Heritage sites inside Kathmandu valley . These include Swayambhunath, Boudhanath, Pashupatinath, and Kathmandu Durbar Square.

The trek starts with the exciting flight to Lukla airport of Nepal , further continuing to trek to Lukla, Phakding. On another day you will trek to Namche Bazzar which is also known as the Sherpa hub as the entire settlement is of the local Sherpas . In Namche, you will also acclimatize before you go to the higher area to avoid any possible health issues related to high elevation. Then comes the blessing point of the entire Everest region commonly known as the Tengboche Monastery. It is the biggest Buddhist monastery in the Everest region which is also a great viewpoint. You will get to see glorious mountains such as Mt. Everest, Pumori, Ama Dablam, and other beautiful peaks. The trek slowly gets tough as you get to the higher altitude, the landscape slowly changes from alpine forest to mountain desert with little to no vegetation and a thin atmosphere (low oxygen level). You will resume your trek to Dingboche and Chhukung villages stopping at each village for rest.

On the 9th day, you will trek to Lobuhe via Kongma La pass (5,535m/18,160ft) which is the first pass of your trek. From here your trek gets intense as you will have you walk around 6-7 hours ascending and descending through highlands, and glaciers with elevations above 4000m. You will be accompanied by the lofty mountains that you will see from the base camp and another vantage viewpoint called Kala Patthar from where you can get a marvelous view of the spectacular peaks. From there you will trek to Dzongla then to Thannag (Dragnag) crossing the second pass of your trek, the Cho La pass (5,420m/17,783ft). The trek just becomes better as your trail leads to Gokyo where you will explore the Gokyo Ri (5,357m/17,576ft). Continue your trek to Lunde (Lungdhen) via Renjo la Pass (5,360m/17,586ft) which is the final pass of your ionic Everest three passes trek. From here your trek gets slightly easy as you will follow the descending path toward Thame. Thame is the place where the popular Sherpa festival is held every year in the spring season.

Your next stop is Namche Bazzar, from where you started your trek. You will stay overnight at Namche, where you can celebrate your successful trek as you can find bars, pubs, sports bars, and other interesting facilities as well. The next day you will trek to Lukla and stay overnight before you fly to Kathmandu and end your thrilling adventure. To celebrate your successful trek we will meet in Kathmandu for a Nepali Thakali dinner as a celebration and farewell. You will depart from Nepal on the 19th day with loads of memories, a soulful trek, and an everlasting firsthand trekking experience of the Everest Three Passes trek.

Best Time for Everest Three Passes Trek

Spring season is one of the best times for the Everest three passes trek. March, April, and May are marked as the Spring season in Nepal. During the spring season, you may even get to see the most popular Himalayan festival known as the Mani Rimdu festival which falls during the May month. During these months of the year, clear skies and weather make it easier to view the high mountains around the surroundings. Everest, Lobuche, Makalu, Cho Oyu, Thamserku, etc are the main mountain ranges that can be seen during the trek. The chances of snowfall are very low during this season and it is also one of the popular seasons for peak climbing in Nepal.

October, November, and mid-December are marked as the autumn season in Nepal. This is also one of the peak times for trekking and peak climbing in Nepal. High visibility of the mountain ranges and valleys can be seen. The temperature remains warm, the skies are clear and different colors of nature are seen during this time. Meanwhile, snowfall may occur during late December and make it difficult to trek.

Everest Three Passes Trek Difficulty

The Everest Three Passes Trek is considered one of the most challenging treks in the Everest region due to several factors that contribute to its difficulty level. Here are some of the primary factors that make this trek challenging:

High altitude: The trek involves crossing three high passes—Kongma La (5,535 meters / 18,159 feet), Cho La (5,420 meters / 17,782 feet), and Renjo La (5,360 meters / 17,585 feet)—along with ascending to Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Ri or Kala Patthar. The high altitude increases the risk of altitude sickness , and trekkers must acclimate properly to avoid complications.

Trek duration: The Everest Three Passes Trek usually takes 18-21 days to complete, depending on the specific route and side trips. This extended duration demands physical and mental endurance.

Steep ascents and descents: The trek involves steep climbs and descents over rough and, at times, glaciated terrain, which can be physically demanding and technically challenging.

Long daily treks: On average, trekkers cover a distance of 10-15 kilometers (6-9 miles) per day, with some days involving 6-9 hours of walking. This requires a high level of physical fitness and stamina.

Remote trails and weather conditions: Parts of the trek are remote and less frequented, making route finding and navigation more difficult. Additionally, weather in the high mountains can be unpredictable, with sudden changes in temperature and conditions that can create challenges.

Basic accommodations: Teahouses along the trek are basic, with limited facilities and amenities. Trekkers must be prepared to adapt to simple living conditions.

To tackle the Everest Three Passes Trek, trekkers should have prior high-altitude trekking experience, be in excellent physical shape, and be mentally prepared for the challenges. Proper acclimatization, adequate rest days, and careful planning are essential to completing this demanding and rewarding adventure.

If our trip itinerary doesn’t suit your holiday schedule or you wish to modify the itinerary or combine it with any travel plans, then please let us know and we’ll be happy to create a tailor-made itinerary, designed especially for you. Also, whether you are a student group/family group /corporate team please feel free to ask any questions. We offer you a variety of packages.

Detailed Itinerary

Kathmandu arrival. [1,400m/4,593 ft].

Your Arrival Time (?)  Our office representative will meet and greet you at Kathmandu Airport and transfer you to your hotel in Kathmandu.

At. 06:00 PM: In the evening we will meet for a coffee and will brief you on the details of your trek program. If you arrive after 5 PM we will meet the next day for breakfast and brief you on the details about the trek.

Kathmandu Sightseeing, Trek Preparation.

At. 10:00 AM: You will visit for a full day sightseeing inside Kathmandu valley. You will visit historical monuments that include Kathmandu Durbar Square which is a collection of medieval architectural buildings that lies in the central part of Kathmandu city. It is also a place that boasts a diverse range of cultural artifacts and wonderful architectural styles, some temples, and a vivid display of Newari culture.

Next, you will visit Swayambhunath also known as the Monkey temple located on top of a hill west of Kathmandu city. Continue your excursion by exploring the Boudhanath Stupa which boasts Buddhist culture along with beautiful architecture and Tibetan culture. Last but not least Pashupatinath, is a revered Hindu temple dedicated to Lord Shiva. You can get the blessing for the upcoming trek program. Besides sightseeing, you can do the required shopping for your trek in Thamel. Have dinner at the nearby restaurants while returning from sightseeing.

Fly to Lukla, Trek to Phakding. [2,610m/8,563 ft]

At. 05:30 AM: You will drive towards the airport for your Lukla flight. The drop to the airport will be according to the flight time. The 30-minute thrilling flight to Lukla airport is a unique way to start your trek. Your first-day trek begins from Lukla towards Phakding , the distance between Lukla to Phaking is 8 km which you will cover in 4-5 hours.

The trail then passes through Chaurikharka, Ghat finally leading to the beautiful Phakding village at the bank of the Dudh Koshi river. The terrains of Phakding are beautiful and the Sherpa settlement in most of the areas is very attractive. The Khumbu vibe begins in this area and offers you some mountain vistas from hilly cliffs. Overnight at Phakding.

Important Note: During the peak Everest trekking season, the flights to Lukla operate from Ramechhap, Manthali, if you are traveling in spring (April) and autumn (October/November) you are required to drive to Manthali from Kathmandu. You will drive early in the morning at around 1 AM. The distance between Kathmandu and Ramechap is around 132 km and you cover it in around 5-6 hours. You can upgrade your transfer by helicopter if you want to experience the thrill on the way to Lukla (Optional).

Phakding to Namche Bazaar. [3,440m/11,287 ft]

At. 08:00 AM: After breakfast, you will start your second-day trek towards the gateway of Everest, Namche Bazaar. For most people, this second day might be the hardest as you will have to climb steeply before reaching Namche Bazaar. The trail follows the upstream of Dudh Koshi river. The trek on this day is fascinating as you will be heading towards the Namche Bazaar, which is popularly known as Sherpa Capital.

The distance between Phakding to Namche Bazaar is around 10 km. The trail passes through the villages of Monjo, Jorsalle, and Benkar before reaching Namche Bazaar. From Monjo, the world’s highest national park, there are three checkpoints for Sagarmatha national park permit and Monjo is the first point. The trek duration is 6-8 hours. Overnight at Namche Bazaar.

Acclimatization in Namche Bazaar. [3,440m/11,287 ft]

At. 09:00 AM: Namche Bazaar is a popular stop on many trekkers' itineraries in the Everest region of Nepal. It is situated at an altitude of 3,440 meters (11,286 feet) and serves as a hub for the area, offering a variety of amenities, including shops, restaurants, and lodges. Acclimatization is an essential aspect of any high-altitude trek, and Namche Bazaar is an excellent place to acclimatize. Trekking at high altitudes can be challenging, and it's essential to give your body time to adjust to the decreased oxygen levels. Acclimatization helps you avoid altitude sickness, which can be life-threatening.

During the acclimatization process, it's essential to take it slow and not push yourself too hard. The goal is to spend time at higher altitudes to allow your body to adjust gradually to the lower oxygen levels. It's recommended to stay at Namche Bazaar for at least two nights to help your body adjust before continuing your trek.

While in Namche Bazaar, you can take short hikes to higher elevations during the day and return to the town to sleep at night. For example, you could hike up to the Everest View Hotel , located at an altitude of 3,962 meters (12,999 feet), to take in stunning views of Everest and other peaks in the region. Remember to drink plenty of water and stay hydrated, as dehydration can exacerbate altitude sickness symptoms. Additionally, it's essential to avoid alcohol and smoking and to eat nutritious, high-calorie meals to fuel your body during the acclimatization process.

Namche Bazaar to Tengboche. [3,860m/12,664 ft]

At. 08:00 AM: After breakfast, you will move towards the village of the monastery. Tengboche has one of the biggest monasteries in the Khumbu region. The trail to Tengboche first starts with a flat surface gradually going steeply down to cross the river at Phunki Tenga and finally starting the steep climb to the Tengboche village. (The distance between Namche to Tengboche is around 10 km which you can cover in around 6-7 hours)

At. 03:00 PM: Tengboche monastery visit, which is also called the blessing point of the Everest region as trekkers visit the monastery for a successful trek. The monastery is one of the oldest and biggest Buddhist monuments in the Khumbu region. It acts as an abode of spirituality and Buddhism practices. Here you can explore the authenticity of the Buddhist culture, the lifestyle of monks, and the spectacular Himalayas in distant sight and enjoy the breathtaking views of Mount Everest, Ama Dablam, and other surrounding peaks. Overnight at Tengboche village.

Trek to Dingboche. [4,410m/14,470 ft]

At. 08:00 AM: After breakfast, you will start from the Tengboche Monastery, take a trail through the rhododendron forest to Deboche, and further to Imja Khola. Then you will climb to Pangboche village (3,930m), a Sherpa village with the oldest monastery in the region. Dingboche is a popular stop in the Khumbu region for trekking. It is a sherpa village that offers a wide range of cultural and natural attractions in this area. It takes about 6 hours of trekking to reach Dingboche village. (The distance between around 10 km which you can cover in around 6-7 hours)

You will move further towards another village Somare and reach the beautiful Dingboche village (4410m). Overnight stay in Dingboche village.

Dingboche to Chhukung Village. [4,730m, 15,519 ft]

At. 08:00 AM: After breakfast, you will start your trek towards Chukkung village . You will follow the upstream of Imja Khola. From Dingboche, you will be leaving the main trail that leads to the Everest base camp. You will cover around 5 km today which will take around 4-5 hours through the stone-walled fields and alpine landscape. The view along the trail is spectacular and there are some mountain panoramas of the Khumbu region to explore.

After reaching Chhukung you will go for an exploration of the area which will help you to acclimatize for your past day. Overnight at a local lodge.

Chhukung to Lobuche via Kongma La Pass. [5,535m/18,160 ft]

At. 05:00 AM: Today you will be crossing the first pass of your three-pass trek, the Kongma La Pass (5535m/18160 ft) . The trail for the pass is strenuous and challenging. This is the highest pass on the three-pass trek. You will be carrying enough water and snacks for the day as there are no tea shops or tea houses available on the trail. The crossing of the pass is difficult however the mountain panoramas are spectacular and other mountain vistas offer the joy of a lifetime. (You will walk early in the morning to avoid the strong wind in the pass in the noon) You will cross the pass and reach Lobuche within 7- 8 hours covering around 15 km.

Experience the majestic views of Lhotse Shar, Imja Tshe, Amadablam, and other numerous peaks seen throughout the trail. A beautiful lake is seen from the pass before you head down toward the Lobuche village. Overnight at the teahouse.

Lobuche to Gorak Shep and Everest Base Camp. [5,364m/17,599 ft]

At. 08:00 AM: Today is another important day of your trek as you will be at the base camp of Everest. The walk towards Everest is along the Khumbu Glacier. You will reach the small village of Gorak Shep , where you will have your lunch. Gorak Shep is a popular place in the Everest Base Camp trek and it has some incredible natural attractions to offer. (The distance between Lobuche to Gorak Shep is around 5 km/1 hour 15 mins) you will rest your bags at the teahouse at Gorak Shep and walk towards Everest base camp which is 4 km/1 hour away.

After having your lunch the trail will lead you to the Mt. Everest base camp at an altitude of 5,364 meters. Everest base camp gives you an exceptional view of Khubutse, Mt. Pumori, Changtse, and Khumbu icefall instead of Mt. Everest as the base camp is right below Mt. Everest you don’t get to see the entire Everest. Reaching Everest Base Camp and not seeing Everest can be upsetting but the beauty of Everest is spectacular from Kala Pathar and surrounding areas.

Hike to Kala Patthar, Gorek Shep to Dzongla. [4,800m/15,748 ft]

At. 05:00 AM: Early morning you will climb to Kala Patthar (5,645m) for a sunrise view. The distance between Gorak Shep to Kapa Patthar is just 2 km and takes approximately 1.5 hours due to the higher elevation climb. From the top, you will see a 360-degree view of some of the highest peaks in the world including Mt. Pumori (7,169m), Mt. Everest (8,848m), and Lhotse (8,516m), the Tibetan peak Changtse, Nuptse (7,861m), Amadablam and countless other smaller peaks.

Gorak Shep to Dzongla is a segment of the Everest Base Camp (EBC) trek, as well as a part of the extended EBC trek known as the Three Passes Trek, in the Solu-Khumbu region of Nepal. This route takes trekkers from Gorak Shep, the last stop before reaching Everest Base Camp, to Dzongla, a small settlement on the way to the Cho La Pass.

The distance between Gorak Shep and Dzongla is approximately 10-12 kilometers (6-7.5 miles). The trek from Gorak Shep to Dzongla usually takes 5-7 hours, depending on your pace and weather conditions. It is a moderately difficult trek, with a mix of ascents and descents, and some steep sections. From Gorak Shep, you will backtrack to Lobuche and then head westward, following the valley of the Lobuche Khola river. You will continue to descend until you reach the small settlement of Dzongla. The trail offers stunning views of Ama Dablam, Cholatse, and other surrounding peaks. There are a few basic teahouses in Dzongla where you can rest and stay overnight. These teahouses provide basic facilities such as food, hot drinks, and shared rooms with basic bedding. Be prepared for limited amenities, and make sure to carry extra layers of clothing for warmth during cold nights.

Dzongla to Thannag (Dragnag) via Cho La. [5,420m/17,783 ft]

At. 05:00 AM: Today you will ascend the second pass of the trail and will start early with a gentle climb at first hours towards the Cho La Pass (5,420m) . The trail crosses the glacier which is marked by cairns. This is the most technical pass of your entire three-pass trek. Though the pass is difficult and requires some technical skills to cross, the views along the barren trail have an incredible experience to offer. The significant elevation crossing is always difficult but the scenery is mindblowing the whole other passes. (The distance between Dzongla and Thannag is around 8 km which you will cover in around 6-7 hours.)

Once you reach Cho La Pass, the trail goes downward to Thanna g. From Thannag the views of Cho Oyu mountain and other Tibetan mountains are seen. Overnight at Thannag Teahouse.

Dragnag to Gokyo, Exploration of Gokyo Ri. [5,357m/17,576 ft]

At. 07:30 AM: After breakfast, start your trek passing by the lakes at Gokyo which pours down to the western division of the Ngozumpa Glacier . You will go diagonally through the three outstanding lakes and traverse the third lake, Dudh Pokhari, and on the east bank, you can see the community of Gokyo. Walking along the lake, you can view the splendid summits of Cho Oyu and Gyachung Kang. (The distance between Thannag to Gokyo is 4 km)

You will have lunch at Gokyo before starting to climb Gokyo Ri (5,360m) which lies above the village.  The steep climb of about 3-4 hours to the top is quite strenuous, yet rewarded with one of the best views of Everest, Makalu, Cho Oyu, and Lhotse. After spending some time at the top, you will return to Gokyo. Overnight stay in Gokyo.

Gokyo to Lunde (Lungdhen) via Renjo La. [5,360m/17,487 ft]

At. 05:00 AM: Today you will ascend the last pass of the trail.  Renjo La (5,360m) is the most beautiful pass among all three passes. The views of the Rolwaling Himalayas and Khumbu Himalayas are seen at 360 degrees. You will start early in the morning and reach the pass before the strong winds and clouds start to build up. (The distance between Gokyo to Lunde (Lungdhen) is 11 km/7-8 hours)

The views of Ngozumpa glacier (which is one of the longest glaciers in the world), upper Gokyo valley, and the implausible peaks such as Everest, Lhotse, Makalu, Nuptse, Cho-Oyu, and Gychung Kang are amazing from the past. After the pass, they start to descend to Lunde village. Overnight stay in a local lodge.

Lungdhen to Thame. [3,800m/12,467 ft]

At. 08:00 AM: Today after breakfast, you will further descend to Thame village (The distance from Lunde (Lungdhen) to Thame is around 10 km which you can cover in around 4-5 hours). You will mostly descend from Lunde to Thame. As you get closer to Thame you will notice Thame monastery where you get a scenic view of the monastery nestled among many houses of monks and locals. This is the place where the most important Sherpa festival called Rimdu festival is celebrated each year in spring about the middle of May. Thame village holds the highest number of Everest summits, one in every house. In the afternoon you will visit the Thame monastery and observe the Buddhist and Sherpa culture.

Thame to Namche Bazaar. [3,800m/12,468 ft]

At. 08:00 AM: After breakfast, you will further move downwards towards the Namche bazaar . The distance between Thame to Namche is 9 km which you will cover in around 4-5 hours easily. Namche Bazaar is a popular stopover that offers a wide range of attractions in the Khumbu area. It is a hub for the area, offering a variety of amenities, including shops, restaurants, and lodges. You can celebrate your successful trek here at Namche for the last time.

Namche Bazaar to Lukla. [2,840m/9,317 ft]

At. 08:00 AM: Today is the last day of your three-pass trek and will further move downwards to reach your last destination of the trek, Lukla. The distance between Namche to Lukla is 18 km which you will cover in 7-8 hours. You will descend to the lowland of the Everest region. Overnight at Lukla.

Lukla to Kathmandu. [1,400m/4,593ft]

At. 07:00 AM: Breakfast at the hotel in Lukla and you will take a flight back to Kathmandu. You will then be transferred to the hotel.

You will have your day leisurely, you will have enough free time for shopping or roaming around Kathmandu Valley. However, if you want to go for authentic shopping for items such as handmade goods for souvenirs, and treat yourself to a relaxing spa after a week-long trek Thamel is the place for you. Enjoy the leisure time as you wish, and in the evening, join us for a traditional Nepali Dinner ( Thakali Cuisine ) with a live performance of folk songs as a farewell (If you want to visit other places, we can arrange it for you with extra add-ons)

You will have breakfast at the hotel and then have free time. Our office representative will drop you off at the Tribhuvan International airport 3 hours before your flight time. Carry loads of souvenirs, memories, and lifetime experiences back home, and Have a safe home return! We hope you enjoyed the trip! If you plan to extend your stay, we ( Altitude Himalaya ) are happy to make your visit memorable and enjoyable.

The information about the Everest Three Passes Trek is in-depth; feel free to contact us 24/7. We will be available on WhatsApp to assist you instantly. You can write an email if this trip doesn't fit your vacation schedule and requirements. Altitude Himalaya aims to offer the best possible travel experience to customers. Depending on the needs of the visitors and the group size, we customize each vacation package. We will put together a bespoke itinerary just for your private group.

Frequently Asked Questions

The trek typically takes 18-21 days, depending on your pace, acclimatization, and the specific route you choose. This includes days for acclimatization and side trips to Gokyo Lakes and Everest Base Camp.

The best time for the Everest Three Passes Trek is during the pre-monsoon season (March-May) and post-monsoon season (September-November). These months offer the most stable weather, clear skies, and optimal visibility of the surrounding mountains.

The trek is considered challenging due to its high-altitude passes, steep ascents and descents, and long trekking days. It is essential to have a good fitness level, previous trekking experience, and proper acclimatization to complete the trek successfully.

The highest altitude reached during the Everest Three Passes Trek is Kongma La Pass at 5,535 meters (18,159 feet).

While it is possible to trek independently, hiring a professional guide is highly recommended, especially for inexperienced trekkers. A guide will help you navigate the challenging terrain, ensure proper acclimatization, and provide valuable insights into local culture and traditions.

Accommodation along the trek is in basic teahouses and lodges. These provide shared rooms, basic bedding, and limited amenities. Private rooms may be available at lower elevations, but they become scarce as you ascend.

Teahouses and lodges along the trek offer basic meals, including Nepali, Indian, and some western dishes. The most common meal is 'dal Bhat', which consists of rice, lentil soup, and vegetables. As you gain altitude, the variety of food options may decrease, and prices will likely increase.

Yes, you will need to obtain a TIMS (Trekkers' Information Management System) card and a Sagarmatha National Park entry permit. These can be obtained in Kathmandu or Pokhara before you start your trek.

To prepare for the trek, focus on cardiovascular exercises, strength training, and endurance activities. Hiking or trekking at altitude is also beneficial to help you acclimate to high-altitude conditions. Additionally, make sure to have proper trekking gear, clothing, and a detailed itinerary.

Yes, there is a risk of altitude sickness during the Everest Three Passes Trek due to the high elevations reached. To minimize the risk, ensure proper acclimatization, stay hydrated, and ascend slowly. Recognize the symptoms of altitude sickness and be prepared to descend if necessary.

Services Includes

All arrivals and departures at Kathmandu airport.

Flight transfer (Kathmandu/Lukla/Kathmandu) is mentioned in the itinerary.

A 3-star hotel accommodation in Kathmandu.

Best available Lodge or Tea house accommodation during the trek.

Daily breakfast throughout the trip.

Lunch and Dinner from trek start day to trek end day. (as mentioned)

All necessary paperwork. (National Park Entry Permits, Khumbu rural municipality permit and TIMS Card)

An English-speaking, government licensed and experienced trek guide.

Porter during the trek. (A porter can carry 20 KG baggage of 2 people)

A well equipped first aid kit. 

One local SIM card (returnable) during your stay in Nepal.

All government and local taxes.

Guide and porter’s salary, food, and accommodation during the trek.

Arrangement of emergency helicopter service which will be paid for by your traveler’s insurance company.

Sleeping bags, duffle bags, and trekking route maps – if necessary.

A farewell Nepali cultural dinner on your last night in Kathmandu.

Services Excludes

Personal expenses.

Kathmandu sightseeing entrance fee.

Lunch and dinner in Kathmandu.

Nepal visa cost. (You will require 2 passport-size photos and 40 USD for a 30 days Nepal visa, you can fill the visa form online in advance)

International flight ticket.

Travel health insurance. (Highly Recommended)

Tips for the guide, porter, and driver.

Sweet things like dessert/chocolate.

All alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks.

Hot shower/batteries charge/heater during the trek.

Any other expenses which are not mentioned in the including section.

Photos Gallery

Why Travel With Altitude Himalaya?

We believe in the quality services to accommodate our guests 360 degrees need with tour personalization and customization. Our dedicated and experienced team believes not only in arranging trips, but making creating life long memories. Our travel experience within the region of Nepal, Bhutan and Tibet could make a memorable trip of yours.

TALK TO AN EXPERT

we can help you find your perfect holiday

Mr. Kiran has experience of 10+ years in tourism across Nepal, Bhutan and Tibet holiday arrangements to thousands of travellers from around the world. He will help you to figure out the best possible vacation plan according to your choice and preference.

KIRAN NEUPANE

Nepal, Bhutan & Tibet Expert

Cookies & Privacy Policy

This website uses cookies to improve your experience. Learn More

Nepal Guide Treks & Expedition – Hiking & Peak Climbing Agency

• +977-98510-29613
• [email protected]
• Everest Three Passes Trek
• Activities Everest three passes including Chola Pass, Renjola Pass and Kong ma La pass
• Max Elevation 5545m at Kalapatthar
• Trip Duration 20 Days
• Trip Grade Moderate & Adventure
• Lodging Tea House Trek
• Meals Full Board on Trek & BB Plan on City
• Transportation Private vehicle & flight
• Communication Available
• Group Size Minimum 2
• Best Season Autumn and Spring
• Per Day Walk Approx. 4 - 7 hours

Things You Can Experience During The Trip

• Incredible sunrise view from the famous viewpoint of Kala Patthar.
• Exploring the three highest mountain passes of the region, including Kongma La Pass (5,535m), Cho La Pass (5,360m), and Renjo La Pass (5,385m).
• Trekking to the beautiful base camp of Mt. Everest (8848.86m)
• Mountain flight to Lukla observing the snow-clad mountains
• Cultural exploration in the Sherpa settlements along the trail, including Namche Bazaar.
• Passing through the cultural and religious landmarks, including the Tengboche monastery.
• Traversing and exploring through the Sherpa cultural settlements

Everest Three Passes Trek is an adventurous trek in the beautiful Everest region. This incredible trekking journey from “Nepal Guide Treks and Expeditions” will take you through the three majestic mountain passes. Moreover, the trekkers will traverse various natural landmarks of the region.

This alternative route is quieter than the more mainstream Everest base camp trek. The Everest Three High Passes trek remains in the Solukhumbu district of Province no 1 in eastern Nepal. The trails of this trek pass through the serene landscapes of the Sagarmatha National Park. These landscapes include glaciers, lakes, rivers, and others.

The cultural settlements in the region are unique. The majority ethnic group is the Sherpa community followed by Bhotiya and Tamang ethnic groups. They mostly follow Tibetan Buddhism and other forms of Buddhism. There are different Buddhist heritages in the form of religious landmarks like monasteries, chortens, stone inscriptions, prayer flags, etc.

The three significant mountain passes that you will traverse include Kongma La Pass (5,535m), Cho La Pass (5,360m), and Renjo La Pass (5,385m). In the beautiful terrains, you can observe rare and endangered wildlife species. These include Snow leopards, Red panda, Musk deer, Himalayan tahr, Danfe, and others.

This Everest Three Passes trek itinerary starts from Kathmandu as you take on a mountain flight to Lukla. After sightseeing in the medieval city of Kathmandu, you will continue your tour along the region. The beautiful Lukla is the primary gateway of the Everest region. From there, you will trek to the Phakding and Namche, passing through the various settlements, including Monjo and Jorsale.

The trails on this trek section pass through the beautiful accommodations of Sagarmatha National Park. Namche is a beautiful settlement where you can find many vibrant places, including cafes, hotels, restaurants, and others. This commercial town remains known for these incredible landmarks of the region. From the settlement of Namche, you will acclimatize and explore before making your way ahead on the trek.

There are beautiful settlements from Namche to Thame. This is where the trail diverts from the regular EBC trek. You will then pass through the beautiful Lungdhen settlement, from where you will lead to Gokyo. The trail passes through Renjo La pass, the first mountain pass.

You will then continue through the various settlements to reach the top of the Gokyo Ri summit. We will then continue exploring the Gokyo region and trek to Dragnak. From Dragnak, you will trek to Dzongla, passing through the second mountain pass of Chol La. The trail then takes you to Gorak Shep, where you also have an option to trek to the Everest base camp.

From the Gorakshep, you can hike to Kalapathar the following day and then return before trekking to Lobuche. From Lobuche, you will pass through the last mountain pass of Kongma La to arrive at Chukung, From Chukkung, you will gradually trail to Dingboche and, finally, arrive at Namche.

From Namche, you will arrive at the settlements of Lukla. Lukla is the place from where you started your trek and will now fly back to Kathmandu. You can fly to your desired destination after a free rest day in Kathmandu. Overall, this outstanding Everest Three High Passes trek is one of the best trekking journeys in the region.

Read further for more details about this stunning trek in the Himalayas. We at “Nepal Guide Treks and Expedition” have provided you with a detailed itinerary, best time, difficulty, and other tips for the tour. Happy traveling!

Everest Three Passes Trek Itinerary

Day 1 – Arrival at Kathmandu (1345m). Day 2 – Kathmandu Sightseeing Day 3 – Kathmandu to Lukla Flight and Trek to Phakding. Day 4 – Trek from Phakding to Namche Bazar (3440m) Day 5 – Acclimatization at Namche Bazaar. Day 6 – Trek from Namche Bazaar to Thame Day 7 – Trek from Thame to Lungdhen Day 8 – Trek to Gokyo via Renjo La Pass Day 9 – Summit Gokyo Ri and explore around Gokyo Day 10 – Trek from Gokyo to Dragnag Day 11 – Trek from Dragnag to Dzongla via Chola pass Day 12 – Trek from Dzongla to Gorakshep and optional trek to Everest Base Camp Day 13 – Early morning hike to Kalapatthar and back to Gorak Shep. Trek to Lobuche Day 14 – Trek from Lobuche to Chhukung via Kongma La Pass Day 15 – Trek from Chhukung to Dingboche Day 16 – Trek from Dingboche to Namche Bazar. Day 17 – Trek from Namche Bazaar to Lukla. Day 18 – Lukla to Kathmandu Flight Day 19 – Free day in Kathmandu Day 20 – Departure from Kathmandu.

• Includes/Excludes
• Fixed Departure
• Useful Info

Kathmandu altitude: 1345m

Overnight: Hotel/Resort

Upon your arrival in Kathmandu, you will get transferred to the hotel in the city. The representative staff will pick you up from the airport and help you check-in at the hotel. You can rest at the hotel or travel to our office for a short briefing about the tour. Exploring the city’scity’s beautiful landmarks is also on the cards. You will return to the hotel and rest for the night.

The medieval city of Kathmandu has incredible cultural and religious landmarks. On this day, you will go on a sightseeing tour of Kathmandu city. Numerous UNESCO listed world heritage sites in the region, including the durbar squares of Kathmandu. Lalitpur and Bhaktapur are highlights of the area. Since you cannot travel to all these places in a single day, you must select the places to travel to in advance.

You will also travel to the religious heritage sites of Pashupatinath, Boudhanath, and Swayambhunath. These sacred heritage sites are centuries-old and of high significance in the country. You will then travel to the Amazon to Basantapur Durbar Square, where you can find many temples, including the college Taleju Bhavani temple and Kumari Ghar. After exploring, you can return to your hotel and prepare and pack for the trip. You can also shop for any tracking equipment if required in the Thamel area.

Lukla altitude: 2886m

Phakding altitude: 2610m

Flight duration: 35-40 minutes

Walking hours: 3-4 hrs

Overnight: Teahouse of Phakding

On this trekking day, you will start your journey with a mountain flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. Our staff and representative will pick you up from the hotel in the city and then transfer you to the Tribhuvan International Airport. You will fly from the airport to the Everest region’s gateway.

You will land at the Tenzing-Hillary airport, which is a thrilling experience due to its location on a cliff side and small runway. After arriving at the airport, we will rest for a while before continuing our journey, climbing gradually to an uphill train through Dudh Koshi River’sRiver’s left bank.

We observe many Buddhist Heritage landmarks and sites as we trek through the region to arrive at Ghat. We will then continue our journey through various paths before finally arriving at a destination of Phakding.

Namche Bazaar altitude: 3440m

Walking duration: 5-6 hrs

Overnight: Fine Hotel of Namche

You will trek from Phakding to Namche Bazar early after having breakfast at the teahouse. The thrill of passing through the various challenging landscapes is quite exciting. The constant uphill and downhill terrain in the Sagarmatha National Park will enchant travelers.

At the checkpoint of this national park, we can complete the formalities of showing trekking permits. We will continue our journey alongside the Bhote Koshi river. The trek steeply ascends to the ultimate destination of Namche Bazaar.

We will continue our uphill climb to the top of a range that provides you with the sweeping Himalayan Vista of Mt. Everest (8,848m), Lhotse (8,516m), and other snow-clad mountains of the region. We will then travel through the forested areas to arrive at our destination of Namche Bazaar. We will spend the night at a lodge or hotel in the town.

Overnight: Fine Hotel of Namche Bazar

On this day of Everest three passes trek, you will acclimatize and explore the beautiful town of Namchi Bazar. We will go on various hiking peaks in the region. They will provide you with the opportunity to observe the Himalayas of the area.

There is also a Syangboche viewpoint from where we can get sweeping views of the region. From this viewpoint, you can observe Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, Ama Dablam, Kusum Kangaru, and Thamserku, other snow-capped mountains. There is also another Sherpa museum that provides you with the cultural heritage of the region.

Namche Bazaar also is famous for its vibrant atmosphere, including cafes, hotels, restaurants, bars, lodges, etc. You can also go souvenir shopping in the shops around the town. After acclimatizing and exploring the area, you can rest in the evening at the lodge.

Thame altitude: 3739m

Overnight: Teahouse of Thame

Under this section of the trek, you will pass from the village of Namche Bazaar to Thame. The trekking trail starts after you have breakfast and observe the Himalayan sunrise from a viewpoint. The course then takes a western direction and moves upward to arrive at the Bhote Koshi Valley.

We will pass through various heritage sites with incredible cultural landmarks. Prayer flags and stone encryption with this Mantra written on it can get found along the trails. This region’s Tibetan Buddhist culture and tradition get reflected in these monuments and heritage along the route.

We descend through the Bhote Koshi trail before taking an uphill climb to Thame. Thame Gompa is an essential religious heritage site located at the valley’s top. You can also celebrate regional festivals if you travel in the spring. The village also overlooks the valley and is the site for the spring celebrations of the Mani Rimdu festival. You will spend the night at Thame teahouse.

Lungdhen altitude: 4380m

Overnight: Teahouse of Lungdhen

On this trekking day, you will continue our journey from Thame to Lungden. This incredible section is quite challenging as you will trek alongside the natural diversities of the Himalayan region.

However, you will trek on a busy trail alongside the Bhote Khosi river banks. We will then continue our path to the various settlements of the area. After traveling for a few hours, we will arrive at the teahouse in Lungdhen, where we will spend the night.

Renjo La Pass altitude: 5435m

Walking duration: 6-7 hrs

Overnight: Teahouse of Gokyo

This is an important section of the Everest three passes trek itinerary. On this day, you will continue your journey to observe the beautiful landscapes of Gokyo. Trekkers will pass through the Renjo La pass to arrive at the destination of Gokyo.

The uphill trek takes you on an uphill climb to arrive at a large kharka. Trekkers will then pass through the village settlements to arrive at the glacial lake. From this destination, you will encounter various stony steps to climb to the top of Renjo La Pass (5,435m).

You can observe the entire Khumbu region from the top of the pass. The trail then gradually travels on rocky terrain to reach the valley of Gokyo.

Gokyo Ri altitude: 5483m

In this trek, you will climb the incredible Gokyo Ri (5,483m), from where you can observe the Himalayan mountains, including Mt. Everest (8848.86m), Mt. Makalu (8481m), Mt. Lhotse (8516m), Mt. Cho Oyu (8201m) and others.

We will explore the area and take incredible pictures at the top of Gokyo Ri. We will descend to the Gokyo valley, where we will explore for some more time around the lake. You will stay tonight at the Gokyo teahouse.

Dragnag altitude: 4650m

Walking duration: 3-4 hrs

Overnight: Teahouse of Dragnag

This section of the track from Gokyo to Dragnag is quite an adventure as it passes through the beautiful terrains. You will need to traverse various challenging terrains before arriving at your destination. The trail is more accessible initially, but you will have to cross various terrains to cross the Ngozumpa glacier.

There are icy trails, making them quite challenging and slippery. You should be careful on the journey and remain protected with the help of trekking gear and equipment as the snow starts to melt during the day.

The Glacier can get quite dangerous during the daytime. Hence, we will trek early to avoid this. Finally, we will hike a few hours along the descending trail to arrive at Dragnag village settlement and then stay overnight.

Dzongla altitude: 4843m

Chola Pass altitude: 5420m

Overnight: Teahouse of Dzongla

This is an incredible section of the Everest three passes trek. On this day of the walk, you will pass through the settlements of Drangnag to arrive at the territory of Dzongla. You will also pass through the majestic Chola Pass during this journey which lies at an altitude of 5420 meters.

The trail moves ahead in the beautiful regions to arrive at the beautiful Cho La Pass. The mountain remains covered in snow most of the time. We love seeing stunning views of the entire Himalayan landscape and the Gokyo valley. After descending along the trail, we will finally arrive at the village settlement of Dzongla, where we will spend the night.

Gorak Shep altitude: 5435m

Everest Base Camp altitude: 5380m

Walking duration: 7-8 hrs

Overnight: Teahouse of Gorakshep

From the village settlement of Dzongla, we will continue our trek to Gorakshep. We will continue the way, passing through the beautiful settlements early in the morning. As you cross the high mountain, you will lead the trails to arrive at the Khumbu Glacier. We can also find the memorials of those climbers who have perished on the way to the Glacier.

It will then take you to the settlements of Lobuche, and then we will continue our trek to the Gorakshep. After arriving at the village settlement of Gorakshep, we will rest and have lunch. We will then continue our journey to the Everest base camp, an optional trek. Once we reach Gorakshep, we can follow the trail, which takes another 3 hours to complete the journey.

After arriving at the incredible destination of Everest base camp, we will explore the area and observe the snow-capped Himalayas. There are many trekkers and climbers in colorful tents training for the expedition. We will take some time exploring the area. Then we will return to our destination of Gorakshep.

Kalapathar altitude: 5545m

Overnight: Teahouse of Lobuche

We will start trekking in the dark before sunrise. We will walk in the dark so that we will get to observe the beautiful Himalayas and sunrise views. From Kala Patthar (5,545m), you can also observe the Himalayan mountains, including Mt. Everest (8848.86m), Mt. Makalu (8481m), and Mt. Cho Oyu (8201m), Mt. Lhotse (8516m), and other surrounding peaks.

After exploring the beautiful Kalapathar, we can take incredible pictures of the silver mountains, including Mount Everest. We will then finally return to our trail to arrive at Gorakshep. After spending some time at the teahouse, we will continue our route to arrive at Lobuche, where we will stay for the night.

Chukkung altitude: 4730m

Kongma La Pass: 5535m

Overnight: Teahouse of Chukkung

In this section, you will trek from the settlement of Lobuche to Chhukkung. We will have breakfast in the region and observe the most outstanding Himalayan Sunrise from the area. We will get to observe the silver Himalayas of the region as well.

The trail ahead will take you to the challenging trains to arrive at the significant mountain pass of Kongma La Pass (5,535m). We will take uphill terrain during the journey to cross the majestic Khumbu Glacier. Our journey takes you alongside a river and crosses it multiple times during the trip.

After reaching the mountain pass top, we can observe the essential snow-clad mountains of the region. We will finally reach Chhukung after a few hours of trekking. This village settlement is also known as the Valley of Glaciers. After arriving at the region’s settlement, you will rest overnight in the local teahouse.

Dingboche altitude: 4410m

Walking duration: 4-5 hrs

Overnight: Teahouse of Dingboche

The trail from Chhukung to Dingboche is another exciting section of the trek. The relatively easy trail passes through the streams and snow to arrive at the village settlement. From there, you will pass through the green field covered in walls of stone and Alpine forests. After trekking for a few hours, we finally arrive at Dingboche.

Overnight: Teahouse of Namche Bazaar

At the settlement of Dingboche, you will continue your journey along a relatively easy route to arrive at Tengboche. The trail passes through the Alpine forest leading you to the settlement. You will pass through the region’s spectacular landscapes, observing the area’s natural diversities. You will trek for a few hours to finally arrive at Namche Bazaar.

Namche altitude: 3650m

Overnight: Lodge of Lukla

The beautiful trails of the track will finally take you to Lukla. From Namche, you will trek through the beautiful terrains to arrive at your destination. This is the last day of the Everest Three pass trek passing through the settlements of Monjo and Jorsale. The trail is generally descending outside the Bhote Koshi River. After arriving at the territory of Namche, you will stay overnight.

Lukla altitude: 2860m

Flight Duration: 35-40 minutes

The Everest three high passes trekking journey comes to an end in Lukla. You will take a mountain flight after having a delicious breakfast. You can observe the snow-capped mountains for the last time during this mountain flight.

You can take this early morning flight from Lukla to Kathmandu. In the beautiful medieval city of Kathmandu, you can find the old cultural heritage of the town. Finally, you will arrive at the city of Kathmandu, where you will rest overnight.

Overnight at Hotel/Resort with Farewell Dinner

This is a free day in Kathmandu, where you can explore the region’s beautiful temples and cultural heritage sites. Other incredible heritages will provide you with the best artistic exploration in the region. You can also walk around the Thamel area and relax or celebrate the completion of the journey. We return to the hotel and stay overnight.

Our representative will pick you up from the hotel and transfer you to the airport in Kathmandu. From there, you can travel to your desired destination.

• Airport Arrival and transfer to Hotel
• 4 nights ‘Day 01, 02 & Day 18, 19” stay in Kathmandu with BB Plan
• All land transportation by private vehicle
• Sightseeing Tour in Kathmandu including Private Vehicle, all entry fees & experienced city guide
• Kathmandu – Lukla – Kathmandu both way flight
• All meals [B/F, Lunch & Dinner] During Trekking period
• Tea House & Lodges Accommodation during Trekking
• Sagarmatha (Everest) National Park Fee & TIMS [Trekkers Information Management System] fee.
• Highly experienced Trekking guide for the entire trek
• Required Number of Porters “2:1Ratio”
• Staffs food, clothing & salary, Insurance.
• General First aid Kids
• All tax, vats and necessary paper works
• Airport Drop
• Personal nature expenses
• Bar bill and all kind of drinks
• Rescue & Evacuation
• Gratitude (tip) for staff

The given rates are per person with guaranteed departure schedules. If the given dates are not appropriate for you, please feel free to contact us for requesting a new dates, we will gladly personalize the itinerary and schedule of the trip that fits for you.

Check our assured departure schedules given below:

Best Season for Everest Three Passes Trek

The incredible Everest three high passes trek is ideal in the peak season of Summer and Autumn. The perfect season provides you with the best Himalayan views from various viewpoints. Weather conditions also remain suitable for any sort of adventure in these seasons. Read more about these trekking seasons below:

Spring season

Spring has beautiful weather with a stable climate throughout. From March to May, you will experience beautiful weather, with conditions perfect for trekking at a higher altitude. There is minimal risk, and the Himalayas look incredibly beautiful in clear blue skies. Spring is also ideal because of the temperatures that remain in the suitable range.

You will not feel too hot or too cold during this season. There is green vegetation all around, with diverse wildlife along the trails. There are fewer weather-related challenges like heavy rainfall, snowfall, landslides, avalanches, etc. Hence, you can trek freely without any hassle during this season.

Autumn is another ideal time for trekking in the Everest region. The beautiful season from September to November has stable weather and climate. The temperatures remain at a moderate level. Trekkers will face fewer weather-related challenges this season.

Autumn is also when the local people celebrate many festivals in the region. It is an opportunity for travelers to go on a cultural exploration during their trekking journey. Silver Himalayas look incredible from the viewpoints along the trail. The clear blue sky during this time of the year and unobstructed views of the mountains are highlights of the trek.

Offseason treks

There are various off-seasons where you can travel and climb the Everest region. The season of summer-monsoon and winter are the two off seasons because of the challenges it comes with.

Weather-related difficulties during the off-season include heavy rainfall, snowfall, floods, landslides, etc. In the winters, you can observe the weather conditions with icy conditions. Hence, for these reasons, you should trek the peak season of Spring and Autumn as far as possible.

Everest Three Passes Trek Difficulties

This unique Everest three pass trek is generally considered a relatively complex and challenging adventure in the Everest region. This incredible trek passes through challenging landscapes and virgin territories. To complete the trek, you will need to be in a tremendous physical and mental state.

This trekking route and itinerary passes through adventurous trails in the remote region. There you will pass through the uphill and downhill terrains of the area. You will also pass through the naturally diverse terrains. You can find the beautiful Himalayan landscapes to be a great adventure.

Altitude sickness is a common problem in high-altitude regions above 5000m. There are various symptoms of altitude sickness, including headache, nausea, lack of appetite, insomnia, etc. Their beautiful trails provide you with the best acclimatization opportunities.

Hence, acclimatizing as much as possible in multiple stops along the trail is essential. Rest and hydration will also help you tackle altitude sickness in the region. Diamox tablets are anti-nausea medications that can help you tackle the symptoms of acute mountain sickness. If the symptoms persist, you will need to descend or abandon the trek altogether.

There are challenging adventure terrains, as you will cross three major mountain passes during the trek. To complete this journey, you will need incredible physical fitness, stamina, and patience. Trekkers will also need to build the strength and endurance required for the trek. Hence, proper training ahead of the tour is a must.

Another difficulty in this high-altitude Everest three high passes trek is that you will need to stay in local accommodation. These facilities are without many compared to the hotels in the city areas. Hence, you should manage these accommodations on the high-altitude trek.

Besides, the variety of food on the menu in these regions is quite limited. Since you will travel to a high altitude, all the food ingredients must get transported with the help of porter or yaks. Hence, you will only get Nepalese cuisine like “Dal Bhaat” along with pasta, noodles, momo, etc.

There is unpredictable weather in the high-altitude region, especially in the off-seasons. You will find the weather conditions changing in a quick span in these high-altitude regions. You can experience bright sunny days to overcast conditions with heavy rainfall in a few hours. Heavy rainfalls, landslides, floods, etc., are common in the off-seasons.

Hence, these are the different challenges you must face in the Everest three high passes trek.

Why Go For Everest Three Passes Trek?

Mesmerizing himalayan views.

Everest three high passes trek is a great scenic adventure in the region. The trails pass through various viewpoints from where you can also observe the total 360-degree views of the Khumbu region. Silver mountains, glorious Himalayan sunrises, and sunsets are beautiful highlights of this trek. Other natural diverse landmarks include hills, valleys, alpine forests, mountain passes, streams, glaciers, lakes, etc.

Culture and heritage exploration

The most underrated aspect of the Everest three passes trek is the cultural exploration. Since the trails pass through various cultural settlements of the region, you will get to observe the beautiful cultural elements.

Trekkers can follow the Buddhist landmarks in the area, including monasteries, gompas, mani walls, chortens, etc. If you travel in the autumn season, you will get to celebrate the local festivities with the people. You can even interact with them and learn about their culture with a professional guide.

Exploration of the flora and fauna

The trek also passes through various habitats of the diverse flora and fauna of the region. You can observe rare and endangered wildlife species, especially if you travel during peak seasons when they remain active. There are large vegetation areas with alpine forests. Trekkers can observe wild animals like Himalayan Tahr, Snow Leopards, Red Panda, Monal, Danfe, etc.

Rugged, adventurous terrains

The Everest three high passes trek is an adventure that includes various uphill and downhill terrain. This region requires you to pass through the beautiful landscapes before arriving at its ultimate destination. Hence this adrenaline-rushing adventure is one of the most desired trekking journeys in the world.

Food and Accommodation

The Everest three passes trek is a remote region trek that takes you through settlements with fewer accommodations. In these regions, you will generally find tea houses that provide you with the facility of staying and eating. The accommodation is a small room that is usually shared with other trekkers.

You will get a bed with a warm blanket and pillow. Toiletry facilities are available outside the tea houses whereas you should bring all your toiletries yourself. The meal facilities, as you can expect, are minimal in terms of variety. This is because food ingredients need to get transported on the back of a porter or a yak.

Generally, the food includes “Dal Bhat,” the Nepalese meal consisting of various items like rice, vegetables, pulses, rice, lentils, etc. Although the facilities do not match those in the fancy hotels of Kathmandu in Pokhara, you will get a warm meal and a place to stay. You should also carry sleeping bags as a blanket might not be enough in extreme cold weather conditions.

You can expect additional facilities at an added cost, including Wi-Fi, electronic charging, hot water, etc., which get depleted as you move up in the higher altitude region. You can get other cuisines like momo, noodles, chowmein, and thukpa. Some tea, coffee, and other drinks are also popular among trekkers in the region. Moreover, you can also carry various snacks by yourself, including chocolate bars, protein bars, dry fruits, and others, during the trek.

Things to Consider for Everest Three High Passes Trek

Trekking guide.

A trekking guide with professional experience is essential for any trekking activity in the region. The high-altitude Everest three passes trek is a challenging adventure requiring a professional guide. It will help you immensely while traveling through these rugged trains and navigate your way without hassle.

They will also keep you safe from injuries, accidents, and other emergencies like getting lost. Since they have local knowledge of the route and the language, they will help you explore the region culturally. You can also interact in the area with their help and continue your journey.

Acclimatization

Since this is a higher altitude trek than moves past 5000m, trekkers need to acclimatize during the itinerary. This trekking journey will pass through uphill and downhill terrains, increasing the chances of getting altitude sickness. To tackle altitude sickness, you must also drink water at regular intervals.

Rest and sleeping well after completing the trek are also essential. In the process of acclimatization, you will be able to adapt to your body in high-altitude conditions. These regions have less oxygen and air pressure compared to the lower levels. Another pro tip is to avoid alcohol, coffee, and other soda drinks as they can cause dehydration and altitude sickness.

Trek Permits

Since you will be traveling to a remote region, you must possess various trekking permits. These trekking permits will help you with multiple entry points in the region. There are various national park permits and conservation area permits that you must obtain as well. You can get these tracking permits at government offices like the Nepal Tourism Board and in Kathmandu and Lukla.

Physical fitness and stamina are essential factors during the trek. Since you will be traveling to a remote region, you should get proper training well ahead of the tour. This includes all necessary training activities like physical strength and endurance and cardiovascular and mental exercises.

These exercises will keep you flexible and reduce the chances of getting injured, cramps, blisters, etc. Moreover, you should also remain mentally stable and have a positive outlook and attitude to complete this high-altitude track. You can either train on your own or take the help of a gym trainer. You can also take practice hikes in the area to get a brief idea about the tour.

Travel insurance

One of the essential aspects is travel insurance. Since you will be traveling on a challenging trail, this travel insurance must deal with various aspects like accidents, injuries, theft, loss, damage to property, and others. These travel insurance must also cover helicopter evacuation, costing around $4000 to $5000. You must consider these various things during the Everest three passes trek.

The Everest Three High Passes Trek has the maximum elevation point at Kalapathar at 5643 meters.

The permits required for the Everest Three High Pass trek include Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entry Permit and the Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit.

The Everest Three Passes Trek is 20 days long.

The accommodation facilities are in small lodges and tea houses along the trail. These facilities provide basic facilities, including beds, mattresses, sheets, pillows, and blankets. There are squat-style toilets in most of these teahouses, and you must bring your toiletries.

The meals in these accommodation facilities of teahouses include Nepali dishes like “Dal Bhat.” It is a nutritious dish served twice a day and is ideal for a taxing trekking journey at a high altitude. There are other cuisines like momo, chaumein, noodles, pasta, and others in these teahouses. Tea, coffee, and garlic soup are common in these high altitudes with freezing weather.

Everest Three High Passes Trek is ideal in the Spring and Autumn season. These two peak seasons for the trek provide trekkers with a stable climate and pleasant weather. The region has moderate temperatures with a sweeping Himalayan vista of the snow-clad mountains. There are fewer weather-related challenges, delays, and cancellations in these seasons.

The Three Passes Trek in the Everest region is relatively challenging compared to the more mainstream Everest Base Camp trek. The trail of the walk passes through some of the rugged, remote natural terrains at high altitudes. It can be challenging for first-time trekkers and amateurs who have not trekked at high altitudes before.

Altitude sickness, or acute mountain sickness, is a severe problem on the trek. To tackle altitude sickness, trekkers must acclimatize well with various other safety measures like regular hydration, proper rest, and gentle trekking.

Trekkers should avoid caffeine and alcoholic products during the trek as well. As a preventive measure, they can also take Diamox tablets, an anti-nausea medication to tackle symptoms of altitude sickness.

The Everest Three High Passes trek requires trekkers to have a basic level of fitness stamina. For that, trekkers need to go through training a couple of months or weeks ahead of the trek.

Training should include strength and endurance-building exercises, cardiovascular or aerobic activities, and mental exercises. You can get help from a trainer or train yourself for the trek. To remain prepared, you can take practice hikes or learn more about the trek from past trekkers along with the internet.

If there is an emergency, our trekking guide will help you during difficult situations with safety care, medical treatment and communication services.

Communication is also available as the internet and satellite phone, so a guide would help you if something critical situation occurs.

The Everest Three High Passes trek package costs around US $1555 per person. The trek package includes various aspects like trekking permits, guides, porters, meals and accommodations, transportation, travel insurance, trekking gear and equipment, and others.

The Everest Three High Passes Trek requires proper gear and equipment, including trekking poles, crampons, boots, waterproof clothes, sleeping bags, and others. These trekking gears can also get hired on rent for the trek duration.

The Everest Three High Passes solo is quite challenging but doable. However, the difficult terrains of the region are recommended with a professional trekking guide.

Professional trekking guides and porters are essential for the trek. These trekking guides will help you with navigation and other challenges along the tour. They will also keep you safe from various injuries, accidents, altitude sickness, and others along the trail.

They will also help you with cultural exploration and help you with getting more insights into the local region. Similarly, porters will also help you carry heavy luggage along the trail.

Travel insurance covering the altitude of 4000m and above is essential for the trek. You will get coverage from various other aspects, including injuries, accidents, acute mountain sickness, delays, evacuations, loss, thefts, damage, and others.

GLIMPSES OF    Everest Three Passes Trek

Quick inquiry, traveller review.

see what our valued client have to say

Thanks for wonderful trek !!! E3Pss !! We loved it We booked our Everest three passes trek with Nepal Guide Treks !! At first, we really were unsure about the decision. But as promised we received excellent professional service by the company. We are really happy to have completed this trek with NGT!! Our guide was Roshan truly amazing. He was caring, helpful and above all, he described us about the people, places and cultures. It just had been a wonderful experience trekking in the high Himalayas of Nepal. When we reach London, we will surely recommend your trekking trips for massive adventure. Thanks Again for making this trek memorable. Bryan + Jimmy + Edge [United Kingdom]

Everest Three Passes Trek Best trek Ever !!! - We just came back after completing Everest Three Pass Trek with Nepal Guide Treks !! Superb view of towering mountains !! Thanks to Ramu - our guide and the genius . He was very helpful and full of local knowledge. We really enjoyed our trekking days with him. We just want to thank the whole time of Nepal Guide Treks for letting us to the great Himalayan adventure. We would certainly come back to do more adventure treks with you in future!!! We wish you a bright future !!! Carlos+Mia [Spain]

Best trek Ever !!! We just came back after completing Everest Three Pass Trek with Nepal Guide Treks !! Superb view of towering mountains !! Thanks to Ramu - our guide and the genious. He was very helpful and full of local knowledge. We really enjoyed our trekking days with him. We just want to thank the whole time of Nepal Guide Treks for letting us to the great Himalayan adventure. We would certainly come back to do more adventure treks with you in future!!! We wish you a bright future !!! Carlos+Mia [Spain]

Everest Three Passes – “Amazing adventure in the Mountains” I just want to express my gratitude to the NGT team for the arrangement of this absolutely amazing trek. The views of the valleys and the glorious mountains really granted me heavenly inner peace. Great teamwork !! I look forward to more adventures in Nepal with Nepal Guide Treks and Expeditions. Highly Recommended for complete adventure !!! Michael H. [Netherlands]

Similar Trips

Dhaulagiri high pass trek.

• Moderate & Adventure
• Group Size: Min 02

Dhaulagiri Circuit Trek

• Adventurous
• Group Size: Minimum 2

Manaslu Circuit Trek

• Moderate to Adventurous

Makalu Trek with Sherpani Col

• Moderate & Adventurous

Nepal Trek Booking Open for 2024/25 (Note: From March, the Lukla flights will be from Ramechhap)

0 RESULTS FOUND!

Everest Three Passes Trek - 17 Days

• Photos/videos
• Cost & Dates

Group Discount Available

**Discounts apply to groups you bring, not those arranged by us.

• Team of highly experienced Experts
• No Booking or Credit Card Fee
• Hassle-Free Booking
• Your Happiness Guaranteed
• Best Price Guarantee

Everest 3 Passes Trek Insights

Everest Three High Passes Trek is the ultimate trek for thrill-seekers and adventurers in the Everest region. In this trek, you will not only reach the Everest Base Camp but also cross the three highest passes in the Khumbu region – Kongma La Pass (5,535/18,159ft), Cho La Pass (5420m/17,782ft), and Renjo La Pass (5,340m/17,520ft).

Highlights of Everest 3 High Passes Trek

• A scenic flight to Lukla
• Spellbinding view of mountains from the three high passes (Kongma La, Cho La & Renjo La)
• Famous Sherpa town in the Everest region - Namche Bazaar
• Nepal's highest airport Syangboche
• Stunning views from Gokyo Ri
• One of the world's highest hotels - Everest Hotel
• Gokyo Lakes
• Ancient monastery in Tengboche
• UNESCO World Heritage Sites
• Prayer wheels, colorful flags, Mani stones, high suspension bridges
• The wide range of flora and fauna
• Wildlife like musk deer, colorful pheasants, snow leopard, and Himalayan Thar
• Highest glacier on Earth- Khumbu Glacier (4900m)
• Amazing panoramic view from Kala Patthar (5,555m)

Benefits of Everest 3 High Passes Trek with DWT

• Free airport pick-up to the hotel on arrival and vice versa on departure in a private vehicle
• Online trip briefing after booking confirmation
• Frequent blood oxygen saturation monitoring using pulse oximeters in high altitudes to recognize early signs of altitude sickness. 
• Medical kits as a precaution.
• Easy booking and reservation system
• Multi-channel communication (Email, WhatsApp, Facebook, WeChat, Viber, Skype, Zoom)
• 24/7 phone communication at +977- 9840055491
• Easy payment system. 
• Arrangement of sleeping bags and down jackets if you do not have your own
• Free excess luggage storing service during the trekking period
• Duffle bag for porters

Online Trip Briefing

The online briefing will clear all your doubts about the trek, including things to bring (equipment checklist) for the hike, the itinerary details, and what you can expect on the trails. As soon as you complete the booking, we will email you the available date and time for the trek briefing. Please note that we conduct trip briefing only once either online or in person. 

Lukla Flight Information

There might be slight alterations to the trek itinerary, mainly during peak trek seasons (March, April, May, October, and November), as the flight to Lukla will be from Ramechhap/Manthali instead of Kathmandu due to traffic congestion. At other times, the flight will be from Kathmandu. To catch a flight from Ramechhap, we must leave Kathmandu and head to Manthali around 12:30 a.m. on the scheduled departure date. The drive will take around five hours.

Everest Three High Passes Trek Description

Your 17-day Everest Three Passes Trek begins with a breathtaking 45-minute flight from Kathmandu to Lukla (2,840m). After crossing several suspension bridges over the fast-flowing white rivers, you will reach Namche Bazaar (3,440m) the next day. You will stay one more day at Namche Bazaar for acclimatization . 

While in Namche Bazaar visit shops, restaurants, and internet cafes. You can also visit nearby monasteries, the chief being Khumjung Monastery.  If you want to get views of Mt. Everest , you can hike to Everest View Hotel. 

After a rest day at Namche, you will continue the Three High Passes Trek by heading to Thame (3,750m). This is where your path separates from the classic Everest Base Camp Trek as you follow the Bhote Koshi River to reach Thame.  You can see a small hydroelectric plant just before arriving at Thame. 

The next day, you will wake up at Thame and brace for a long trek towards Lungden (4,500m). The paths are quite challenging, and you must trek for about six hours to reach Lungden.

Then, you will leave Lungden behind and head for the Gokyo Lakes region. Somewhere in between Lungden and Gokyo lies Renjo La Pass (54,35m), the first among the three major passes you will cross.

From Renjo La Pass, you can see amazing views of the Gokyo Lake system and many Himalayan Peaks - including Everest (8,848m), Lhotse (8516m), Makalu (8,481m), Cho Oyu (8,201m), and Ama Dablam (6,812m). You will stay at Gokyo for the night and spend the following day acclimatizing. 

As you acclimatize in Gokyo, we will take you to Gokyo Ri (5,483m), from where you can see four of the six highest mountains in the world - Everest (8,848m), Lhotse (8,516m), Makalu (8,485m), and Cho Oyu (8,188m). The scenes from the Gokyo Ri are probably the best in the Everest Region. 

Next, you will continue the journey from Gokyo to Thagnak (4,700m), crossing Ngozumpa Glacier. From the trails, you will see yak pastures or lucky yaks grazing on them.

The next day's destination is Dzongla (4,855m), and Cho La Pass (5,420m) lies on the way. You will cross the Chola Pass, the second major pass in this trek. This pass connects the Gokyo and Everest regions.

By crossing Cho La Pass, you have entered the Everest region, and you will reach Everest Base Camp, but you will have to stop in two places - Lobuche (4,910m) and Gorak Shep (5,185m). 

The eleventh day of the trek is going to be extraordinary. You will wake up at Lobuche (4,930m) and head to Gorak Shep (5,185m).  After reaching Gorak Shep, you will leave your belongings and head to the Everest Base Camp (5,364m). Stepping on Everest is a huge achievement, as reaching Everest requires conquering the harsh terrain, high altitude, and challenging climate. 

After spending time on EBC, we will descend to Gorak Shep and spend the night there. The following morning, you will wake up at Gorak Shep and trek to Kala Patthar (5,555m), from where you can catch the heavenly sights of dawn-breaking Mt. Everest. You will soak in the incredible scenery from Kala Patthar, get back to Gorak Shep, and finally descend to Lobuche to spend the night.

The following morning, we will wake you up at Lobuche and trek to Chhukung (4,730m), and in between lies Kongma La Pass (5,535m) - the last of our three major passes. It is also the highest pass among the three passes and is challenging. However, remember that the more challenging a trek is, the more rewards you will reap. 

On the fourteenth day of the Everest 3-pass trek, you will leave Chhukung and to Tengboche (3,855m) and pass Dingboche and Pangboche on the way. The path allows you to see some of the spectacular scenes of Amadablam (6856m), Everest (8848 m), Nuptse (7861m), and Lhotse (8501m). We will not forget to visit the famous Tengboche monastery as well.

The next day's trek will take you back to Namche Bazaar. The way is uneven and passes through dense forest, and if you are lucky, you can get glimpses of Himalayan pheasants, musk deer, mountain goats, or even snow leopards. 

On the last day of the Everest Three High Passes Trek trails, you will head from Namche to Lukla. We return to Dudh Koshi Valley, cross Hillary Suspension Bridge, and trek for about seven hours to reach Lukla. You will be staying in Lukla for the night. Your Everest Three Passes Trek in the Everest region is almost over, and you are just a night away from returning to Kathmandu.

On your seventeenth day, in the morning, you will board a plane back to Kathmandu. You will leave the Everest region behind with fresh memories, new experiences, and perhaps a new way of thinking. For a complete Three-pass trek itinerary, please see the section below.

Why Everest Three Passes Trek?

The Everest 3 High Passes Trek (or 3 pass trek)  is one of the most adventurous treks in the world that takes you deep into the Everest region. You get to see what lies around Everest and how the geography elevates to give rise to the world's highest mountain. The trek is challenging and provides a more detailed picture of the harsh terrain, cold climate, and constant human struggle in high altitudes. All in all, the Three Passes Trek distance is 103 miles (166km).

DWT recommends all our valuable clients arrive at Kathmandu as early as possible, at least one day before the trek departure date, for last-minute preparations. If in case you missed the online trip briefing, it will allow us time to conduct an in-person briefing. The flight from Kathmandu to Lukla and Lukla to Kathmandu may get delayed due to the weather. In such cases, we reschedule these flights to the next available flight. So, we suggest our clients add at least 2 extra days as a cushion to the trip to avoid international flight delays back to their home country.

Everest High Passes Trek Experience

Everest three high 3 passes trek itinerary, flight from kathmandu/manthali to lukla (2,850m / 9,350ft) trek to phakding (2,650m / 8,562ft).

Your Everest 3 Passes Trek begins with a flight to Lukla. In the busy trekking seasons (March, April, May, September, October, and November), flights from Kathmandu to Lukla might be redirected through Manthali Airport. To catch the early morning Lukla flight from Manthali, we'll pick you up from your hotel around 12:30 am and take you on a 5-hour drive to Manthali Airport. From Manthali, you will fly for about twenty minutes before stepping on Lukla.

You can hire a helicopter from Kathmandu to Lukla to skip the Kathmandu-Manthali-Lukla route. The cost is around 550 USD per person, provided the helicopter expenses are split among five passengers. 

During, December, January, February, June, July, or August, you will directly fly from Kathmandu to Lukla. After breakfast, we'll take you to Tribhuvan International Airport (TIA) for a 40-minute flight to Tenzing Hillary Airport in Lukla.

After arriving at Lukla, you descend to the Thado Koshi River and cross a few suspension bridges before reaching Phakding. The trek will be short and enjoyable as you will also be acclimatizing. In Phakding, we will take you for a visit to the local Rimishung Monastery. 

• Overnight stay at Khumbu Travel Lodge, room with attached bathroom
• Included standard meals (Breakfast + Lunch + Dinner)

Trek from Phakding (2,650m /8,562ft ) to Namche Bazaar (3,440m / 11,285ft)

We will begin early in the morning at Phakding and move north along the banks of Dudh Koshi River, passing many suspension bridges -including Hillary Suspension Bridge.

Our path also takes us through Monjo Village , deep forests, and rocky trails to Sagarmatha National Park Check Post, where we will register our permits and climb up into the forest. From this forest, you will see Mt. Everest for the first time. However, we will continue the trek until we reach Namche Bazaar - the destination for the day. 

• Overnight stay at Sakura Guest House, room with attached bathroom

Rest day to acclimatize at Namche Bazaar

Today will be an acclimatization day at Namche. We recommend you to explore Namche Bazaar. This town contains numerous Wi-Fi-linked cafes, restaurants, souvenirs, and gear shops. There are other options - visit the Sagarmatha National Park visitor center, traditional Sherpa settlements , Hillary School, Khumjung monastery, Dingboche Airport, and Everest Hotel. 

Trek from Namche Bazaar (3,440m / 11,285ft) to Thame (3750m / 12,303ft)

We leave Namche Bazaar and head to Thame following Bhote Koshi and past the pine and rhododendron forests. On the way, you will also get to see the mud-plastered stupa at Phurte. As you move ahead you will come to Thamo and Thamo Gompa, and from here the path drops steeply to Khumbu Hydroelectric Plant, ultimately leading to the Thame, which lies at the end of Khumbu Valley. 

Thame is home to many famous Sherpa mountaineers, including Apa Sherpa, who holds the world record for summiting Everest 21 times. It is also a childhood home of Tenzing Norgay Sherpa , one of the first men to climb Mt Everest. The other person is Edmund Hillary. 

• Overnight stay at Thame View Guest House

Trek from Thame (3,750m / 12,303ft) to Lungden (4,500m / 14,764ft)

This day you will be walking around the villages while enjoying the views of the landscape, vegetation, and mountains. During sparkling mornings light-painted rocks, lichens, yaks, and snow-capped peaks look surreally vivid. The last village in the valley is Taranga, but we continue the hike through Marulung (4200m) village and finally to Lungden, the destination for this day. In our spare time, we can visit Nakpa Valley that used to be the old trade route to Tibet. Additionally, we can hike to Cho Relmo Lake as well.

• Overnight stay at the best possible lodge/hotel

Trek from Lungden (4,500m / 14,764ft) to Gokyo Lake (4,750m / 15,583ft) via Renjola Pass (5,446m / 17,867ft))

It will be one of the most exciting days for you as you will be walking through the first pass in the route - Renjola Pass. We leave Lungden behind to continue our journey forward to the Gokyo Lakes region, depending on the season, you will be able to observe different human activities like yak herding. 

Once you reach the Renjo La Pass, you will be able to see the majestic views of high peaks like Mt. Everest (8848 m), Mt. Lhotse (8516m), Mt. Makalu (8463m), and Mt. Cho Oyu (8201m). You will also see the third major Gokyo Lake (among five) - Dudh Pokhari , and the Gokyo village lies alongside this lake. The path then descends and lets you enter the Gokyo Valley, but you need to be careful because the trail might be icy. 

• Overnight stay at Thanka Inn

Rest day to acclimatize at Gokyo. Early morning at Gokyo Ri (5,400m / 17,814ft ) Viewpoint

Acclimatization provides us time to climb the  Gokyo Ri Viewpoint  from where you can see the mesmerizing views of the Everest region - including Thonak Tsho Lake and the Ngozuma Tsho Lake. 

Three kilometers north of Gokyo lies Ngozumpa Tsho glacier (5,000m), and within five minutes walk lies Scoundrel's Viewpoint. From here, you get  fantastic views  of  Cho Oyu, Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse , and Makalu .

On the north of the fifth Gokyo Lake, you can see astonishing views of the Cho Oyu Base Camp and the  Ngozumpa Glacier -  the longest glacier in the Himalayas. 

Trek from Gokyo (4,790m / 15,584ft) to Thangnak (4,700m / 15,400ft)

We will be back on our trek on this day, walking past the  Ngozumpa Glacier,  but the trail is rocky and passes through several ups and downs. We will be walking down the valley on the eastern glacial moraine as the scenery becomes stunning and inspiring for you to move forward. Eventually, we arrive at the collection of lodges known as  Thangnak.  This place lies in a serene setting optimally placed for  Cho-La high  pass crossing.

• Overnight stay at Hotel Khumbi-la

Trek from Thangnak (4,700m / 15,400ft) to Dzongla (4,855m / 15,930ft) via Cho La Pass (5420m /17,783ft)

There are some more  challenging treks  to cover today as we will be trekking on rocky trails and the glacial moraines - eventually reaching Dzongla. However, the exciting part is - you will be crossing Cho La Pass (5420m / 17,783ft) that connects Dzongla and Thagnak. This pass provides spectacular views of Everest and the other Himalayas. After enjoying the views from there, you will be descending to Dzongla for the night.   

• Overnight stay at Maison Sherpa Hotel

Trek from Dzongla (4,855m / 15,930ft) to Lobuche (4,910m / 16,175ft)

After spending the night at Dzongla, we will wake up the following day and continue our trek. Today's destination will be Lobuche. At Lobuche, we will rejoin the classical Everest Base Camp Trek. But first, we start the day by following the moraine and descending alongside Chola Lake. As we proceed, we will be seeing memorial statues of the  climbers  who passed away in this region. The hike to  Lobuche  should be very enjoyable. We will just follow the trails of  Imja Khola Valley  to reach Lobuche. 

• Overnight stay at Mother Earth House

Trek from Lobuche (4,930m / 16,175ft) to Everest Base Camp and back (5,364m / 17,598ft) to Gorak Shep (5,185m / 17,010ft)

Finally, on your eleventh day, you will reach Everest Base Camp . The trek begins by trekking through the lateral moraine of Khumbu Glacier until we arrive at Gorak Shep. 

We will leave our belongings at Gorak Shep and climb up north to Everest Base Camp. The camp itself forms the base for mountaineers ascending or descending the Everest mountain.  Reaching Everest Base Camp (EBC) is not easy, and by reaching EBC, you have shown how determined you are. In a way, it is a victory over yourself - a triumph of determination, a positive attitude, and perseverance. We will stay on EBC for some time soaking in the magnificent views that only a few on earth ever will. After clicking several pictures, we will descend to Gorak Shep, where we will stay for the night.

• Overnight stay at Buddha Lodge

Hike to Kala Patthar Viewpoint (5,555m / 18,208ft), trek to Lobuche (4,910m / 16,175ft)

You were at Everest Base Camp the previous day, but despite reaching EBC, you couldn't really see Mt. Everest. So this day provides you the chance to see Mt. Everest up-close and in all glory.

To catch the dawn breaking at Everest, we wake up early in the morning and hike to Kala Patthar (5,555m) - the famous Everest View Point. We will stay at Kala Patthar for some time, enjoy the sunrise over Mt. Everest and then descend to Gorak Shep for breakfast. After having breakfast, we will hike back to Lobuche, the destination for this day.

Trek from Lobuche (4,930m / 16,175ft) to Chhukung (4,730m / 15,580ft) via Kongma La Pass (5,535m / 18,159ft)

Today, you will be crossing the final among the three passes that lie on your trail. This pass is considered the most difficult among these three passes. The trek starts from Lobuche. The ascend to Kongma La Pass is easy with the path dotted with frozen lakes, and a mummy-wrapped crane marks this pass. From the pass, you can see Lhotse, Lhotse Shar, Makalu, Baruntse, and Ana Dablam.

We descend from the Kongma La pass to the eastern side of Nigyang Khola Valley and into the Chukhung Village . Sherpas use this area as a yak pasture, but there is no permanent habitation. Recently, this region has gained popularity as a trekking peak, and the trekkers often use Chhukhung for acclimatization purposes.

Trek from Chhukung (4,730m / 15,580ft) to Tengboche (3,855m / 12,850ft)

We descend the  Imja Khola valley,  trek through the village of Dingboche, famous for its stone-walled potatoes fields, alpine pastures, and continue forward. On the way, you will also see Kharkas  (highland sheds)  at Tsura, Orsho, and Shomare. 

As we continue our hike, we will reach Pangboche Village - the place for year-round settlement in the valley, and then to Tengboche. From the Tengboche viewpoint, you can see awe-inspiring views  of distinctive peaks like  Amadablam (6856m), Everest (8848 m), Nuptse (7861m), Lhotse (8501m).  We will also be visiting  Tengboche Gompa  - the oldest monastery in the Khumbu region.

• Overnight stay at Paradise lodge

Trek from Tengboche (3,855m / 12,850ft) to Namche Bazaar (3,440m / 11,285ft)

The trail to  Namche Bazaar  takes us through forests inhabited by highland wildlife like  pheasants, musk deer, mountain goats,  or even snow  leopards . We will be climbing on the steep slopes around which lie chortens and prayer flags. From the path, you can enjoy the view of the tip of Everest and the backside of Lhotse. 

Trek from Namche Bazaar (3,440m / 11,285ft) to Lukla (2,850m / 9,350ft)

Our final day of  trekking  will lead us back to  Lukla . After  breakfast , we will be hiking down a steep trail that descends to the  Hillary Suspension Bridge.  However, we continue walking through several local villages in the Dudh Koshi River Valley until we reach Lukla. It is your sixteenth day of trekking, and your trekking is almost over. We hope you enjoyed the whole trek thoroughly.

• Overnight stay at Comfort Inn, room with attached bathroom

Fly to Kathmandu/Manthali from Lukla (2,850m / 9,350ft)

If everything goes according to the schedule, you will return to Kathmandu on this day. You will fly to Manthali or Kathmandu, depending on the trekking season. It's likely that if your trek is in March, April, May, September, October, or November, you'll board a flight to Manthali, and we will then drive you to Kathmandu. During other months (December, January, February, June, July, and August), from Lukla, you will directly fly to Kathmandu.

To avoid the Lukla-Manthali-Kathmandu route, you can partner with four other individuals to book a helicopter. This will cost you approximately 550 USD extra per person.

We hope your trek will be a relaxing one, and you will probably be looking back at the time spent in the Everest region. We will organize a farewell dinner on this day.

• Included standard meal (Breakfast)

What is Included?

• Domestic flights (Kathmandu – Lukla – Kathmandu) tickets and airport departure taxes
• Total 16 nights (Five nights at Lukla, Phakding and Namche(3N), rooms with a private attached bathroom, Eleven nights standard rooms at Thame, Lungden, Gokyo (2 N), Dzongla, Lobuche (2 N), Chhukung, Gorak Shep, Thangnak, Pheriche.
• All standard meals (17 lunches, 16 dinners, and 17 breakfasts) during the trek.
• Government licensed, English Speaking, experienced Discovery World Trekking trek leader (12 or above trekkers: 1 assistant guide)
• Porters for trekkers luggage. One porter for two trekkers. 18kg maximum weight limit for a porter. One trekker luggage limit - 9kg.
• Guides and porters coverage - meals, insurance, salary, lodging, transportation, flight, and necessary equipment
• Water purification tablets for safe drinking water
• Sagarmatha National Park entry permit fee
• Khumbu Pashang Lhamu Rural Municipality fees
• Snacks (cookies) and seasonal fresh fruits every day
• All government, local taxes, and official Expenses
• Souvenirs - Discovery World Trekking t-shirt & cap
• Discovery World Trekking certificate of appreciation after a successful trek
• Farewell dinner at the end of the trek

What is Excluded?

• International flight airfare
• Nepal Entry Visa Fees for multiple entries on arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport- (15 days - $25-30, 30 days- $40-50 and 90 days- $100-110)
• Excess baggage charges (Limit is 9kg per Person)
• All accommodation and meals in Kathmandu, before and after the journey
• Extra night accommodation in Kathmandu due to early arrival or late departure, early return from the trek.
• Personal expense (shopping, snacks, boil bottle water, hot (tea, coffee) and cold drinks, hot shower, alcohol, Wi-Fi, telephone call, battery re-charge fee), extra porters, etc
• Personal clothing and gear
• Travel insurance that covers emergency high-altitude rescue and evacuation (compulsory)
• Tips for guide and porters
• Additional costs due to delays caused by things beyond the company's control like landslides, weather conditions, itinerary modification due to safety concerns, illness, change of government policies, strikes, etc.
• All the costs and expenses which are not listed in "What is included?"

Official Everest 3 Passes Trek Map

Equipment list for everest 3 high passes trek.

Here is the complete list of items you will require during the trek. We advise you to carry the essentials as your luggage limit is capped at 9 kg. We provide one porter for every two trekkers. Hence, we encourage you to find a fellow trek partner and pack both things in a duffle bag of over sixty liters. You can store excess luggage at our store for free. 

• Sun hat or scarf
• Winter hat or insulating hat or Wide-brimmed hat
• Headlight with extra batteries
• Sunglass with UV protection
• Face/body wipes
• Light weight gloves
• Heavy weight winter gloves
• Hiking shirts
• Long sleeved shirt
• Hooded rain jacket
• Fleece jacket
• Light weight cotton pants
• T- Shirt (bring Light weight wool)
• Polypropylene underwear
• Down jacket (available in rent in Kathmandu)
• Water proof jacket and pants
• Hiking Boots
• Thick wool socks (Take an extra pair of thick light socks)

Essential gear

• Backpack or daypack (Size depends on whether you take porter or not).
• Thermal bottle
• Water purification
• Trekking pole
• Sleeping bag (-15 bag is best in the high altitude trekking)
• Medium size drying towel
• Tooth brush
• Tooth paste
• Deodorant floss
• Bio degradable bar soap
• Nail clippers
• Small mirror

Personal accessories

Extra items.

• First aid kit
• Extra passport photos and photocopies of passport
• Notebook and pen

Everest Three High Passes Trek Cost, Difficulty, Accomodation, Insurance & Best Time

Arrival (free airport pickup).

We provide free airport transfer from the airport to a hotel during arrival and vice-versa during departure for our clients taking part in Everest 3 Passes Trek.

Our representative will be at Tribhuvan International Airport, holding a pamphlet with your name.

As a welcome gesture, they will either present you with a Khada or a marigold garland. Then, they will take you to your hotel in a private vehicle. We provide this service so you will not feel alone in a foreign country. 

You will arrive in Kathmandu at Tribhuvan International Airport and stay at your hotel.  Accommodations and meals in Kathmandu are excluded from the package.

Early in the morning,  on your trip departure date, you will take a domestic flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. This trip package covers Kathmandu to Lukla and Lukla to Kathmandu flights.

Accommodation

The Everest Three Pass Trek is a 17-day-long hike with 16-night stays at the best possible lodges in the Everest region. 

You will be staying five nights at Lukla, Phakding, and Namche (3N) in rooms with a private attached bathroom and eleven nights in standard rooms at Thame, Lungden, Gokyo (2 N), Dzongla, Lobuche (2 N), Chhukung, Gorak Shep, Thangnak, Pheriche (twin sharing ). You can enjoy hot showers in these lodges by paying a small fee. 

You may require a two-night hotel stay before and after the trek, but it is not included in the package. Kathmandu has a wide range of hotels for all budgets and tastes.

Meals 

Everest 3 High Passes Trek takes place at high elevations, and your body needs enough nutrition. We ensure that you get enough nutritious food throughout the trek.  

We will provide 17 breakfasts, 17 lunches, and 16 dinners during the trek.

We hand-select the lodges for fresh, hygienic, tasty, and nutritious food. The menu consists of traditional, Asian, and Western cuisine, but as we climb up, the menu becomes shorter.

Make sure to try Nepali foods - Dal (lentil), Bhat (rice), Tarkari (curry), Momos (dumplings), and Chowmein (noodles).

We highly recommend you take lots of liquids - green tea, lemon tea, hot lemon, ginger tea, and garlic soup(must). Similarly, we advise you to eat fresh vegetables.

Though plenty of non-veg items are available in the trek regions, we do not recommend them because the meat may not be hygienic. We also encourage you to avoid dairy items, alcoholic drinks, caffeinated items, and hot chocolates.

All personal bills (alcoholic drinks, hot (tea, coffee), and cold drinks) in tea houses/ lodges or cafes, except standard meals (breakfast, lunch, and dinner with seasonal fruits) are excluded from the package.

The luggage weight limit is 9 kg per trekker. One porter will carry two trekkers' luggage. We do not allow our porters to carry more than 18 kg. If you want to bring more luggage, we can arrange a porter for you.

We expect you to carry a regular backpack for valuables and essential documents. You can store excess luggage at the Discovery World Trekking store for free.

Typical day

Almost daily, you will experience trekking on the fantastic trails, exploring new places, enjoying the sceneries, taking pictures, and seeing traditional settlements.

Throughout your trek, our experienced and friendly Sherpa guides will accompany you. They will share information and historical facts about the places you visit. The porters will carry your luggage. 

The day starts with an early breakfast. Then we will pack our bags and set off on that day’s trek from around 7 AM to 8 AM, depending on trek duration and nature. After trekking for three to four hours, you will have lunch, rest for about an hour, and continue the trek.  

The afternoon walk is generally shorter - about two to three hours. Once we reach our overnight lodge/tea house/tent, we snack on the extra dietary food, then explore nearby places.

You will have dinner between 6 PM to 7 PM. After dinner, you can indulge in friendly conversations with your team members. Your expedition leader/guide will brief you about the next day’s plan.

After this briefing, and before going to bed, you have time to enjoy onboard games like Monopoly and cards or watch available mountaineering documentaries. Most foreigners choose to learn some common Nepali words.

Electricity and water

Throughout the Everest region lodges, electricity is available and you can recharge your camera and mobile. However, you need to pay for the service.

You can buy packed mineral water from local lodges and en-route shops or fill your bottle with boiled water at an extra cost. DWT provides water purification pills if you need them.

You shouldn't drink water from the rivers, taps, or wells in trek regions because water might not be drinkable.

Communication

On the Everest 3 High Pass Trek, you can use the internet in the lodges you will be staying in for a small charge. However, at high altitudes, we use phones for safety purposes. 

Discovery World Trekking remains in contact with all the trekking teams through trek leaders at least once daily via mobile.

Depending on the network, you might get phone signals, but they may not be strong enough. You can buy a local SIM card in Kathmandu. 

Tipping is at travelers' discretion and should reflect on the service quality, trek length, and trek cost. Nepali culture accepts tips as a way to show gratitude. We recommend you tip at the end of the trip and collectively as a group.

On the last day at the trek region, early morning, we will take you to the Lukla Airport for a flight back to Kathmandu.

The flight will take around forty minutes. After arriving in Kathmandu, you are free to spend your time as you like. Later in the evening, we will host a farewell dinner. 

After completing the Everest 3 High Passes Trek, Discovery World Trekking will organize a farewell dinner. After dinner, we will present you with a trek completion certificate, and you will also get a chance to give us feedback.

Useful Info

There is a slight chance that the flights to Lukla or from Lukla get postponed due to bad weather. Hence, we advise you to add two extra days for this trip. This ensures that you will not miss your international flight back home.

If you want, you can reserve a helicopter but it will cost you around 500 to 1000 USD. In rare cases, due to circumstances beyond our control, such as bad weather, or landslides, we might need to alter the itinerary. If the itinerary needs adjustment, we try our best to diminish the effects.

Trip extension

After completing your trek, you may want to stay a couple of days extra in Nepal. You can use your free time exploring Kathmandu and nearby places. There are other options, such as Chitwan jungle safari, paragliding, rafting, and canoeing.

We hope you enjoyed your stay in Nepal. On the departure date, we will pick you up from your hotel and transfer you to Tribhuvan International Airport. We hope you enjoyed your trek in Nepal and will be back for more exciting adventures.

Trek season

The weather is the most decisive factor for a successful Everest Base Camp trek through three high passes.  Though you can get a live forecast of the Everest Region here, we cannot be sure.

However, locals and adventurers trek to Everest Base Camp throughout the year, but trekking is easy in certain seasons - mainly spring and autumn when the skies are clear, and there is no rain.

The magic of the clear azure sky allows you to enjoy the most spectacular vistas without fighting the cold during Spring and Autumn.

The trek gets challenging during winter and monsoon, but some trekkers are attracted to these challenges. Discovery World Trekking conducts 3 high passes treks throughout the year.

• January to February It is the coldest season - especially from early January to February, with heavy snowfall and cold temperatures, mainly at night. If you are allergic to colds, we advise you not to trek during these months.

Temperature: 15°C to -15°C

• March to April This is one of the best seasons for Everest 3 High Passes Trek. During this time, you can see stunning views of Himalayan ranges and glaciers. The Spring Season begins in March, the weather warms up, and suddenly the dormant flora and fauna become active. It is a busy trekking season.

Temperature: 18 °C to -12 °C

• May to June This is also the perfect time for trekking right before the rainfall. Rainfall in Nepal starts at the end of June till mid-August. The season of spring and summer makes the trek much more enjoyable.

Temperature: 25°C to -5 °C

• July to August The rainfall hits its peak during this time at altitudes below 3500 meters. There are chances that the flights from and to Lukla may get canceled during this time. However, during this period, you will still find trekkers on the trails, and the rainfall provides spectacular views of the waterfall. The Everest 3 High Passes Trek gets a bit difficult but not impossible. DWT conducts treks this season too.

Temperature: 27°C to 5°C

• September to October This is also one of the perfect seasons for Everest 3 High Passes Trek. As the monsoon slowly ends, clear skies appear, and a favorable trekking climate sets in. The temperature rises to 20 degrees in the daytime and falls to 5 degrees at night. If you are looking for an easy Everest 3 high passes trek, this is the season for you. During these months, Hindus celebrate their most important festivals, which allows you to immerse yourself in the festive environment. 

Temperature: 20°C to 5°C

• November to December As winter slowly sets in, snowfalls begin in the Himalayas region, and it eventually gets tough to trek. Nights get very cold. But still, November is a busy season as trekkers take advantage of clear skies and sparkling days that allow amazing views of humongous mountains. From December, the temperature dips, and heavy snowfall starts.

Temperature:   18°C to -10°C

The weather in the Himalayas is unpredictable, and the temperature may change quickly.

Trek difficulty

The Everest Three High Passes Trek is challenging but rewarding. If you have experience or enjoy trekking, this may be an advantage but not required. 

The hiking will last around 5 to 7 hours a day, depending upon the destination, and you will be taking regular breaks to admire the mountain views.

The trek routes involve long climbs, steep descents, and a steep forward trail in the rocky paths and forests. So, the fitter you are, the more comfortable and enjoyable the journey will be.

We do not recommend this trek to those who suffer from serious medical conditions like heart, blood, or lung diseases.

Trek safety

Everest 3 Passes Trek is one of the most adventurous treks in the world, making it one of the most self-gratifying. This trek is very famous among thrill-seekers, mountaineers, and rock climbers.

The trails are challenging, but Discovery World Trekking ensures the trek is safe, secure, and comfortable. We carry standard gear and equipment. Our team will monitor blood oxygen saturation levels in high altitudes. 

Altitude sickness is common to trekkers who try to rush their way to the Everest Base Camp. Therefore, we will be acclimatizing in two places - Namche and Gokyo.

Your health and safety are important to us, and we will take care of you like a family member. Altitude sickness may require immediate treatment.

If you are seriously affected, the only remedy is to descend immediately. In such cases, your group leader decides whether to continue to trek forward or descend immediately. We will also deploy a helicopter (funded by insurance) during emergencies. 

During your Everest 3 Passes Trek, our well-experienced guides/Sherpas will be by your side, ensuring your journey is comfortable and enjoyable. All of our guides are well-trained and licensed, and they have spent years trekking/climbing peaks. 

Our crew members are local people born and raised in the high Himalayas, and their physical endurance is phenomenal.

Each staff member is valuable to us, and we care for them. It includes providing them with good pay, adequate insurance, gear, equipment, accommodation, and food. They also receive medical care if ill or injured.

We ensure each team member is happy as we believe that only a happy person can make others happy.

Our team members have: 

• Intensive Wilderness First Aid Training
• Government-Authorized Trekking Guide Training Certificate
• Fluency in English and a major language
• Conservation and Biodiversity Training
• Rock climbing Training

All foreigners, except Indians, require a visa to enter Nepal . You can get an on-arrival Visa at the Tribhuvan International Airport. 

The visa application will require a passport valid for at least six months and a passport-size photo. The current visa fee is USD 50 for 30 days, which you should pay on arrival at Tribhuvan International Airport.

Chinese and SAARC citizens will receive a free visa.

Citizens from some countries - including Nigeria, Ghana, Zimbabwe, Swaziland, Cameroon, Somalia, Liberia, Ethiopia, Iraq, Palestine, and Afghanistan, may not receive an arrival visa. So citizens from these countries will have to contact their local Nepalese embassy.

You can find more information about visas at https://www.immigration.gov.np/ .

Trek booking

Discovery World Trekking is a Nepal government-registered, bonded trek and tour operating company. We are also members of the Trekking Agency Association of Nepal (TAAN) and the Nepal Mountaineering Association (NMA). Hence, you can book trek packages with us confidently. 

We require a 10% payment in advance while booking. After booking, you need to send us other necessary documentation, such as a passport copy, passport-size photos, travel insurance policy, and arrival and departure flight details within a week from the booking date. 

You can pay the 10% booking advance by bank transfer, Western Union, or online payment directly from our website. You can pay the remaining trip cost in cash or by bank transfer or credit card after you arrive in Nepal. Furthermore, we also forward payment details in your email.

You can book this EBC trek here .

Currency exchange 

Nepali Rupees (NPR/Rs) is the local currency. (1 USD = ~ Rs.130 NPR)

You can exchange most major foreign currencies through local banks and legitimate money exchanges in Kathmandu and all over Thamel.  Legal money exchanges display their ongoing exchange rate visibly for the public. 

Discovery World Trekking recommends cash exchange to avoid hassles like a lengthy process and a high rate of commission at the banks. You can withdraw cash (in Rupees only) from ATMs in Kathmandu and all over Thamel.

Many ATMs are open around the clock. The maximum withdrawal amount is 35,000 Rupees for a 500 Rupee processing fee if you use your foreign card. If you use banks or financial institutions for money exchange, they will charge a service fee of about 4% or more.

The trekking regions have no banks, and money exchange services, so you should exchange your money in Kathmandu -depending on how much personal expense you require. In the Himalayan regions, people only accept Nepalese currency.

Most established banks in Asia do not accept old, torn, or faded foreign currency notes. Please ensure that you have new, clean notes.

Extra personal expenses

Meals and accommodations in Kathmandu are up to our clients themselves. Kathmandu has all kinds of hotels/lodges (both luxury & budget) that you can book easily online.

All our valuable clients will have to bring personal spending money to cover meals and accommodation costs in Kathmandu, visa fees, and travel insurance policy purchases. While on the trek, you will require money for beverages, snacks, hot (tea, coffee) and cold drinks, souvenirs, and tipping crew. 

We recommend bringing cash (dollars), which you can change to Rupees in Kathmandu. The trekking regions only honor Nepali Rupees.

Travel Insurance

Three Passes Everest Trek in Nepal is quite challenging as it entails the risk of high altitude trekking, potential altitude sickness, and other unforeseen events - including sudden climate changes.

Travel insurance forms a part of our booking condition for The Everest 3 High Pass Trek. All trekkers must provide a copy of their comprehensive travel insurance policy to Discovery World Trekking.

The policy must cover medical and emergency repatriation - including helicopter rescue and evacuation expenses at high altitudes (up to 5,500m).

We can recommend insurance companies to help you based on our previous clients' experiences, but we do not sell insurance policies. 

We request our clients to send their detailed insurance information once they book the trekking. In emergencies, we will use the insurance policy and informational documents you sent us.

It will help us arrange a quick and effective rescue operation, transfer for emergency medical help, etc. Please ensure that your insurance policy includes the cost incurred for mountain rescue services at the highest elevation of the trekking.

Before buying travel insurance, make sure you call them and recheck if they have helicopter rescue and evacuation up to 5,550m. Do not just believe what insurance companies have on their website.

Last-minute booking

It is best to book in advance, but for those unable, Discovery World Trekking provides a last-minute booking facility. For this, you need to pay 100% of the trip cost 24 hours before the trek departure.

We do our best to operate a trek at any time, but in case of last-minute booking, we cannot be responsible for delays due to events beyond our control, such as the weather, or availability of lodging. For more information, call us at 977- 9840055491 (Paul) or email us at [email protected] .

Group & private trek

We organize groups as well as private treks. Group discounts are available based on your team size. The bigger your team is, the more discount you will get. Please view our price list for details. Just click on the - We offer group discount -on your right.

However, if Discovery World Trekking assembles the group, you will not be eligible for discounts.  We can handle all group sizes. Your group will consist of a group leader, a porter for every two trekkers, and an assistant guide for a group of 12 or more.

Responsible travel

We are aware of the consequences of traveling in remote regions. Hence, we ensure that our actions do not hurt the environment needlessly. We have been partnering with the Kathmandu Environmental Education Project (KEEP) to organize eco-friendly trips so that it is in the best interest of both the travelers and the locals.

Though the Everest Three Passes trek has fixed departure dates from Kathmandu, please review your dates, and if they do not suit you, let us know. We can adjust these dates for you. 

We look forward to guiding you to Everest Base Camp.

Trip Departure Dates

Note to solo travelers:.

If you are a solo traveler, please contact us via Call/WhatsApp/Viber at +977-9840055491 or email [email protected] before booking the trip to confirm the departure date. You can also use our Free Trip Planner to plan your trip.

Book this trip with us. Here are the upcoming dates. Feel free to share this trip with your friends and family. For custom trips or general inquiries contact us .

Trip Start and End Point Kathmandu / Kathmandu

Travelers' Review

Mt Everest Trek Experience - Discovery World Trekking

If you put a gun to my head, I would live in Nepal at this point in time - Discovery World Trekking

Oh, Mt Everest is right there - Discovery World Trekking

Conquering EBC(5,364m)

Stories of Triumph from Throng La Pass & EBC 

Joys of Reaching EBC 

Some Treasured Moments from ABC Trek

Tales of Adventure from Larky Pass at Manaslu 

Moments of pure joy at the ABC

Best of Everest Base camp(5,364m)

Trek Experiences 

Tales of Success form AC & EBC Trek 

Memorable Moments at the Everest Three passe Trek

EBC & ABC with Discovery World Trekking

Flute Music at Everest Base Camp 

Tales from the Annapurna circuit  trails

Journey to the Roof of the World: Exploring Everest 3 Passes trek 

Chasing  Trek Drams at Thorang la Pass in Annapurnaeve Circuit

Personal Experiences from EBC & ABC

inspiring words from EBC & ABC

Annapurna Circuit & Three Passes trek 

Poon Hill trek

The Joys of Reaching ABC With DWT

The Ultimate Trek-Stepping on EBC on Christmas.

Summit Smiles: The Joy of Conquering EBC.

Trekking to ABC

Unforgettable Moments from EBC

Jouerny to Gokyo Ri with DWT

Trekking to EBC with DWT

Unforgettable Trek Experiences

Manaslu Circuit Trek Experience!

DWT Guests share their EBC Experience!

Trek to ABC, Annapurna Circuit.

Trek the Annapurna Regin

Hidden Gem of Nepal: Lakra La Pass Manaslu circuit

Mardi Himal Trek 

Autumn 2023 trek experiences 

Fun in the trekking trails

Happines on reaching trek milestones.

Celebrating the Joys of trekking at the ABC.

Adventure of a Lifetime 

High Altitude Adventures

Discovering the Magic of Poon Hill 

Joyful Adventure with DWT 

Unforgettable Adventures During the ABC Trek

Voices of joy reaching the Kyanjin ri.

Words of Jay from the EBC

Trek To EBC & Kang-La- Pass

Discovery World Trekking Refreshment Break 2023

Trekking Nepal's Annapurna Circuit & EBC

Unforgettable ABC Trek

Enchanting Journeys: Trekking in the Majestic Nepali Himalayas

A Majestic Journey in the Himalayas

Conquering the Everest three Passes during 

An Adventure to the ABC.

Epic Trekking Adventure at Larkya La Pass 

Unforgettable Moments & Triumphs at the Everest Base Camp 

Excitement and sense of achievement at the Everest Base Camp 

Unforgettable Experiences: EBC & J=Gokyo Ri Trek 

Birthday Celebration at the Mount Everest Base Camp

A Trekker's Dream Adventure

Unforgettable Journey to EBC

Unforgettable Journey to ABC

Experience of a Lifetime.

Trekking Experience

Scaling New Heights-EBC Trek

Trekking the Manaslu Circuit 

Discovering the Beauty of Everest Base Camp

Adventure of Lifetime: Trekking to EBC

An Epic Trekking Adventure

Gokyo Ri Trek

Trek Experience to the Everest base camp

Journey to the world: Everest Base Camp Trek 

A virtual tour of the Everest Region

Exploring the Beauty of the Himalayas 

EBC Trek 

ABC Trek 

Throng la Pass. Khopra Danda, Everest Base Camp

Experiencing Annapurna, Langtang & Everest 

Fresh Voices from the Himalayan Trek

Langtang & EBC

Voices from Himalaya

Voices from EBC Trek 

Everest Base Camp (EBC)

Everest Base Camp 

Trekking in Nepal

Larkya la pass and Manaslu Circuit trek 

Annapurna Circuit Trek Via Tilcho Lake 

the voice from the Thorong La Pass(5,416m)

Everest Base Camp Trek Experience

My Dream have come true

Adventure of lifetime achievement 

the most rewarding experience in our life

it's an Amazing Experience

Wow, Everest Base Camp - Discovery World Trekking

Trip of a lifetime - Discovery World Trekking

Incredible experience - Discovery World Trekking

life-changing experience - Discovery World Trekking

EBC Trek - on one leg with Discovery World Trekking

EBC Trek Experience - Discovery World Trekking.

We were given wonderful care, felt safe, secure & free from Covid-19 dangers.

It's Victory, Everest Base Camp Trek - Discovery World Trekking

Everest 3 Passes Trek Company Review

Based on the opinion of at least 1204 people .

Written May 11 , 2023

Did the three passes trek solo with Discovery World Trekking in May and was thoroughly impressed by the professionalism and care shown by the team.

Paul took care of everything pre-arrival and answered all questions promptly, he also checked in almost every day during the trek to make sure things were going smoothly and to address any potential concerns.

My guide Ngima and Porter Moneyraj were awesome. Ngima is very knowledgeable about the region and adapted the route accordingly when we had bad weather the first few days, not to mention a great sense of humor and good advice on food & drinks so I didn’t experience any altitude sickness.

Moneyraj took extra steps to ensure my safety throughout the trek as sometimes it gets steep and slippery on the passes, even lent me crampons when mine were not fitting properly. The trek itself was beyond beautiful. Overall, definitely recommend booking any future trekking with them!

Written Apr 13 , 2023

I did the Three Passes trip with Discovery World trekking and would highly recommend this trip! We walked it clockwise. It’s steep up, but gives you the opportunity to beat the crowd and experience the real Himalayas. At first I was pared with an other girl by the agency. She became sick and the company took really good care of her. She had to fly back and I continued on my own.

My guide Sujan and Porter Jogat where really friendly, took there job serius and brought a lot of joy. You can tell they love there job and are willing to do everything to provide you the best experience. They even made it possible to change the innitary during te trip, to adapt to your wishes. I would definitely recommend trekking with this company.

Discovery World Trekking

Dec 18 , 2023

Trekking the Everest Three Passes with Discovery World Trekking was an amazing experience. Paul and his team provided exceptional support throughout the journey. They planned and executed everything we needed for our trip.

The trek was challenging but the breathtaking views at each pass made the challenge worthwhile. Thanks to our guide whose knowledge of the region and his passion for adventure improved the trekking experience. Thanks to Paul, I overcame my fear and completed my trek. I highly recommend DWT to anyone seeking an unforgettable trekking experience.

Jan 28 , 2024

My adventure trekking the Everest Three Passes with Discovery World Trekking, led by CEO Paul Gurung, was truly remarkable. From my first contact with them, Paul and his team offered exceptional support and guidance, ensuring I was well-prepared for the challenging journey ahead.

The trek itself was an unforgettable experience, filled with awe-inspiring views of the Himalayas and leading us through some of the most remote and stunning landscapes in the region. Our guide's expertise and leadership were invaluable.  He ensured our safety and enjoyment throughout the trek.

The accommodations and meals provided were decent. It gave us comfort and nourishment after each day's trekking. Thanks to Paul, I conquered the Everest Three Passes and made memories that will last a lifetime. I highly recommend them to anyone seeking an adventurous and fulfilling trekking experience.

Based on the opinion of 360 people . @discoveryworldtrekking

Dec 30 , 2022

Discovery World Trekking truly lived up to its name. From the start, their team went above and beyond to provide an exhilarating and well-organized expedition. The guide especially Prem Bro was experienced and passionate, making the trek both safe and exciting.

The diverse range of landscapes and cultural encounters along the way added depth to the adventure. I am grateful to Paul for pushing me beyond my limits and helping me discover a sense of accomplishment I never thought possible.

Feb 07 , 2023

I had the most incredible adventure with Discovery World Trekking. From the moment I arrived, their team of knowledgeable guides and friendly staff made me feel welcome and well taken care of. Throughout the trek, their expertise and guidance ensured a smooth and enjoyable experience. The stunning landscapes and breathtaking views left me in awe. I can't thank DWT enough for creating such a memorable journey!

Based on the opinion of at least 182 people in the Travel & Vacation Category.

Jan 10, 2023

Discovery World Trekking made my dream of reaching Mount Everest come true. The entire team including Paul, Prem, and everyone was dedicated and supportive, ensuring our group's success in every aspect of the journey. The attention to detail in organizing accommodations, and meals was commendable. Their insights about the region enrich the experience even further. DWT provided a seamless and unforgettable adventure that will forever hold a special place in my heart.

Feb 14, 2023

Paul, I cannot say Thank you enough. You and your team made this journey the turning point of my life. I feel mentally more alive after doing this Everest three-pass trek. The warm hospitality of the local communities we encountered along the way made the journey even more memorable. Paul truly knows how to create an immersive and unforgettable adventure, and I wholeheartedly recommend them to anyone seeking a remarkable trekking experience.

Trip Downloads

Related trips, luxury everest base camp trek - 14 days, gokyo ri trek - 11 days, everest base camp trek - 14 days, ama dablam base camp - 13 days, our history in service excellence, we are associated with:.

Discovery World Trekking is the trademark name of Discovery World Trekking Pvt. Ltd. Our name, logo, and slogan are registered in Nepal. Our Nepal Tourism Board trekking and travel company license number is 1495.

We’ll Plan You a Custom-Made Trip

This site uses cookies to optimize your user experience. By using this site, you are consenting to our use of these cookies. Check out our Privacy policy .

Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek route

The Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek winds through many beautiful and diverse sections of Sagarmatha National Park. Importantly, it takes you to the world's most famous base camp, but also up and over three incredible mountain passes.

EBC and Three Passes itinerary

As is the case with many multiday treks, the Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek allows some flexibility in how you approach it. For instance, you can:

• walk the middle section in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction
• choose between different villages for your overnight stays
• decide how many acclimatisation and rest days you take

In this post we describe the EBC and Three Passes trek route itinerary that we use at Follow Alice. It's a trail of 124 km (77 miles), not counting the optional roundtrip hikes on the three acclimatisation and rest days.

Map of the EBC and Three Passes trek

Map of the EBC and Three Passes trek route

From the map above you can see that we walk the route in an anticlockwise direction. This is the ideal choice as it gives you enough acclimatisation time. Also, you climb the passes in the mornings with the sun on your back, which is nicely warming.

We also include three rest and acclimatisation days, which are really important for your health.

So let's tuck into all the juicy details of the trip ...

Day 1 – Arrive in Kathmandu

• Arrival: Tribhuvan International Airport
• Overnight: Thamel, Kathmandu
• Drive: Airport to Thamel (30 min)
• Accommodation: Arushi Boutique Hotel (or similar)

Kathmandu is chockfull of stupas and other religious monuments

Today we fetch you from Tribhuvan International Airport and drive you for about twenty minutes to the hotel in Thamel, a busy and vibey district of Kathmandu.

If you're not too tired from your trip, we encourage you to spend some time exploring Kathmandu. Even just walking the streets of Thamel – observing the architecture, mixing with the locals and trying some of the local cuisine – is a grand experience. The narrow lanes in the core of Thamel are only for pedestrians and are great for leisurely explores.

If you've forgotten anything for your trek, or want to hire something, Thamel has a wide range of trekking gear shops, so you're sorted on that front. You can also buy a cheap SIM card for your time in Nepal.

If you feel like the Nepali equivalent of a bus-top tour, we recommend hopping on a rickshaw for a fun way to see the sights of Thamel. Or if you'd like to visit somewhere a little less busy, $2 gets you entrance into the Edwardian-style Garden of Dreams . Wander around and admire the pavilions, pergolas, sculptures, fountains and lily pads, verandahs and birdhouses, or just chill with a book and a drink on the grass. If you've forgotten to bring along some reading material, Thamel actually has quite a few bookstores that stock English literature.

Tonight we enjoy dinner together as a group and chat about what to expect in the upcoming days.

Kathmandu is a busy and humming city, night and day

Day 2 – Drive to Manthali

• Drive: Kathmandu to Manthali (5 hr)
• Overnight: Manthali
• Accommodation: TBD

A lovely view of the district of Ramechhap as snapped by S. Pradhan

This morning we drive southeast in our private vehicle to reach the pretty district of Ramechhap so that we can catch a flight from Manthali Airport tomorrow to Lukla, the start of the EBC trek.

We can't unfortunately fly straight to Lukla from Kathmandu, as Tribhuvan International Airport is currently undergoing major construction that doesn't allow for domestic flights to take off and land there. This is why we've had to add another two days to this itinerary, to allow time to reach Manthali Airport in Ramechhap.

Day 3 – Trek to Phakding

• Flight: Ramechhap to Lukla (15 min)
• Starting point: Lukla (2,860 m / 9,383 ft)
• Overnight: Phakding (2,610 m / 8,562 ft)
• Accommodation: Teahouse
• Distance trekked: 8.2 km / 5.1 mi
• Hours trekking: 3 hours

We fly from Kathmandu to Lukla Airport, shown above

This morning we take a short and exhilarating flight east from Raemchhap in a small aircraft to the mountainside town of Lukla. The flight is a moment in itself, offering incredible views of the mountains. And landing at Tenzing-Hillary Airport is not something you sleep through – this short runway perched on the side of a mountain demands just the right weather conditions and a skilled pilot!

Flight done and dusted, we then hand over our duffel bags for transport via yaks, put on our daypacks, and get walking. 😀 We head northwest out of Lukla on the start of the famous EBC trail! Whoop whoop! The route today isn't that tough or long, and we follow a nicely worn footpath through Sherpa countryside.

This section of the trek is incredibly pretty. We soon enter the lush and forested Dhudh Kosi river valley and wind our way up the valley, with the river staying on our left. En route we pass by picturesque Sherpa settlements, like Surke (shown below).

The village of Surke near the river Dudh Kosi

What some might not realise is that the Everest Base Camp trek route is not a hikers-only path. Rather, the route followed by trekkers is the long-established 'highway' used everyday by locals. There's no road or larger route connecting the various towns and villages of the Sherpas – the EBC trek route is the main thoroughfare. So expect to share the path with tourists and Sherpas alike, as well as yaks, horses and mules.

The prettily situated village of Phakding

We spend our first night on the trail in the pretty riverside village of Phakding. Phakding is actually at a lower elevation to Lukla, so your body won't be challenged by an altitude increase just yet.

Day 4 – Trek to Namche Bazaar

• Starting point: Phakding (2,610 m / 8,562 ft)
• Overnight: Namche Bazaar (3,440 m / 11,286 ft)
• Distance trekked: 9.4 km / 5.6 mi
• Hours trekking: 6-7 hours
• Highlight: Cross the Hillary Suspension Bridge

Today is a day of multiple suspension bridge crossings

Today's trek continues up the Dhudh Kosi Valley. During today's hike we enter Sagarmatha National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. We pass the lovely Toktok Waterfall near the park's entrance, and it's a great location for a little rest stop.

What's especially fun and noteworthy today are all the bridges we must use as we crisscross the river! The suspension bridges are draped in multicoloured prayer flags and are often high above the river. We share them with yaks and mules. The Edmund Hillary Suspension Bridge is the biggest showstopper: it sits 125 m (410 ft) above the river and is 140 m (459 ft) long – quite the daunting prospect if you struggle with heights!

We cross the Edmund Hillary Bridge en route to Namche Bazaar

Pro tip: Don't enter a suspension bridge if there are yaks or mules busy crossing it, as they could well knock you over.

After this bridge it's a steep and taxing climb up to Namche Bazaar, which sits on a high outcrop at the confluence of the Dhudh Khosi and its tributary the Bhote Khosi. Today is when the change in altitude can really be felt (we climb nearly a vertical kilometre!), and so taking a rest tomorrow is paramount.

Namche has so much to offer the curious trekker, though most are tired from the trek and leave the exploration for tomorrow. A great treat after arriving is afternoon tea at one of the cafés. For many, the German Bakery is a great choice as it offers a comforting taste of home in the form of cappuccinos and dark chocolate cake.

Namche Bazaar is a regional hub and the largest Sherpa town

Day 5 – Acclimatisation and Hotel Everest View hike

• Highlight: Hike to Hotel Everest View for tea
• Hotel Everest View elevation: 3,880 m / 2,730 ft
• Hike distance: 5.4 km / 3.4 mi
• Hiking time: 3 hours

Namche Bazaar is a town of steeply terraced buildings, so most of the buildings offer great views!

It's important to give your body time to adjust to the higher altitude, so today we stay put in Namche. That said, there's lots you can choose to do, like visit the Sherpa Museum or local monastery, or do a beautiful day hike to Everest View Hotel for a drink and snack.

There are plenty of shops in Namche Bazaar for stocking up on snacks and any other trekking whatnots you might need. There are a couple of ATMs in town, but they don't accept all cards and we wouldn't rely on them in case they're not working. The better option is bringing enough rupees with you, or exchanging dollars or euros at the local bank in Namche.

Some like to do a day roundtrip hike to Hotel Everest View , the famous hotel that opened in 1971. From here you can have drinks or a bite to eat while enjoying panoramic views that do, of course, include Mt Everest!

Hotel Everest View was built in the 60s and is one of the world's highest hotels

Day 6 – Trek to Tengboche

• Starting point: Namche Bazaar (3,440 m / 11,286 ft)
• Overnight: Tengboche (3,870 m / 12,696 ft)
• Distance trekked: 9.6 km / 6 mi
• Hours trekking: 5-6 hours
• Highlight: Visit Tengboche Monastery

Tengboche Monastery is the largest in the Khumbu region

Today we head in a northeasterly direction up the Pheriche Valley to reach the village of Tengboche. We walk a pretty smooth and flat contour path for a long way. Eventually the trail descends to the valley floor. And then, to reach Tengboche (or Thyanboche), which sits on a hill at the confluence of the Dudh Kosi and the Imja Khola, there's a big climb.

The views on today's hike of Lhotse, Everest and Ama Dablam are unforgettable!

Given its high position on a hill, Tengboche offers visitors a view of some amazing peaks, which include Tawache, Everest, Nuptse, Lhotse, Ama Dablam, and Thamserku. When viewed from Tengboche, Ama Dablam looks like a mother with outstretched arms. The mountain's name literally means 'mother's necklace'. It's a favourite among many who trek in the region for its striking shape and beauty. It also can be seen on many days of the EBC trek, almost like a mother keeping an eye on things!

Local Sherpas use the EBC trek route as their primary means for getting around the region

Tengboche Monastery – also known as Dawa Choling Gompa – is a Tibetan Buddhist monastery. It's the largest in the whole Khumbu region, and is most definitely worth a visit! It contains a 20-foot Buddha sculpture, as well as detailed wall hangings, clothes and musical instruments. Visitors can also observe a prayer ceremony.

Here you can see Ama Dablam behind Tengboche in a 1974 photo by clemensmarabu

Day 7 – Trek to Dingboche

• Starting point: Tengboche (3,870 m / 12,696 ft)
• Overnight: Dingboche (4,360 m / 14,304 ft)
• Distance trekked: 10.5 km / 6.5 mi
• Hours trekking: 6 hours
• Highlight: The view from Nangkartshang Peak

View of the beautiful Ama Dablam from Nangkartshang Peak above Dingboche

We climb up the Imja Khola valley, walking through woods and enjoying increasingly spectacular views of the snow-capped peaks towering around us. Ama Dablam and Island Peak in particular are breathtaking.

Three kilometres out of Tengboche, we pass by Pangboche (3,985 m), the highest year-round settlement in the valley. This green-roofed village is the base camp for trekkers climbing nearby Ama Dablam. Its monastery is the oldest in the region, and famed for its supposed yeti scalp.

Glaciers, moraines, the village of Pangboche and the Imja Khola river

A little way before Dingboche there's a fork in the road: those following the classic EBC trek keep left and head towards the village of Pheriche. We keep right, however, and soon cross a bridge, after which we tackle a steep climb up to Dingboche.

Welcome to Dingboche!

If you're a strong trekker who has made good time in reaching Dingboche, then we recommend taking on the additional climb to Nangkartshang Peak (which is a bit of misnomer, as it's more a sub-peak of a higher ridge). From here you have an incredible and rewarding vantage point of the surrounding mountains; you can see various beauties like Ama Dablam, Kangtega, Nuptse, Lhotse, Makalu, Cho Oyu and Taboche.

Dingboche with Island Peak in the centre distance

Day 8 – Trek to Chhukung

• Starting point: Dingboche (4,360 m / 14,304 ft)
• Overnight: Chhukung (4,730m / 14,334ft)
• Distance trekked: 5 km / 3.1 mi
• Hours trekking: 2-3 hours
• Highlight: Hiking the beautiful and quiet Imja Khola valley

Looking back on the trek route from Dingboche to Chhukung

Today we have an easier trek on our hands, walking a relatively gentle incline up the Imja Khola valley floor to the village of Chhukung (or Chukhung). This is a much quieter part of Sagarmatha National Park, and so the trail won't be as busy as it was until around Tengboche. We pass by stone-walled fields and eventually enter into moraine territory just before reaching Chhukung.

Chhukung developed as a teahouse (lodge) village to service those on their way to trek over Kongma La as well as climb Island Peak.

A view of Chhukung in winter with Ama Dablam looming above all

Day 9 – Acclimatisation and hike

• Starting point: Chhukung (4,730 m / 14,334 ft)
• Overnight: Chhukung (4,730 m / 14,334 ft)
• Highlight: Climb Chhukung Ri or visit Island Peak Base Camp

A night-time sky and Ama Dablam as seen from Chhukung

We stay put today and spend another night in Chhukung to help our bodies acclimatise to the ever-increasing altitude.

There are some options on the table: relax at the lodge with a good book and good companions, or head on out and do a day hike. Then, if we choose the hike, we can either climb Chhukung Ri or visit Island Peak Base Camp.

Chhukung Ri (5,550 m / 18,208 ft) is a taxing roundtrip of about four hours. It's great for helping the body to acclimatise, but you want to weigh that benefit against the possible need for a day of complete rest. Trekking fatigue is real. If you do choose to do the hike, the view from the top is simply incredible, letting you see Island Peak, Ama Dablam, Makalu and Nuptse, among other peaks.

The breathtaking view from Chhukung Ri

Island Peak is a whopping mountain at 6,160 m (20,210 ft). It earned its name in 1953 from an expedition team (which included Tenzing Norgay and Edmund Hillary) because they thought it looks like an island in a sea of ice when seen from Dingboche. In 1983 it was renamed Imja Tse, but many still refer to it as Island Peak. A great day hike of around eight hours is visiting Island Peak Base Camp (5,100 m / 16,732 ft) on the southern slope of the mountain. We pass Imja Tse lake en route.

Another amazing view from Chhukung Ri

Day 10 – Summit Kongma La

• Overnight: Lobuche (4,940 m / 16,210 ft)
• Kongma La elevation: 5,535m/18,154ft
• Distance trekked: 10.6 km / 6.6 mi
• Hours trekking: 9-10 hours
• Highlight: Views from the top, and crossing Khumbu Glacier

A November view while descending Kongma La

Today we tackle our first pass! Kongma La is a challenging mountain pass that's actually higher in elevation than Everest Base Camp. It's also the easternmost and highest of the three passes that make up the EBC and Three Passes trek.

With all that in mind, today is a very good day for concentration, crampons and trekking poles, as much of the route is rocky and uneven. But there are also some beautifully smooth sections of trail on the ascent.

Crampons are sometimes needed to help you navigate the passes

When you reach the top, you're rewarded with breathtaking views to the east and west. These make the climb worth every bit of effort! The descent is trickier than the ascent, as it's much steeper. So it's just about taking it slowly and at your own pace. There's no rush.

Celebrating having conquered Kongma La!

Near the bottom of the pass we cross over Khumbu Glacier, which of course is the same glacier that famously flanks Everest! It's also the largest glacier in Nepal. Having crossed Khumbu Glacier, we head to Lobuche for the night. And by doing so, link back up with the classic EBC trail.

Excitingly, we cross Khumbu Glacier during our descent from Kongma La.

Tonight we stay at the village of Lobuche

Day 11 – Visit Everest Base Camp!

• Starting point: Lobuche (4,940 m / 16,210 ft)
• Overnight: Gorakshep (5,164 m / 16,942 ft)
• Everest Base Camp elevation: 5,364 m / 17,598 ft
• Distance trekked: 10.8 km / 6.7 mi
• Hours trekking: ~ 4 hours
• Highlight: It's finally EBC time!

Everest Base Camp – in the quiet season, the prayer flags mark the spot!

Today is the BIG DAY! We head northeast after breakfast along a well-worn path to reach Everest Base Camp. Bring. It. On.

The climb season for Everest is spring (April to early June), so this is the time to plan your EBC and Three Passes trek if you really want to see the base camp in action. At other times of the year, the camp is deserted. Prayer flags and a large, spray-painted rock (that you can climb atop for a photo) indicate you've reached the internationally renowned spot.

A helicopter is a tiny speck against the enormity of Lhotse

Depending on the time of year, EBC will be pretty deserted, or a bustling hive of activity!

You can't actually see the peak of Everest from base camp. But you're standing amidst some incredible mountains, and you're also up close and personal with Khumbu Glacier, the world's highest glacier!

Having visited EBC, we travel the short distance back to the settlement of Gorakshep, where we spend the night. Gorakshep was actually the original EBC – it was used by Swiss mountain climbers in 1952 in their attempt to summit Everest.

An aerial view of Gorakshep

Day 12 – Climb Kala Patthar

• Starting point: Gorakshep (5,164 m / 16,942 ft)
• Overnight: Dzongla (4,830 m / 15,850 ft)
• Kala Patthar elevation: 5,645 m / 18,519 ft
• Distance trekked: 10.4 km / 6.2 mi
• Hours trekking: 8-10 hr
• Highlight: Epic view of Everest from Kala Patthar

The view from Kala Patthar in the direction of Lobuche

We head first to Kala Patthar, a tough climb with a massive reward: an unobstructed view of Mt Everest!

Kala Patthar means 'black rock' in Nepali, and you'll find it looks similar to a black sand dune.

Kala Patthar is on everyone's itinerary as it offers a fantastic 'full frontal' of Everest. So after breakfast today, we head north to tackle Kala Patthar. While it's not a massive climb, it's tiring, given the altitude, and so fresh morning legs are helpful here.

Having taken in the view of Everest and its mates like Lhotse, Makalu and Cho Oyu from Kala Patthar, we head back south along the classic Everest Base Camp trek route. We pass through Lobuche, and then later on, when the trail nears the head of the Imja Khola river, we veer west away from the main route and head towards the village of Dzongla (or Dzonglha).

'Touching' the tippy top of Mt Everest while standing on Kala Patthar!

The path we walk to Dzongla is well-defined and offers simply incredible views of the surrounding mountains – it's the stuff of day dreams. We can see peaks like Arakam Tse, Cholatse and Taboche, and also pass the lake Chola Tsho. There's a fair bit of up and down along the route, and a final ascent to the blue- and green-roofed buildings of Dzongla.

Day 13 – Summit Cho La

• Starting point: Dzongla (4,830 m / 15,850 ft)
• Overnight: Gokyo (4,750 m / 15,584 ft)
• Cho La elevation: 5,420 m / 17,782 ft
• Distance trekked: 12.5 km / 7.5 mi
• Highlight: View from Cho La of mountain, glaciers and lakes

These hikers tackling the glacier on Cho La look like mere ants

It's time now to tackle our second pass! This is a relatively difficult pass, as we cross Cho La Glacier on the ascent. The top of the pass rewards us with magnificent views to both the east and west. The descent is once again steeper than the ascent.

After conquering the pass, we trek through the small village of Thangnak (4,680 m / 15,350 ft) near its base. This is a remote and gorgeous section of Sagarmatha National Park that many don't get to see.

We then strike out for our night-time destination of Gokyo, a small village with an outsized boast:

• It sits in the shadow of Cho Oyu (8,150 m / 26,739 ft), the world's sixth highest mountain.
• Directly above the village is Ngozumpa Glacier, the longest glacier in the Himalayas at 36 km (22 mi).
• It's also on the shore of one of the Gokyo Lakes, the world's highest fresh water lake system.

The village of Gokyo can be seen here below Ngozumpa Glacier and on the shore of Gokyo Cho

The Gokyo Lakes are sacred to both Buddhists and Hindus. In fact, every August around 500 Hindus make a pilgrimage there to bathe in their waters. The most well-known lake is the one alongside the village of Gokyo, and is called Gokyo Cho (or Dudh Pokhari).

To reach Gokyo, we cross Ngozumpa Glacier, so you'll get to see this renowned glacier all up close and personal.

Day 14 – Acclimatisation and Gokyo Ri hike

• Starting point: Gokyo (4,800 m / 15,580 ft)
• Overnight: Gokyo (4,800 m / 15,580 ft)
• Gokyo Ri elevation: 5,357 m / 17,575 ft
• Hike distance: 4 km / 2.4 mi
• Hiking time: 3-4 hours
• Highlight: 360° view from Gokyo Ri

View of Gokyo, Ngozumpa Glacier, Gokyo Cho and more from the top of Gokyo Ri

Today is a special day as we're going to hike to the top of Gokyo Ri (Peak) for some sublime views! For the hike, we follow a roughly linear path to the peak and back.

Standing on Gokyo Ri, we can gaze down to the north on the largest of the Gokyo Lakes, called Gokyo IV (or Tonak Pokhari). To the southwest we can see Renjo La, which we cross tomorrow. And further afield to the north and east we have a seemingly endless line of famous peaks, including four that rise above the 8,000 m mark: Everest, Lhotse, Makalu and Cho Oyu!

Prayer flags atop Gokyo Ri

Day 15 – Summit Renjo La

• Overnight: Marulung (4,210 m / 13,810 ft)
• Renjo La elevation: 5,360 m / 17,560 ft 
• Distance trekked: 9.5 km / 5.6 mi
• Hours trekking: 8-9 hours
• Highlight: View of Everest and other peaks from Renjo La

Looking back down towards Gokyo village

Today we tackle the third and final of the passes on our trek route! Renjo La (5,360 m) is not as high as the other two passes, and you might even see some locals with their yaks using the path. It's a very quiet pass in terms of trekkers.

To start, we leave Gokyo behind as we head west by walking along the northern shore of the lake. As we begin our climb up the pass, the view back to Gokyo and Ngozumpa Glacier is gorgeous, and just gets better the higher we climb. The terrain up Renjo La is rocky and uneven, making it another good day for trekking poles.

View of Everest from Renjo La

Needless to say, the views to both the east and the west upon summiting Renjo La are incredibly rewarding!

Descending the western side of the pass is a much steeper affair than its ascent. We head to Marulung for the night. This is one of relatively few settlements in this neck of the woods, as we're now trekking through a more sparsely populated section of Sagarmatha.

Day 16 – Trek to Namche Bazaar

• Starting point: Marulung (4,210 m / 13,810 ft)
• Hours trekking: 7-8 hours
• Highlight: Passing through Thame

We spend much of today walking alongside the Bhote Kosi

Today we trek alongside the Bhote Kosi. The valley starts out very steep and then widens further on. It's a quiet valley that's not as affected by tourism as some of the others in the region.

We pass through the pretty village of Thame, which was once home to the famous Sherpa mountaineers Tenzing Norgay and Apa Sherpa. Thame Monastery above the village is a must-see if there's time.

The village of Thame

We head back to Namche Bazaar, approaching it from the other direction to which we left it. The scenery is beautiful, as we walk a contour path along the northern bank of the Bhote Khosi, a tributary of the Dudh Khosi. Those who are lucky enough to be in Namche on a Saturday, can pay a visit to its market.

Day 17 – Trek to Lukla

• Overnight: Lukla (2,860 m / 9,383 ft)
• Distance trekked: 17.6 km / 10.7 mi

Namche Bazaar feels almost like a metropolis after the past few days' adventure

On the outward journey we travelled from Lukla to Namche Bazaar over two days, stopping over in Phakding for a night. On the return route, we cover the same distance in one day, our lungs drinking in all that oxygen-rich air!

It's time to descend in altitude

Day 18 – Transfer to Kathmandu

• Flight: Lukla to Manthali Aiport (15 min)
• Drive: Ramechhap to Kathmandu (5 hr)
• Overnight: Thamel district, Kathmandu

This morning we fly to Manthali Airport. You can expect beautiful scenery en route! It's just possible on the odd occasion that we can get a flight straight to Kathmandu's Tribhuvan International Airport. But given the major construction going on at that airport at present, it's highly unlikely.

Women sitting in the shade of a shrine in Kathmandu

From Manthali in Ramechhap we drive to Kathmandu in our private vehicle, returning to the vibrant Thamel district.

Day 19 – Depart Kathmandu

Today is adieu and, hopefully, see you soon! We'll drive you to the airport, so no worries about logistics there.

That said, depending on your flight time, you could have a large chunk of the day to explore some more of Kathmandu – yay!

The streets of Thamel are a world away from the quiet and solitude of Sagarmatha!

One idea if you have time today before your flight is to go on the heritage walk from Thamel that takes you to places tourists don't always see, like old streets, temples and markets. You can also visit Kathmandu Durbar Square, which is a UNESCO site for its historic temples, palaces and palace courtyards.

You might also like to pay a visit to Swayambhunath (also referred to as Monkey Temple), just west of the city on a hilltop. This ancient religious complex is an extremely important pilgrimage site for Tibetan Buddhists. It contains a large stupa, several shrines and temples, a monastery, and a museum. The name swayambhunath means 'sublime trees', and yes, there are a variety of lovely trees all over the complex to enjoy.

Three of the statues at the religious hilltop complex Swayambhunath

Something else you might like to consider is taking a cooking class at Nepal Cooking School . How awesome to go home and know how to reproduce a taste of the yummy Nepali food you've no doubt grown to love this past fortnight!

And that's the itinerary, folks!

If you loved reading about the Everest Base Camp and Three Passes trek but are a little uncertain about your own fitness to tackle it right now, why not take a look at the Annapurna Circuit ? It's a similarly spectacular multiday trek in Nepal, but just not quite as long and arduous. It could even be the perfect 'tester' for the EBC trek.

All that said, if you are feeling up to the challenge of the EBC and Three Passes trek, we'd love to chat and see if we can help you to make it happen! Just click on the contact button and drop us a line. 😀

Base Camp Adventure

• Email: [email protected]

Everest Three Passes Trek

Everest Base Camp Three passes trek, also known as Everest Three High Pass trek, is one of the best alternatives to the casual Everest Base Camp Trek. This journey takes you to all the major places of the Everest region including the Everest Base Camp (5364m), Kala Patthar (5545m), and the three major passes; Cho La (5420m), Renjo La (5360m), Kongma La (5535m).

Along with this, the trek gets more special as you explore the unexplored section of Gokyo Valley and Gokyo Lakes. Hiking to Gokyo Ri (5360m) is another highlight of this trek. Also, the view from Gokyo Ri provides the best panoramic view of the Everest range. Plus, there is an excursion to the higher Gokyo Lakes like the fourth and fifth ones. On the top of it, the beautiful glaciers like Ngozumpa, which is also the highest in the entire Himalayan region. And not to forget, the outstanding views of the humongous peaks like Mount Everest, Lhotse, Makalu, Nuptse, Cho Oyu, Ama Dablam, and whatnot.

Believe it or not, the Everest Base Camp Three passes trek is a wholesome journey that is like the ultimate adventure. Thus, if you’re an adventure lover, who feels fit to take on adverse physical challenges, this trek is for you. And we, at Base Camp Adventure, will make sure this journey is well supervised and fully hassle-free.

If you opt to go with us, the trek will take 18 days to complete. The starting point of the Everest Three High Passes trek is Kathmandu. You will take an early morning flight from here to Tenzing Hillary Airport, Lukla. The flight is also the highlight as the airport is a challenging feat in itself. Plus, it’s scenic as you can have great aerial views of the whole Khumbu & Kathmandu valley.

After reaching Lukla, your trekking officially begins. You follow the usual route upto Dingboche. In this stretch, the route progresses through major destinations like Phakding, Namche Bazaar, Tengboche, and Dingboche. From Dingboche, you’ll head to Chhukung, Lobuche, and embark Kongma La Pass, the first pass that you encounter.

Thereafter, you follow the climb to Everest Base Camp (5364m) and Kala Patthar (5545m). Kala Patthar is the vantage point of the Everest Base Camp trek. You’ll enjoy the fabulous views of Everest, Nuptse, Changtse, Lhotse, and many smaller peaks. They include Awi Peak (5245m), Arakam Tse (6423m), Cholatse (6335m).

Then, the trek moves to Gokyo valley & Gokyo lakes going from the remaining two passes Renjo la and Cho la. You get back to Lungden from there and retrace your steps to Namch then Lukla. You take flight back to Kathmandu and this marks the end of your trek.

The region you trek encompasses a variety of floral & faunal species. You walk through the Sagarmatha National Park. It’s rich in rare species like red panda, snow leopard, dazzling pheasants (crimson-horned & Impeyan), pikas, martens, and more. Talking about ethnicity, the whole region shows the dominance of Sherpa culture & tradition. The whole Khumbu region is also famous because of Sherpas as it’s often reckon as ‘Land of Sherpas’. They are the brave-hearted superheroes who not only help carry your heavy loads but also welcome you to their place whole-heartedly.

If you’re here on the trek in their major festivals like Tiji, Losar, Dumje, and Mani Rimdu, you’ll get to enjoy more. They easily let you be a part of their feasting, drinking and singing.

Hence, in every aspect, Everest Three Pass trek is the best ever challenge an adventure lover could opt for. The grade of the trek is very strenuous, so besides good preparation, you’ll need experienced guidance. And Base Camp Adventure is all here for it.

So,when are you planning to celebrate the most adventurous ride of your life? If you need any help or info, don’t forget to contact us .

Things to Experience in Everest Three Pass Trek 18 Days

• Experience the wholesome activities that you would do in treks like Everest Base Camp trek and Everest Gokyo Valley Trek
• Embark all the highest vantage points of the Everest region like Everest Base Camp(5364m) and Kala Patthar (5545m)
• Set your foot on all the three major passes; Kongma La Pass (5535m), Renjo La (5360m), and Cho La (5420m)
• Explore the beautiful Gokyo Tso (Lakes), Gokyo Valley, and visit Gokyo Ri (5360m)
• Fabulous panorama of majestic peaks like Everest (8848m), Nuptse (7861m), Changtse (7543m), Lhotse (8516m), Cho Oyu (8153m), and Makalu (8485m)
• Have a close look into beautiful glaciers like the longest Ngozumpa, Khumbu glacier, Khumbu Icefalls, and many more
• Visit the oldest monasteries of the region; Tengboche Monastery and Dingboche monastery
• Go to traditional village of Khumjung, explore the ancient Khumjung monastery, and the legendary Khumjung school
• Full exploration of the major capital of Khumbu region i.e. Namche Bazaar and its surrounding places & free market
• Celebrate the success of your journey at the world’s highest pub, at 11000ft, in Namche Bazaar
• Explore the unexplored settlements like Dingboche, Chhukung, Dzongla, Lungden, Thame, etc
• A memorable and scenic flight to/from Lukla’s famous Tenzing Hillary Airport
• Flexible modification of itinerary according to your availability & comfort
• If feasible, a half-day sightseeing in Kathmandu going to places like Swayambhunath, Pashupatinath, Boudhanath, Durbar Squares, etc

Everest Three Pass Trek Altitude Chart

• Location Everest Region
• Maximum Height 5545 M in Kalapathar
• Comfort Hotels / Guest Houses
• Difficulty Level Moderate to Strenuous
• Group Size 02-08 People
• Note Full board package on trek

Welcome to the land of mountains and unique ethnicity! After you arrive here, our representatives will be all ready to pick you up and transfer you to your hotel. You can have some rest and can explore around later. Make sure you carry all the important documents like your passport, visa, copies of travel insurance, passport sized photos, etc. Overnight in a three-starred hotel in Kathmandu.

You’ll miss a lot if you don’t sign up for sightseeing in Kathmandu whenever you’re in Nepal. So, this day is especially dedicated to it. You will visit UNESCO listed cultural heritage sites. It will include religious sites like Pahupatinath, Boudhanath, Swayambhunath and cultural sites like Durbar Squares. You’ll be visiting with a guide, so s/he will fully explain the stories behind them.

Also, on the same day, you’ll meet your fellow travelers and get trekking permits. It’s the day before you head out for the trek, so check the necessary gears. If you’re missing anything, you can do the last minute shopping in Thamel. You’ll find everything you need for the trek there!

Lukla Altitude: 2850m

Travel Duration: 30-40 minutes of flight & 3-4 hours of walk

Walking Distance: 8.2 KM/5.1 miles

Overnight at: Teahouse

Your journey to Everest Base Camp Three Passes Trek begins with an early morning flight to Lukla. There will be a private vehicle arranged to take you to TIA. Right after you come on board, you’ll start enjoying the lovely views of Kathmandu valley, green hills, rivers, and surrounding mountains. The flight takes only half-an-hour but it will be one of the most scenic flights.

Upon reaching Tenzing Hillary airport, you will meet with your remaining crew and start walking towards Phakding. Within this stretch, you get to enjoy the rich greenery, varied flora & fauna, suspension bridges, and great views of Dudh Koshi.

Namche Altitude: 3450m

Walking Duration: 6-7 hours

Walking Distance: 10.4 KM/6.4 miles

It’s one of the longest yet a memorable part of your journey. You will begin by climbing an uphill and walk along the forested ridge of Sagarmatha National Park. You can have early glimpses of Mount Everest, Kusum Kanguru, Lhotse-Nuptse from here. Continuing your path, you’ll cross the five different suspension bridges filled with colored flags over the Dudhkoshi river.

Likewise, you’ll pass via settlements like Jorasle, also the check post where you register. From there, you’ll reach Namche within three hours. As the most celebrated village of Khumbu, you’ll have a lot of options to explore at Namche. End your day by strolling around its market and a hot bowl of their local Tibetan dinner.

Khumjung Village Altitude: 3780m

Walking Duration: 4-5 hours

Walking Distance: 4-5 KM

This day is an extra day for acclimatization as the altitude is gradually increasing. It will help to adapt with the low oxygen condition that will be prominent on coming days & destinations. Your morning at Namche starts with a refreshing view of gorgeous peaks like Thamserku (6648m), Khumbila (5707m) Kwangde Ri (6187m). After your breakfast, you’ll head to explore Namche.

First, you’ll hike up to the Everest View Hotel (3962m). It’s one the highest placed hotels in the world that offers mesmerizing views of the Everest (8848m), Nuptse (7861m), Ama Dablam (6856m), and more. Similarly, you’ll visit another traditional village i.e. Khumjung. Besides the local settlements, you can explore Khumjung monastery and the legendary Khumjung School. Also, the pristine view of countless mountains, glacial lakes of Gokyo from its top is another highlight of the day. After the exploration, you’ll get back to Namche for the overnight stay.

Tengboche Altitude: 3865m

Walking Duration: 5-6 hours

Walking Distance: 9.2 KM/5.7 miles

Leaving Namche, you’ll head to Tengboche, another famous village in Khumbu. You will gain more than 400 meters of elevation in this stretch and the trails are full of ups & downs. It’s going to be tough so you need to brace yourself. You will traverse through an uphill climb leading to teahouses at Khumjung and Kyangjuma. The view of Ama Dablam from Kyangjuma is breathtaking, don’t miss it out.

From there, you will descend down the trail alongside the Dudh Koshi river. Upon walking a few hours further, you’ll reach the most sacred & oldest monastery of Khumbu; Tengboche. This world-famous monastery lies on a high ridge and offers 360-degree views of Everest, Ama Dablam, Kangtega, Thamserku, Lhotse, and more. Also, get ready to dive into its peaceful environs of spiritual divinity. Overnight stay in Tengboche!

Dingboche Altitude: 4410m

Walking Distance: 6 KM/3.72 miles

Bidding farewell to Tengboche, you will continue with a descent into the forest at first. After an hour of descent, the remaining trail is a slow ascent. Most of the part is flat/steady incline, so it won’t be tough as the day before. On the way, you walk past Deboche village first. Here, you will witness walls of inscribed stones and a few guesthouses. It’s a good alternative to Tengboche for a night stay as well.

From there, you will cross the suspension bridge and continue walking along the valley walls. The view of Ama Dablam and surrounding mountains appear on the backdrop. Then, you’ll reach Pangboche village (3985m). Here, we can have plans to go to Ama Dablam Base Camp (4576m). Else, you’ll take a short break and enjoy the majestic views of the Everest range. Leaving Pangboche, you’ll climb another uphill, pass by the Shomare village, and then reach Dingboche.

Chhukung Altitude: 3450m

Walking Duration: 2-3 hours

Walking Distance: 5 KM/3.1 miles

It’s another important day for your Everest Base Camp Three Passes Trek. You’ll be taking an alternative route from the casual Everest Base Camp trek route to head to Kongma La Pass. It’s one of the three passes you’ll be embarking on. This stretch is an interesting one where you explore a lot. Since very few people follow this route, you get to freely go to places like Island Peak Base Camp (6189m) and Chhukung Ri (5550m).

Other than this, the way to Chhukung is sandy and rocky. You have to be careful while walking on them. Also, you’ll get to see lovely snow capped mountains throughout your way. Upon reaching Chhukung, the view of Lhotse and Nuptse becomes clearer and more beautiful.

Lobuche Altitude: 4940m

Walking Duration: 8-9 hours

Walking Distance: 10.6 KM/6.6 miles

Another intense day of trek begins as you make an attempt to reach Kongma La from Chhukung. Be ready to walk along the deserted areas filled with sand, rocks, and snow at times. You will begin the climb to Kongma La Pass with an hour of flat walking and then a steep climb. The trail is well-defined and takes you closer to the mountainside.

From the top of Kongma la, the view of mountains and frozen glacial lake appears amazing. The trail then descends through cliffs & rocky fields and takes you to the Khumbu glacier. You’ll love how the trails are and how near the surrounding peaks seem. The whole atmosphere is just magical. After a long day, you’ll have an overnight stay at Lobuche.

Gorakshep Altitude: 5140m

Walking Duration: 7-8 hours

Walking Distance: 4.5 KM/2.8 miles

Lobuche is the final destination before reaching Everest Base Camp (5364m) and Gorakshep (5140m). Leaving Lobuche, you will follow the long, flat, and sandy trail to Gorakshep. Surrounded by mighty hills and peaks, you get to explore the frozen lakebed of Gorakshep. You will also explore its tremendous flat lands, great for camping.

Following the snow-capped mountains, you’ll also get to Everest Base Camp. The way to EBC is full rocky and filled with icefalls & crevasses. You may not view prominent peaks from there. It’s famous for mesmerizing views of Khumbu glaciers, icefalls, mysterious landscapes, colorful prayer flags, and thrilling altitude.

Dzongla Altitude: 4860m

Walking Distance: 10 KM/6.4 miles

So, the ultimate day to witness the majestic peaks to its closest is here. You’ll wake up early in the morning and hike to Kala Patthar, at 5545m. This notable landmark is famous for its 360-degree view of the Khumbu range. You can enjoy the spectacular views of Everest (8848m), Nuptse (7861m), Changtse (7543m), Lhotse (8516m), Pumori (7169m) with Khumbu glacier & Khumbu icefall. Also, you can’t miss the lovely sunrise that makes the mountains more stunning.

Afterward, you’ll head to embark another pass of your trek i.e Cho La. For that, you’ll be heading to Dzogla, also called Zongla or Dzonglha. On the way there, you will pass via Thokla pass. Do enjoy the awesome view of Awi Peak (5245m), Arakam Tse (6423m), Cholatse (6335m), and frozen lake, Chola Tsho.

Gokyo Altitude: 4790m

Walking Distance: 9.5 KM/ 6 miles

Another exciting and challenging day of Everest Base Camp Three Passes Trek begins. The trails of this stretch are the most difficult one, so you’ll need proper supervision. With Base Camp Adventure, you won’t have to worry about it. Our experienced guides and porter will take care of you all the way.

Leaving Dzongla, you’ll head northwest uphill, climb a steep boulder, cross a stream, and reach the glacier below Cho La. Then, you climb the icy path to Cho La walking past the glacier. Afterward, you descend to Dragnag. You will witness the longest Ngozumpa glacier and Gokyo from there. Thus, after walking a few more hours on an uphill morain, you’ll reach Gokyo valley.

Gokyo-Ri Altitude: 5360m

Walking Duration: 3-4 hours

Walking Distance: 4.43 KM/2.75 miles

The trail from Dzongla to Gokyo is the hardest part of your trek. So, instead of heading for Renjo La immediately the next day, it’s better to take a day rest at Gokyo. Gokyo Valley has a lot to offer i.e. you can either hike up to Gokyo RI or visit the world’s highest freshwater lake system.

Visiting the Gokyo lake will let you explore the unclimbed Mount Kyojo Ri. You’ll have a great time witnessing the valley, crystal clear lakes, and surrounding moraines. Whereas, if you go to Gokyo Ri (5360m), you’ll explore numerous glaciers. Also, you’ll enjoy the closest panorama of Cho Oyu (8153m), Makalu, Lhotse, Everest, and other towering peaks.

Lungden Altitude: 4368m

Walking Distance: 8 KM/ 4.9 miles

Heading out of the Gokyo Valley, you’ll now walk towards the final pass of the Three Passes trek i.e Renjo La Pass (5360m). The trail to Renjo La Pass includes remarkable spots like Thame village, Nangpa La Pass (5808m). You can begin the climb along the northern shore of Gokyo Lake. The altitude keeps on increasing so you need to maintain slow pace and breath properly. Also, there are major crevasses on the trail, you need to be careful about that too.

After an hour or two, you will reach Renjo La (5360m). Here, you’ll love the panoramic view of Makalu, Tengi Ragi Tau, Gyachung Kang, and the Rowaling range. Thereafter, you will descend via remarkable trails filled with scree fields, cairns, and frozen alpine lakes. Following them, you’ll reach Lungden, a small Sherpa village. It lies on the west side of Renjo La and is less traveled. So, don’t expect much facilities here. Overnight in one of its teahouses.

You will leave Lungden village after you have your breakfast. The rest of the trails combine ups & downs and are relatively easier. On the way, you’ll meet many yak pastures and grazing yaks. There are a few teahouses where you can stop by to eat lunch. You’ll then be descending gradually through the village of Dingboche, Marulung, Thame, and finally Namche. This day is another long day, so you might want to take some rest.

Afterward, you can either take a stroll around the village/market or celebrate in a pub/restaurant. After all, Namche holds the world’s highest Irish pubs in the world at 11,290ft. There are a variety of shops where you can buy souvenirs for your loved ones. So, we recommend you to make the most of it, especially when you’re spending your time at Namche Bazaar.

Lukla Altitude: 3450m

So, you bid farewell to the gateway of the Everest region and start retracing your steps. You will begin the journey after your breakfast. If you wake up early, we can take a walk to nearby monasteries and be a part of their morning prayers. It would be a lovely way to begin your day. Then, you will head back to Lukla via te exotic alpine forest covering Sagarmatha National Park. Enjoy the breezy weather and make sure to make the descent to Lukla memorable one.

Kathmandu Altitude: 1100m

Travel Duration: 30-40 minutes of flight

Overnight at: 3-star hotel in Kathmandu

Your Everest Three High Passses trek comes to an end. You will bid a final goodbye to the Everest region and head on to Lukla airport early in the morning. You’ll catch an early morning flight to Pokhara from Kathmandu. There might be chances of flight delay depending on the climatic condition, so you need to be prepared for that as well.

So, within 30-40 minutes, we’ll reach Kathmandu and get back to your hotel. The remaining part of the day is free-time so it depends on you on how to spend it. We, Base Camp Adventure, are free to all kinds of add-on trips like Sightseeing in Kathmandu, Visit Garden of Dreams, etc. For that, don’t forget to inform us beforehand or simply contact us to know more.

As it’s your final day in Nepal, you’ll be bidding farewell to Nepal and everyone here. You don’t have to worry about your departure as our representatives will be ready to drop you at the airport. As per your flight schedule, you will reach there three hours ahead. We, as a Nepal Eco Adventure team will hope you had a great time and look forward to serving you in near future too.

Cost Includes

• Airport / Hotel / Airport pick up & drop by private car / van / bus.
• 3 night's accommodation l in Kathmandu.
• Guided city tour in Kathmandu by car / van / bus.
• All your standard Meals (breakfast, lunch and dinner) during the trek.
• Best available guesthouses during the trek (mainly in twin sharing).
• A local government licensed English speaking Guide during the trek.
• The required number of staff and Porters to carry your luggage during the trek.
• Food, accommodation, salary, insurance, equipment, medicine and transportation for all trekking/tour staff.
• National Park entry permit.
• TIMS Permit (Trekker’s Information Management System)
• Down Jacket, sleeping bag and duffel/kit bag by Base Camp Adventure (which needs to be returned after the trek.)
• First aid medical kits.
• All necessary land transport
• Domestic airfare (Kathmandu-Lukla-Kathmandu) and airport tax

Cost Excludes

• Lunch and dinner whilst in Kathmandu.
• Your travel insurance (compulsory).
• International airfare and airport departure tax.
• Alcoholic, hot and cold drinks, laundry, hot shower etc.
• Personal trekking equipment.
• Kathmandu city tour's entry fees
• Tips for trekking staff.
• Any others expenses which are not mentioned on Price Includes section

The best season for Everest Three High Pass trek is Spring (March to May) and Autumn (September to November). Since it’s a strenuous trek, you need to be careful about the situations of trails. And it highly depends on the climatic conditions so it’s recommended to go in these favourable seasons. If you want to explore them beside these two seasons, better opt for Everest Base Camp Helicopter Tour or Mount Flight to Everest.

The condition of food and accommodation for this trek is basic. The normal food routine is Dal Bhat for lunch & dinner, and the room is a twin sharing bed with pillows & blanket. Other than this, there might be extra options depending on the level of altitude you’re on. There are fewer options of teahouses in areas of Gokyo and Three passes’ range. So, you’ve to prepare yourself to accommodate even in very basic facilities.

The grade of Everest Three Pass trek is very strenuous or very challenging. There is a significant rise in altitude and the paths are equally steep & rocky. The altitude of this trek ranges from as low as 1100m (in Kathmandu) to Nangpa La Pass (5808m). The length of distance you cover everyday on average is more than 10 kilometers. The combination of high altitude with longer distance makes the trail more challenging. Thus, you need to go for adverse training for this trek.

Well, the right time to get into the training would be 5-6 months prior to the actual date of your trek. You should begin with normal aerobic exercise that would improve your stamina & endurance. Along with this, altitude conditioning, staircase climbing, hiking, bouldering, breathing, situps, pushups, etc will help to balance your body physically. Whilst if you want to boost your mental health, you must do yoga & proper meditation.

So, these two trips are similar and different in different kinds. The similarities include the starting and ending point along with points like Namche Bazaar, Everest Base Camp, Kala Patthar, and route from Lukla to Dingboche. Whereas, you get to explore three more passes, Gokyo valley, and Gokyo lakes. So, you get to explore the unexplored settlements in the trail of Everest Three Pass trek.

EBC three pass Trek

You can send your enquiry via the form below.

Why book with us.

• Outstanding Service
• Competent & professional local guide
• The real experience of Nepal
• Customized Trips
• Health and Safety
• Small to average group

View Details

Excellency Awards

Related trips you might interested in

Langtang Gosainkunda Trek

Tsum Valley and Manaslu Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek

• May 6, 2024 0 Available
• May 7, 2024 0 Available
• May 8, 2024 0 Available

Related Trips

Everest Base Camp Trek Group Joining

Mustang Tiji Festival Trek

Everest View Trek

Annapurna Base Camp Trek with Helicopter Return

Sun Koshi River Rafting

Marshyangdi River Rafting

Mera Peak Climbing: Best Offerings 2024/25. Learn More

Three Passes Trek

Home » Trip » Three Passes Trek

Trip Downloads

Teahouse/Lodge

Autumn, Spring

Three Passes Trek Overview

The Everest region is one of the most explored destinations in Nepal as it has so much to offer. Three passes trek which lies in the Everest region is its ultimate trekking adventure, crossing three passes over 5000m, Kongma La (5535m), Cho La (5380m), and Renjo La (5388m) .

It is important to know that it is one of the most difficult treks and best suited for experienced trekkers. It follows the route of Everest base camp before splitting off and taking you all over 3 passes which offer an amazing view of the Himalayas and Mount Everest .

The trail passes through Sagarmatha National Park which includes lots of rare flora and fauna, several Sherpa settlements, remote alpine highland areas, beautiful landscapes, and the Khumbu glacier . Everest three passes trek provides thrill and adventure but requires great physical and mental fitness. Some mountaineering skills are also needed for this trek since the passes are frozen. Three pass trek is relatively less explored than an Everest base camp. So basically, you can enjoy a peaceful journey on the off-beaten path.

Marvel Trek is a licensed expedition company. It has been providing the best facilities and services to its climbers since 1998 along with some great experiences. We not only keep your safety as the priority. But also guide you to fulfill your wish of experiencing the thrill of climbing a mountain. The entire team of Marvel Trek is full of professionals who will be there to support and guide you throughout your mountaineering adventures.

Highlights of Three Passes Trek

• Cross three of the popular and difficult passes of Nepal 
• Explore the beautiful Khumbu valley 
• Experience the traditions and hospitality of the Sherpa people. 
• Close-up view of Mount Everest along with the other Himalayas. 

Gallery of Three Passes Trek

Outline Itinerary

• Day 1- Kathmandu - Lukla - Phakding, 35 minutes flight, 3 hours walk
• Day 2- Phakding - Namche Bazaar, 5-6 hours walk
• Day 3- Namche Bazaar - Thame, 6-7 hours walk
• Day 4- Thame - Lungdhen, 4-5 hours walk
• Day 5- Lungdhen - Renjo La- Gokyo, 8-9 hours walk
• Day 6- Gokyo - Thangna, 4-5 hours walk
• Day 7- Thangna - Cho La pass - Dzongla, 6-7 hours walk
• Day 8- Dzongla - Lobuche, 3-4 hours walk
• Day 9- Lobuche - Gorakshep - EBC, 7-8 hours walk
• Day 10- Gorakshep - Kalapathhar - Lobuche, 6-7 hours walk
• Day 11- Lobuche - Khong La - Chukkung, 8-9 hours walk
• Day 12- Chukkung - Dengboche, 5-6 hours walk
• Day 13- Dengboche - Tengboche, 3-4 hours walk
• Day 14- Tengboche - Phakding, 8-9 hours walk
• Day 15- Phakding - Lukla, 4-5 hours walk
• Day 16- Lukla - Kathmandu, 35 minutes flight

Safety and Difficulties of Three Passes Trek

Three passes trek is categorized as a challenging and difficult trek. However, the level of difficulty entirely depends on your physical and mental fitness. But you can build your muscle strength, and make your body flexible by practicing some light exercise, running, and jogging.

The trek to three passes is all about walking 5-7 hours per day for at least 15 days. This only reason is enough to make this trek challenging. The trails are rugged, steep, and maybe snowy on off-seasons. The maximum height in this trek can be Kalapathhar (5644m) with other high passes on the way. It is best to complete the three-pass trek counter-clockwise.

Clockwise is not recommended due to its steep altitude gain of crossing the Renjo La pass first. There is also a high risk of mountain sickness. The primary cause of altitude sickness is a decrease in the amount of oxygen in the atmosphere. It’s important to carry handheld oximetry. Oxygen saturation below 75% may be a risk.

Symptoms of Mountain sickness

• Loss of appetite
• Shortness of breath
• Fast heartbeats

Preventing mountain sickness  

• Stay hydrated
• Have nutritional food 
• Have enough rest
• Avoid smoking and alcohol 

Medicines for mountain sickness  

• Acetazolamide
• Ibuprofen, paracetamol (for headache)
• Promethazine (for nausea)

Highpass Equipment List

Payment and cancellation.

Policy regarding Payment and Cancellation Payment:

Payment: 1) To confirm a reservation, a deposit equal to 30% of the total price is required. 2) If the payment is made online, the remaining balance is due 10 days before the Tour, Trekking, Peak Climbing, or Expedition begins. If the payment is made in cash, it can be made after arrival. 3) If the booking is made within 30 days of the expedition beginning, full payment must be made at the time of booking.

Cancellation: 1) A full refund of the deposit will be given if a Tour, Trek, Peak Climbing, or Expedition is canceled more than 60 days before the start date. 2) The deposit will not be refunded if a Tour, Trek, Peak Climbing, or Expedition is canceled within 30 days of its start date. 3) A tour, trek, peak climbing, or expedition will not be refunded if it is canceled prior to or on the start date. 4) All participants should strongly consider purchasing travel insurance to cover any unforeseen cancellations or other occurrences.

Note: We reserve the right to modify or cancel any trek in the event of a natural disaster, political unrest, or any other unforeseen circumstances beyond our control. In such cases, a full refund or an alternative option will be provided.

Dates of Trip

410 Save 390

Group Discount Prices

Frequently asked questions, booking details.

• A detailed certificate from Marvel Treks and Expedition (after accomplishment)
• A complimentary raincoat to shed you during the rainy season.(returnable)
• A Complimentary Duffel Bag throughout the trek from our company. (returnable)
• A warm complimentary Down Jacket during the entire trek on behalf of Marvel Treks. (returnable)
• A complimentary sleeping bag for your icy trek. (returnable)
• The essential climbing gear like mountain axe, trekking sticks, etc, for your need throughout the trek. (returnable)
• Delightful complimentary Authentic Nepali cuisine as dinner to embark on your arrival and departure
• Critical complimentary First Aid Service (in times of need)
• An informative trekking map for you to cherish on behalf of our company
• Trendy Sunhat and t-shirt as souvenirs on behalf of Marvel Treks and Expedition.
• All the crucial services about airport transfer to and from the hotel via a private tourist vehicle ($40)
• TIMS (Trekkers’ Information Management Systems )($10)
• National park entry fees / ACAP permits / Conservation entry fees. ( $30)
• All essential local tax and office service charges gov tax ($100 )
• 2 nights accommodation in a Kathmandu (Kathmandu hotel or similar) ($40)
• Miscellaneous ($20)
• Porter Guide ($525)
• Marvel Treks and Expedition won’t be responsible for all the Lunch and dinner in Kathmandu.
• Extra nights in any city that’s not accommodated in the itinerary of Marvel Treks and Expedition.
• All the International flight checks and airfares.
• Marvel Treks and Expedition won’t be responsible for alcoholic/ non-alcoholic liquors.
• Additional porter fees along with tips for guides and porters.
• Electronic gadgets like chargers, and headphones.
• Individual costs like a hot shower, phone calls, laundry, and souvenirs.
• Travel coverage and emergency evacuations.
• Tips for our staff’s drivers.

Price: US$ 410 per person

$ 800.00 $ 410.00 $ 410.00 ,

Your Full Name

Your Phone Number

Your Country Expected No. of Persons In Trip

Your message (If any)

Price W/O Addons: US$ 410 per person

There are no reviews yet.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Your review  *

Name  *

Email  *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

17 Days from 800

$ 410 /pax

• Best Price Guarantee
• Hassle-Free Booking
• No Booking or Credit Card Fees
• Team of highly experienced Experts
• Your Happiness Guaranteed

Enquire 24/7

We are featured on

POPULAR TRIPS

Adventurous

challenging

Bidding For - Three Passes Trek

Bidding Price*

Your message (optional)

You are using an outdated browser. Please upgrade your browser to improve your experience.

Three Passes Trek

• Trekking in Nepal
• Everest Region

Since the terrain can be hard and the days long, hikers on these treks should be in good physical condition and have some previous mountain walking experience. Steep climbing may be involved, although it is never necessary to use ropes. Treks at this level can he arranged for periods of 16 to 21 days. Typically, a gradual ascent through a green river valley will lead you up to a number of high passes, where you will reach the altitude of 5416m. Often times, you will get a close insight into the Tibetan culture. Participants should expect to trek above 5416m/17872ft.

Group Price

Number of Travellers

• Detail itinerary
• Cost Includes/Excludes
• Fixed Departures
• Reviews (19)

Everest Three Passes Trek in Nepal:

The Three  Passes trek in the Everest region is one of the most popular treks in Nepal. The trek takes you through three different passes, each with its unique scenery. You’ll get to see the beautiful Himalayan scenery. The Everest 3 Passes Trek offers high mountain passes, and challenging trekking passes in Nepal .  green meadows, and high passes on the alpine plateau of the Everest Region. Additionally, Enjoy the three passes to trek the wonders of the famous Everest region, including Gokyo Lake on this 17-day hike from Lukla.  fly from Kathmandu to Lukla and begin the Three-pass trek with Nepal Wilderness Trekking an expert guide and porters. Discovering the history and geology of each site, the old and historical monastery of Tengboche, Sagarmatha National Park offers countless Himalayan peaks, the gorgeous Dudh Koshi river, natural streams, and cool water flowing.

The 3 pass trek follows the Everest Base Camp route for a two to three-week Trip, which provides some stunning views of the Himalayas and Mount Everest during the trek. As one of the most scenic treks in the world, the Everest Base Camp trek can be enjoyable, but the Everest Three Passes trek can offer you even more of the region’s beauty. There has been a lot of interest in the inner Sagarmatha National Park of the Gokyo Lakes trek and the EBC trek which includes the three passes, and this trek takes you through the endpoint of that trek. 

The Everest three passes trek is through a remote alpine highlander area of Sherpa Villages, various landscapes , charming Sherpa village, Namche Bazaar , the Birthplace of Apa Sherpa “village THAME” which summits 21 times the top of the world’s highest peak Mt. Everest, glory Gokyo lake , and largest Khumbu glacier. The total distance of the Three Passes Trek is about 92 miles round trip, and it takes 17 days in total to complete the trek. Many solo travelers and small groups of travelers like to take the Three Passes Trek.

Everest 3 passes trek difficulty:

Additionally, the Everest Three Passes trek is also a moderately difficult trek, which requires a lot of stamina for hiking skills, and requires well-prepared equipment with a set of microspikes if necessary. 3 passes in the Nepal trekking area are always covered in snow and ice. This itinerary is meant for those who are looking for a challenging and long hike 17 days of strenuous hikes up the mountains of 3 passes, the high altitude mountain (Bhanjyang), the Renjo la Pass 4,790 meters, the Cho la Pass 5,420 meters, and the Kongma-La pass 5,310 meters.

The best options route is clockwise to do Everest high passes trek that summits Gokyo Ri at 5,420 m (17,782 ft), and Kala Patthar at 5,644 m (18,519 ft). Chhukung Ri 5,550 meters (18,209 ft) or Mhra peak without climbing permits, from these Trekking peaks, you can film – take photographs of beautiful mountains Mt. Everest, Mt. Pumori, Mt. Makalu, Mt. Lhotse, Ama Dablam, and many white peaks, it is a breath-taking mountain view. December and January are remedied alternative paths via Phorche village instead of Cho La because Cho La will be closed if there is heavy snow.

The more hidden Peaks surrounding 3 passes of Everest Trek:

Enhance, there are many hidden Peaks, surrounding the 3 passes Everest Trek, the Sundar Peak 5,360 m in Thame, Nangkartshang Peak 5,100 M in Lungden, Ngozumpa Tse Peak 5,553 M in Gokyo, Awi Peak 5,245 M in Zhong la, Pokalde peak (Dolma Ri 5,806 m) in Kongma-La ridge, Chukhung Ri 5,546 in Chhukung, and Nagartsang Peak 5,083 M in Dingboche. so if your time permits to ascend all peaks then can add some more extra days.

What is the reason for the clockwise itinerary rather than the counterclockwise itinerary?

Our previous experience leading the passes trek has shown that many customers give up after the Everest base camp and Kala Patthar because they have only set their minds on trekking Everest Base Camp. There are, of course, beautiful Gokyo Lakes and charming Gokyo Peak to admire.

If we lead clockwise from Renjo Pass , they all make their way to Everest Base Camp via Gokyo Lake, which is also excellent acclimatization for further passes via clockwise since Renjo Pass is located at 5380 meters, Chola Pass is located at 5420 meters. Kongma Pass is located at 5540 meters.

Numerically, it doesn’t matter , but when you are on the spot, even climbing 30 meters matters. However, for us, it is no problem to lead you on both sides as you wish, so we listed both itineraries and so we do lead as you wish.

Trekking over the three passes:

The highest 3 passes trek is the most popular trekking destination among those seeking extreme adventure around the world. Various trekking routes are available for you to choose from. You will be able to make the best choice according to the length of your stay, your desire for adventure, and your level of determination. You will encounter several trekkers and tourists along the way. As a result, the route is relatively safe. There is no doubt that the 3 passes trek is one of a high caliber, offering a truly unique experience. This package offers a 17-day trek with three passes, which is not only beautiful but also more adventurous.

Three passes trek distance of km:

Three passes trek vs. Everest base camp Length is a total distance of 148 kilometers, per day hike is approximately 11.5 Kilometers, though depending on the altitude area, low altitudes can hike more than 11.5 km, and above the 5,000 altitudes is less km.

Everest three passes Trek is not recommended without a guide:

A 3-pass trek is not recommendable without guides and porters for independent solo travelers, the reasons are miserable trails, difficult ascent climbs, icy, slippery Cliffs, high altitude passes, and often changing weather.

Nepal wilderness trekking guide team is an expert in the 3 passes trek route, we lead a small group and solo trekkers every day at season time, our guide knows all and every corner of the Everest region, because of a local guide who did three high passes trek uncountable, every month at season time, so guides know every stone steps, mountains, peoples, cultures,  area parameter trails

Three Passes Trek with Nepal Wilderness Trekking Company:

Nepal Wilderness Trekking and Expedition is known as the top-rated company among many agencies because of the following salient features of the company. Locally Owned and Operated. As a local travel operator, we have a lot of experience regarding the Three Passes Trek and its surroundings. We know how to get you to the Three Passes route in the best way possible and how to get you there in the same way.

Our Three Passes Trek’s success rate is great because Nepal Wilderness Trekking is a very trustworthy trekking company in the sense that we are operating all Three Passes Trek based on reality, integrity, and honesty. We are committed to meeting your needs. We highly value all trekkers and are responsive to their needs and preferences. Depending on the interests and plans of our customers, we can customize our Three Passes Trek package to suit their needs.

Value for money. Nepal Wilderness Trekking provides the value of what you buy of our services at least equal to the amount you pay. You will not be charged any middle and hidden fees when you purchase our services. Our one travel consultant or our local expert trekking guide will stay in close contact with our clients every step of the way. Our company ensures customers’ safety at all times so that they will have peace of mind while trekking to Three Passes with us.

The Three Passes trek is challenging for beginner trekkers:

For beginner trekkers, the altitude and rugged terrain of the Three Passes trek can pose several challenges. Altitude sickness is a real concern, as the trek takes you above 5,000 meters, where oxygen levels are significantly lower. Proper acclimatization and a slow ascent are crucial to minimize the risk of altitude-related illnesses. Additionally, the trail itself can be physically demanding, with steep ascents and descents, rocky paths, and potentially harsh weather conditions. Trekkers should be prepared for long days of hiking, often averaging 6 to 8 hours of walking per day. Ultimately, while the Three Passes trek may be tough for beginners, it is also a transformative experience that rewards those who dare to take on the challenge with unforgettable memories and a sense of accomplishment.

Everest high passes Trip Highlights:

• 3 Best Places for Photographers during Everest High Passes Trek from Gokyo Ri, Kalapathar, and Chhukung Ri.
• The unsurpassed breathtaking view of Mount Everest, Cho Oyu, and Makalu from Gokyo Ri, Kalapathar, and Chhukung
• Experience vibrant Sherpa communities’ cultural heritage
• Stunningly Buddhist religious old monasteries

To do a three-pass trek are only 2 types of permits required, it is Everest National Park Entry Permit and Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Permit. this norman permits coverage entire region.

Note: All published dates below are guaranteed departures. If they don’t fit your schedule, we’re happy to arrange a trip on your preferred dates. Share your desired trip details, and we’ll make your dream destination a reality.

Detail Itinerary

• Day 01: Tara air to Lukla Hillary airport early in the morning ( 2860 meters , 35 minutes) and treks to Phakding ( 2640 meters, 3 hours). Overnight at Lodge . During the evening village tour,
• Day 02: Trek to Namche Bazaar ( 3440 meters. 6/7 hours walking) and stay the night at the lodge.
• Day 03: Rest day in the same place for acclimatization. Visit the Sherpa Museum and Everest View Lodge for panoramic views of the Himalayan mountains.
• Day 04: Trek to Thame (3750m) walking for 4 hours. This village is well known to Everest climbers and is a comfortable place to stay overnight.
• Day 05: 5-6 hours walking) to Lungdeng (4600m) and stay overnight at the lodge.
• Day 06: Gokyo ( 4700 meters. ) via Renjo Pass (5360 meters.) 6-hour walking trek) Stay overnight at Gokyo.
• Day 07: Gokyo Peak ( 5357 meters ), our highest point (four and a half hours walking), offers sunrise and an expansive view of the mountain range. Return to Gokyo, and stay overnight at the lodge.
• Day 08: 5 hours walk to Tangnak 4843M . overnight at the lodge (if you have extra days, you can stay one more night in Gokyo and visit the 5th Lake for even more incredible mountain views).
• Day 09: Trek to Zhong La ( 4830 M. via Chola Pass ( 5420 meters. Six or seven hours walking) today the path is narrow and tiny ascending to the top of Cho La. Stay overnight at the lodge.
• Day 10: We trekked to Lobuche ( 4940 meters ..4 hours walk) and stayed at a lodge.
• Day 11: Trek to Gorakshep 5164M , visit Everest base camp 5,364 m the same day, and return to Gorakshep, totals hike will be 8/9 hours, overnight at lodge.
• Day 12: Explore Kalapattar ( 5,545 meters). for the most stunning view of Everest, climb up in the morning before trekking back to Lobuche (5 hours of walking), and spend the night at a lodge.
• Day 13: Cross Kongma-La (5540m), and stay overnight at Ding Boche Lodge.
• Day 14: Trek back to Tyangboche 3860m in five hours and spend the night at the lodge.
• Day 15: Trek back to Namche Bazaar ( 3440 meters , 6/7 hours walking). Stay overnight at the lodge.
• Day 16: Trek back to Lukla (7/8 hours walking) and overnight at the lodge.
• Day 17: Fly back to Kathmandu around 7:00 AM (35 minutes)

Itinerary Options B:

• Day 01:  Tara air to Lukla Hillary airport early in the morning ( 2860 meters , 35 minutes) and treks to Phakding ( 2640 meters, 3 hours). Overnight at Lodge .  During the evening village tour,
• Day 02:  Trek to Namche Bazaar ( 3440 meters 6/7 hours walking) and stay the night at the lodge.
• Day 03:  Rest day in the same place for acclimatization. Visit the Sherpa Museum and Everest View Lodge for panoramic views of the Himalayan mountains.
• Day 04:  Trek to Tyangboche  3860m in five hours and spend the night at the lodge.
• Day 05:  Trek to Dingboche 4,340 m 5-hour hike, overnight at lodge.
• Day 06:  rest day for acclimatization, or hike Chhukung RI, overnight at lodge.
• Day 07:  Trek to Lobuche ( 4940 meters . Via Kongma-La pass (5540m.6.7 hours walk) and stayed at a lodge.
• Day 08:  Trek to  Gorakshep 5164 M , store the bags in the lodge visit Everest base camp 5,364 m the same day, and return to Gorakshep, overnight at lodge. total hike will be 8/9 hours.
• Day 09:  Explore Kalapattar ( 5,545 meters). for the most stunning view of Everest, climb up in the morning before trekking back to Zong la 4830 M (5 hours walking), and spend the night at a lodge.
• Day 10:  6 hours walk to Tangnak  4843M . via Chola Pass ( 5420 meters, overnight at the lodge
• Day 11:  Trek to Gokyo ( 4700 meters. ) 3-hour walking trek) Stay overnight at Gokyo.
• Day 12:  visit Gokyo Peak ( 5357 meters ), our highest point (four and a half hours walking), which offers sunrise and an expansive view of the mountain range. Return to Gokyo, and stay overnight at the lodge.
• Day 13:  5-6 hours walking) to Lungdeng  (4600m) via Renjo Pass (5360 meters and stay overnight at the lodge.
• Day 14:  Trek to Thame (3750m)  walking for 5 hours. This village is well known to Everest climbers and is a comfortable place to stay overnight.
• Day 15:  Trek back to Namche Bazaar ( 3440 meters 4  hours walking) and stay the night at the lodge.
• Day 16:  Trek back to Lukla (7/8 hours walking) and overnight at the lodge.
• Day 17:  Fly back to Kathmandu around 7:00 AM (35 minutes)

Cost Included

• Domestic flight tickets from Kathmandu to Lukla and Lukla to Kathmandu
• Italian, Chinese, Nepali, Indian, and other European foods are available three times a day (breakfast, lunch, and dinner).
• Accommodation in tea houses according to the itinerary
• Kitbag for storing your belongings
• Sleeping bag for a comfortable night's sleep on a trek in minus-25 degrees
• Everest National Park Entrance Trekking Permit
• Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entrance Permit
• Experienced English-speaking trekking guide licensed by the government, familiar with the area.
• One porter for every two to three participants. (Note: An additional cost applies for solo clients requiring a porter.)
• Guide, and Porter meals, accommodation, salary, and insurance
• Necessary paper works, all government, and local taxes
• A certificate of appreciation from Nepal wilderness trekking after a successful trek

Cost Excluded

• Airfare for international flights
• Upon arrival at Tribhuwan International Airport, Nepal entry visa fees vary by duration (15 days - $25-30, 30 days
• Accommodations and meals in Kathmandu before and after our journey
• Personal equipment for high and cold temperatures
• Emergency high-altitude rescue and evacuation are covered by travel insurance
• All beverages, Soft and coffee table drinks such as coke, beer,
• Drinking water/mineral water, Dessert, etc. Hot shower, laundry
• Tip for guide and porter
• Excluded are all costs and expenses not listed under "cost includes"
• Inclusion of costs or delays beyond the control of the management, such as landslides, weather conditions, itinerary modifications due to safety concerns, illness, changes in government policies, strikes, etc.

Overall, my trek on the Everest 3 passes was fantastic, largely due to the great company and especially the wonderful guide!

I highly recommend Nepal Wilderness Trekking. Himel was incredibly responsive, helping me arrange my trip with just a week’s notice. Many other operators I spoke with wanted to steer me toward a less challenging route in February, but Himal and I decided to give the 3 passes a shot, agreeing to adjust plans if needed for safety. When I arrived in Kathmandu, Himal warmly greeted me at his office, provided the necessary gear (like a sleeping bag, jacket and  crampons), and set me up for the journey ahead.

I had an incredible experience with my guide, Naba Raj Rai, whom I would also strongly recommend. His deep knowledge of the region enriched the trek, and he consistently ensured my safety. Naba and I frequently discussed our route, making adjustments as necessary or requested, which significantly enhanced the journey. Moreover, Naba’s assistance with logistics and carrying loads made the trek far more enjoyable. Thank you, Naba!

Wild time with NWT!

My wife and Mirthe I completed the Three Passes Trek with Nepal Wilderness Trekking and had an amazing time. Upon arrival in Kathmandu we visited several trekking agencies and immediately had a good feeling with Himal, the owner of NWT. We choose his company and are very happy we did. Himal professionally took care of all the organization and we left two days later with our guide Abinta and porter Ram. Our guide Abinta was very professional, proactive and social and had excellent English skills and a great sense of humour. It often felt like we were on the trail as a group of friends, while we could rely on Abinta for her help and guidance as well. Ram was a very strong and friendly porter and we could not have completed the trek without him.

Overall, we can recommend Nepal Wilderness Trekking for the experience of a lifetime!

Stunning Three Passes Trek

My friend and I booked the trip with Nepal wilderness, modified Three Passes Trek with the Everest Base Camp add-on, and it was truly an incredible experience! Our guide, Yakub, played a crucial role in making this trip so memorable for us. His attentive care and wealth of knowledge made all the difference.

We encountered a travel delay with our flights into Lukla at the start of our journey, but Yakub handled it brilliantly. He remained positive and quickly arranged an alternative, ensuring that our trip proceeded smoothly.

Thanks to his efforts, we were able to fully enjoy our adventure without any hiccups. It was an unforgettable journey!

Base Camp, Cho La Pass, Renjo La Pass, Kongma Pass, Gokyo Ri, and Kala Patthar

It was under the provision of Mr. Himal Ghale’s Nepal Wilderness Trekking Agency that I participated in one of the most beautiful treks in Nepal, the 17 days Everest Base Camp and three Passes.

As a result of being free from work, I returned to Nepal on October 5th. I felt a sense of misgiving as the plane landed at Tribhuvan since I saw rain out the window. The monsoons lasted longer than expected this year, and the rain followed Rajesh Gurung and me for the first few days. Because of the rain, we spent three days in Dingboche waiting for the rain to stop instead of the two days planned for acclimatization. The rest of the days, however, were sunny and crystal-clear, so we didn’t miss anything.

Visitors are often caught in the defilements caused by high altitudes. It happened to me more or less this time as well. As a result of Rajesh’s assistance on the way, I was able to reach the Everest Base Camp and all three passes with three peaks by October 23rd. As a result of Rajesh’s assistance on the way, I was able to reach the Everest Base Camp and all three passes with three peaks by October 23rd.

Kongma La Trek was a bit of an adventure since the sun had already set when we reached the edge of Solukhumbu Glacier, where the Lobuche direction marker was. Therefore, we had to continue crossing the glacier in the dark. Currently, it appears that we have lost our way. Unfortunately, when I had already resigned to the fact that we would spend the night there, listening to the rocky boulders falling into the water, Rajesh detected the way.

The assistance of his knowledge, patience, and thoughtfulness can match the requirements of critical trekking incidents.

The beauty of nature was worth dying for, so I didn’t regret any shortness of breath. The beauty of nature was worth dying for, so I didn’t regret any shortness of breath.  My camera captured some unforgettable moments.

The best of the best are Himal and Riddhi! If you are looking for an agency that can help you plan your Nepal hiking trips, I highly recommend Nepal Wilderness Trekking. We did the 3 Passes Trek, and I have to say, that this is by far the hardest trek that I have ever done, however, it is also the most rewarding.

We are really lucky to have Riddhi as our guide, and the two porters taking care of us the whole time we are in the mountains. There is no doubt that Riddhi is considerate, caring, and has a wealth of knowledge about the area in which he lives. As a result, I really appreciate that he constantly makes sure we have a good time by adjusting our pace and itinerary to ensure we are having a good time.

The purpose of this comment is to thank Himal, Riddhi, and the two porters for their hard work in making this 17-day three passes trek so special to me and memorable for me.

Nepal Wilderness Trekking is a company that is completely trustworthy and seriously committed to its clients. For me, it was a DREAM COME TRUE!! I hiked in the KHUMBU Valley for 16 days to Gokyo, Renjo, and Kongma La, it was an awesome experience, I wanted to go alone to the Everest Region and this trip was incredible, I was with a fantastic guide GUNESH, who took care of everything for me, including logistics, food, and helped make this an incredible experience.

Nepal Wilderness Trekking is a trek I highly recommend. Himal, the owner of the property, was always responsive both leading up to and during the trip. Furthermore, after my hospitalization, Himal took very good care of me and made sure that I still had a memorable experience while I was in Nepal.

As soon as we arrived in Kathmandu, we met up with him for a pre-day check-in and he made himself available for any further questions our group may have. Furthermore, he gave us the option of storing our luggage at his office if we did not want to store our luggage at the hotel. As well as offering some trekking tips, he also gave us the option of either using the duffel bags from his trekking company or the ones we brought with us. The porters would be responsible for carrying the duffel bags.

I am very grateful to have had a trekking guide and a porter to accompany me on the trip. Our trekking guide took care of all the logistics related to permits, and teahouses, and guided us on the right path all by himself. All of the items that I was not going to use while trekking for that particular day was carried by the porter. The result of this was that I was able to trek with a light daypack (maximum recommended weight of 7kg) while the porter carried the remaining 10kg to 15kg of my luggage. The trekking guide we had was Riddhi and my porter was Sid. Both were caring, thoughtful, and wonderful people.

I had the unfortunate experience of getting Acute Mountain Sickness (AMS) on day 3 of my 17-day trek and had to be med-evacuated to the hospital. Since I was unable to be at high altitudes as a result of my medical condition, the Himalayas were no longer an option for me. Instead, Himal and I worked together to design a low-altitude itinerary that would align with all of the parameters of my health requirements. In addition to a personal trekking guide/porter, I visited the cultural and culinary history of Kathmandu, spelunked, and went sightseeing around Pokhara, including a 2-day trek to Poon Hill. I also visited the Buddhist monasteries of Lumbini (birthplace of Buddha) and took a mountain flight through the Himalayas.

Despite the fact that I was unable to complete my 17-day trek through the three passes which included Everest Basecamp, Himal helped me salvage my trip and put me on a custom trip that he and I planned together. Himal was thoughtful, responsive, and did his best to ensure my experience in Nepal was good. He even visited me the first two days I was in the hospital. It was a great pleasure to book my trip through Nepal Wilderness Trekking. I doubt that any other trekking company would have worked as hard as Himal did to help me create such a wonderful 3-week experience in Nepal despite my inability to hike the Himalayas.

I have done the 3 Pass Trek with this company and I have to say it was very challenging, but rewarding and worth it nonetheless. It was one of the hardest ones yet compared to the ones that people usually do (16 days, several nights above 15,000 ft and counterclockwise direction), so it can really push you to the very edge of your abilities. I recommend this trek only to those who are in pretty good hiking shape as even in the best shape, you will still be able to kick your butt out of this trek.

It was a great pleasure to have a guide and porter with us. As a group, we were led by Riddhi who was a great guide – he was warm, welcoming, and took great care of us (there was a lot of adjustment needed to get used to the altitude, cold, and physical requirements required for this trek). We were together for a long time doing this hike and it was wonderful to have someone who knew what they were doing and could take care of the lodging and details for us. In addition, it was really nice to see that the guides also got excited about the mountains as well. He was just as excited as we were to see the views from the passes and Mt Everest from up there.

We also had our porters carry our extra luggage, and they did a great job. In hindsight, it is hard to imagine having to carry everything you would need for this trip all by yourself. Our guide manager, Himal, prior to our trip was very communicative and responsive. We asked him all the questions we had, and he was very helpful when one of our friends needed help during the trip. I would highly recommend him as someone to know when going on a trip like this. As a whole, I found the value and price for this tour to be very good, and I would recommend this company to others.

During our trek to the Everest area, we did an amazing and epic 17-day trek covering three passes. Our guide Riddhi did an outstanding job of setting up a challenging yet spectacular itinerary through some of the tallest mountains in the world with our owner Himal, who was extremely communicative and helpful throughout the trip. On this trek, we had a guide and porters – this made things a lot less stressful, and the passes were all quite challenging (the few people we saw out there carrying all their stuff were suffering).

Also, they were there for us when things went wrong and one of our group members came down with altitude sickness due to an underlying heart condition that they were not aware of. Himal and Riddhi got them the medical care they needed on the mountain, arranged for the helicopter evacuation and subsequent care, and arranged an alternative adventure at a lower altitude after they had recovered. Throughout the whole process, we felt very well taken care of and supported.

Kevin James

Very great place to plan a trek. Walking into Himal’s office you can tell he is a great and experienced trekker himself. If I recall correctly, he has been running the agency since 1990. I asked him for a very strong guide because I wanted to do the Everest Three Pass Trek in 7 days and he gave me a great guide, Parkhidhan Tamang. At first, I was unsure that I needed a guide, but Parkhi helped me so much, that I don’t think I could have done it without him. He guided me through tricky and technical sections of the route – he had friends at all of the best local teahouses and facilitated my stay at each one. Sometimes when we were running late he would call ahead to reserve our spot. He had the strength to both complete my ambitious trek and also support me at the same time.

Ron & Lara

The 3 passes trek was amazing. Himal is a friendly owner who responds quickly to questions.  

Mingmar, our guide, was excellent. We are grateful for everything he did for us. He is very familiar with the route and knows everybody and every town up in the mountains. He is fun to be around. He made us feel safe and we highly recommend him to anyone who goes trekking.  

Our porter Fulonn was also great. Incredible to see how easily he is walking through the mountains. We considered doing the trek without a porter, however, you’ll provide the opportunity for someone to work and get some extra income. And then we would recommend Fulton.

Arrived alone, left with friends – best agency!

Wilderness Trekking is an excellent agency for trekking and climbing tours in Nepal. Himal’s professionalism has greatly impressed me. Throughout the trip, he never tired of answering my thousand questions – and this almost instantly! Because he has done many kinds of treks himself, as a pleasure or even as a guide, he knows what he is talking about. He remains attentive to any requests or sudden weather changes. Parkhi Dhan, my guide, was absolutely great, trustworthy, and knowledgeable. Parkhi Dhan was one of the most sociable guides I met along the way.  

Due to heavy snowfall, I was unable to cross the three high passes, so I trekked each valley separately to the end, then into the next one and back again. The most beautiful panorama and view on Mount Everest can definitely be seen from Gokyo and Gokyo Ri if you have limited time and are not sure which valley to go to. The Khumbu Valley is also beautiful, especially with snow.  

Despite going to Kathmandu knowing nothing or anyone, I have left with two new friends – THANK YOU HIMAL and PARKHI DHAN!!!

Three-passes-tour breathtaking

I just finished a trip with my husband, Three passes trek (Ama Dablam BC, Island Peak BC, EBC, Chukhung Ri, Kala Patthar, Gokyo Ri, Bhote Koshi Valley) over 24 days. We met our wonderful porter/guide Makaraj Tamang thanks to Himal Ghale who responded to all our e-mails promptly and competently.

In all situations, Makar was willing to help (finding the most suitable lodges at the best price, giving information on the landscape, culture, and food). It was a joy to start every new day seeing him smile and have fun with me. Throughout our stay, he was very attentive and considerate so that we always felt safe. Trekking in the Everest region is possible with Nepal Wilderness Trekking and Guiding Makar Tamang.

Agnieszka K

Everest Three Passes Trek from Bupsa

In April of this year, my husband and I hired a guide from the agency, Mr. Makaraj Tamang. We had a great time. Mr. Himal, the owner of the agency, answered all of our online questions quickly and efficiently. He was also very helpful on-site. In addition, he respected our “independent trekkers” attitude. It was highly appreciated that he did not try to upsell us services we did not need, so thank you Himal, and 5 stars for not being pushy.

Mr. Makaraj was very knowledgeable and talkative. We learned a lot about Nepal’s culture. During the snowstorm, he walked us through glaciers like it was a stroll in the park on Sunday. He made us feel safe. Thanks for making our trip enjoyable.

I had a great time on the trek. It was likely caused by a pandemic, but to be alone at all the peaks was amazing. This trek is well worth trying even during crowded times since it is so breathtaking. Nepal Wilderness Trekking and Makaraj as a guide are highly recommended.

Three Passes Trekking

Our trip with Prakash over Cho La and Renjo La was beautiful! We were delighted with the service and support that Prakash delivered. He has a bright future and is suited to his role as guide. Even though we only needed his services as a porter, we would recommend him to anyone as a guide due to his professional attitude and excellent English.

I will be pleased to provide a testimonial shortly and look forward to using your services again in the future.

Until then, may you have good health and good fortune

Kind regards, Jude Trevillien

Dean & Laynni

Three pass trek.

Hi, Himal. Just wanted to let you know that we had a fantastic trek up to EBC. We had fantastic weather all the way up. The clouds started only on our way down from Kala Pattar and stayed most of the way down, but the mornings were still lovely.

We wanted to thank you for your help in organizing our porter/guide and porter. They were great guys and worked very hard to make sure our trip went well. Prakash was always very eager to help us in any way possible. He was still watching the other guides and improving his guiding skills as the trip went on and his English was better than we expected for a porter/guide.

We were also surprised by how much English Milan knew, and he often helped us communicate. Thanks again, hope the rest of the season goes well Dean & Laynni

Lex and Kerry

Three pass trekking.

We used the Nepal Wilderness Trekking company for a 19 day “3 Pass Trek” in the Everest region, in October 2012. Himal Ghale, the owner, was highly knowledgeable about the Everest Region having worked there as a Guide in the past.

Himal organized a tailor-made itinerary for us, based on our interests, abilities and time commitments.

That is included the “3 Passes” route, Everest Base Camp and Kala Pattar, and the addition of a summit of Island Peak. Himal was very responsive in answering our initial questions (remotely), meet with us in Kathmandu, and dealt with some challenges that arose from unforeseen weather conditions.

We were also delighted with our assigned Porter/Guide – named “BB.” BB provided first class support to us throughout the trek and lived up to his reputation as a reliable and highly experienced Porter/Guide. Amazingly, BB had competed over the past eight years in the Tensing/ Hillary Everest Marathon!! He knew the region exceptionally well, including the many route variations and options we could take for different terrain/altitude, and chose excellent guest houses for us to stay at BB was well known, respected and welcomed by guest house proprietors along the way. He was also a very kind and caring gentleman – we will always remember BB with great fondness, respect, and gratitude for a wonderful trekking experience.

We wish Himal well over the future years and would recommend the Nepal Wilderness Trekking company to other trekkers for the Everest region.

3 pass trekking reviews

Just finished the 3 Passes Trek (Renjo, Cho La and Kongma La pass), EBC and Kala Patthar, and finally, Island Peak summit with Nepal Wilderness Trekking Had a great trip. Himal and our guide Purna worked everything out perfectly. This team comes highly recommended from me.

Fred and Evan

3 pass trekking.

We enjoyed our three pass trek. Challenging but rewarding. Magnificent views, Purna + Bir did a very good Job-they were very flexible when we wanted to alter our plans, and we always helpful + supporting their attitude + personality helped us a lot on some of the long climbs, and through the cold +wind. It was a very memorable trip – thanks to Himal + everyone else who helped us along the way!

Frequently Asked Questions

How difficult is everest high passes trek, what is the maximum height of this trek, is it possible to do private trek, when is the best time to do the trek, what is the temperature in october and april, what is the accommodation type, are there atms available along the trail, how to prevent altitude sickness during the trek, why are acclimatization hikes necessary, what kind of clothes, gear and equipment do i need for the 3 passes trek, is drinking water available during the trek is it safe, what is acute mountain sickness (ams) and how likely am i to experience it, altitude chart, similar packages, nangpa la pass trek, short trek to everest, luxury everest base camp trek with helicopter return, 13-day everest base camp trek, chola pass trek, numbur cheese circuit trek, we are recommended on.

Nepal Wilderness Trekking Pvt. Ltd.

Nepal Traveller's Information

• Nepal Information
• Nepal Visa Information
• Entry Procedure to nepal
• Altitude Mountain Sickness

• Africa & the Middle East

• The Three Passes Trek
• Kandoo Trekking

Contact our UK team

Our local team

Kandoo's view, trip highlights.

• An amazingly scenic circular route, climbing three peaks
• Cross the challenging Renjo La, Cho La and Kongma La Passes
• Lodge-based accommodation

Experiences

ARRIVE IN KATHMANDU

All trekkers need to organise their own flights to Kathmandu International Airport (KTM). From the airport we will arrange a private transfer to your hotel. That night you will meet your local Kandoo representative and have a full pre-trek briefing

• Accomodation: Hotel

FLIGHT TO LUKLA – TREK TO PHAKDING

The flight from Kathmandu to Lukla takes 45 minutes and is an adventure in itself with great views of the Everest region and ending with a hair-raising landing on a steep mountain runway. After meeting our crew, we will start our trek by heading up the Dudh Koshi Valley on a well- marked trail to Phakding.

• Transport: Flight (0.8 hour, 136 km)
• Hiking time: 3 - 4 hours
• Ascent: 1500 m
• Descent: 144 m
• Max. altitude: 2800 m
• Accomodation: Teahouse
• Meals included: Breakfast

TREK TO NAMCHE BAZAAR

From Phakding, we cross and re-cross the river on high suspension bridges. Beyond Monjo is the entrance to the Sagarmatha National Park. We then ascend steeply to Namche and along the way, if the weather permits, catch the first glimpse of Mt Everest. Namche Bazaar is the main trading village in Khumbu and has a busy Saturday market. You can enjoy an Illy coffee and amazing brownies here!

• Hiking time: 6 - 7 hours
• Ascent: 794 m
• Max. altitude: 3450 m

ACCLIMATISATION IN NAMCHE

Namche is tucked away between two ridges and has lots of lodges, tea shops and souvenir shops. Today we will trek up to the Everest View Hotel at 3880m for our first view of Ama Dablam and Mount Everest. Following the ‘walk high, sleep low’ principle, this hike will really help with your acclimatisation.

• Ascent: 430 m
• Descent: 430 m
• Max. altitude: 3880 m

TREK TO THAME

The trail now splits from the popular base camp route and heads north-west to the village of Thame where you will be staying the night. Take some time here to learn a bit about the local traditions and their intrinsic connection with the mountain on which you are standing.

• Hiking time: 4 - 5 hours
• Ascent: 434 m
• Max. altitude: 3884 m

TREK TO LUNGDEN

Today we will start to climb back up to higher altitude heading up the valley to Lungden. Make sure you have your camera at the ready as the higher you go the views across the snow-capped peaks in the region just get better and better.

• Ascent: 496 m
• Max. altitude: 4380 m

TREK TO GOKYO VIA RENJO LA PASS

Today wewill encounter the first of the Three Passes – Renjo La. The route starts off gently but will soon turn into a hard day of hiking as we near the end of the ascent to Renjo La. Try to think of the magnificent views you will get at the top to motivate you! After the pass, we will descend to the third of the beautiful turquoise Gokyo Lakes and then trek onto the village of Gokyo for the night.

• Hiking time: 7 - 8 hours
• Ascent: 1008 m
• Descent: 638 m
• Max. altitude: 5388 m

ASCENT OF GOKYO RI

Today you climb your first peak, Gokyo Ri, for fabulous views of Cho Oyu. We start the climb early and then have the rest of the day to rest to help our acclimatisation. If we still have energy, then later in the day we can hike up some of the surrounding moraine ridges and enjoy the views. As a treat for all our hard work we can then tuck into some delicious cake from the wonderful Gokyo bakery.

• Ascent: 733 m
• Descent: 733 m
• Max. altitude: 5483 m

TREK TO TRAGNAG

We leave Gokyo to cross the Ngozumpa Glacier. We descend to the second lake and drop down onto the glacier. The route across the glacier is marked by cairns and is generally quite well defined. We climb off the glacier and follow a shallow valley to Tragnag.

• Descent: 60 m
• Max. altitude: 4750 m

TREK TO DZONGLA VIA CHO LA PASS

An early start is required today to cross the Cho La Pass and make the long descent to Dzongla. Continuing up the valley, we cross a ridge and an old lateral moraine, before beginning the rocky scramble to the pass. From the top there are excellent views, across to the Rolwaling Valley in the west and Ama Dablam to the south east. The descent from here involves crossing a small glacier which is fairly straightforward. There are more excellent views of Ama Dablam and Cholatse as we descend.

• Ascent: 730 m
• Descent: 590 m
• Max. altitude: 5420 m

TREK TO LOBUCHE

The way to Lobuche contours the grassy slopes above a lake, the Tshola Tsho, to join up with the main Everest trail from Pheriche and Tengboche. The trail flattens out and follows the valley on the west side of the Khumbu Glacier to Lobuche.

• Ascent: 98 m
• Descent: 4928 m

TREK TO GORAK SHEP – EVEREST BASE CAMP – GORAK SHEP

To reach Everest Base Camp, we follow the Khumbu Glacier. The trail offers superb views of the surrounding mountains, especially where the path is forced to rise to cross a tributary glacier. We stop at Gorak Shep before making our way to Base Camp itself. This takes several hours as the trail weaves its way through ice pinnacles and crevasses of the Khumbu Glacier.

• Hiking time: 8 - 9 hours
• Ascent: 436 m
• Descent: 200 m
• Max. altitude: 5364 m

ASCENT OF KALA PATTAR - TREK TO LOBUCHE

An early morning start is needed to summit the trekking peak of Kala Pattar – the iconic viewpoint of Everest. After snapping some pics, we head back to Gorak Shep for a quick meal before descending further to Lobuche for the night.

• Ascent: 390 m
• Descent: 626 m
• Max. altitude: 5554 m

TREK TO CHUKHUNG VIA KONGMA LA PASS

We leave the classic base camp route today as we head east through the Khumbu Glacier to reach the third and final pass of the trip – Kongma La. At 5,535m the pass is the highest of the three. After a tiring ascent to the top, we descend into the Chukhung Valley and eventually to the village of Chukhung where we will stay in the lodge overnight.

• Ascent: 607 m
• Descent: 785 m
• Max. altitude: 5535 m

ASCENT OF CHUKHUNG RI - TREK TO DINGBOCHE

Today we will climb Chukhung Ri - the hardest of the three peaks on this trek which involves some easy scrambling near the summit. The views from the top down the Khumbu Valley are superb. We descend to Dingboche.

• Ascent: 800 m
• Descent: 1190 m
• Max. altitude: 5550 m

TREK TO KYANGJUMA

We now descend back to the main Everest trail through Pangboche before climbing to the monastery at Tengboche. From Tengboche we make a steep descent before climbing back up to Kyangjuma where we will stay overnight in a lodge.

• Descent: 696 m
• Max. altitude: 4360 m

TREK TO PHAKDING

We continue through Namche Bazaar, descend Namche Hill and cross the Dudh Koshi. We will trek back along familiar paths to Phakding where we will stay the night.

• Descent: 1008 m
• Max. altitude: 3664 m

TREK TO LUKLA

Our final day's trekking follows the Dudh Koshi back down to Lukla. This last evening in the mountains is the ideal opportunity for a farewell party with the Sherpa guides and porters, where you can look back on a memorable trekking experience.

• Ascent: 144 m

RETURN TO KATHMANDU

After an early breakfast, we will begin our return journey to Kathmandu.

FREE DAY IN KATHMANDU

A free day in Kathmandu to explore the city at your leisure

DEPART FROM KATHMANDU

We will collect you from your hotel and transfer you to Kathmandu Airport for your departing flight.

Trip information

Formalities & health, equipment & clothing.

Treks in the Himalaya present a substantial physical challenge , and the more fit you are before you start, the more you will enjoy your trek. However, the number one most important thing to cultivate is mental toughness . Most of the people who trek in the Himalaya aren’t professional athletes or mountain climbers; they are average people with an unusual degree of determination.

If you are comfortable walking for 7-8 hours with an ascent of 1000m every day for two weeks then you are certainly fit enough to succeed on this trek. We find that all successful hikers share a real  Kandoo  attitude and that means high levels of grit and determination. 

Food & drink

You choose what you want to eat at the lodges, and settle your own bill in the morning. While you can eat heartily for very little money at any lodge, we do recommend that you budget £20 to £25 ($30 to $35) per day for meals and drinks. This will ensure that you not only have plenty of food, but that you enjoy it a lot more. Where once there was a choice of perhaps 5 different rice or lentil based meals at any one lodge, most now offer a wide menu of 40 or more choices from the basic (such as dhal bhat) to the sophisticated (yak steak with blue cheese sauce).Please note that we prefer some of the more expensive lodges, so the prices are higher than they might be at more spartan facilities.

One word of advice, place your meal order as soon as you can upon arriving at the lodge as it is strictly ‘first ordered, first served’, and the best lodges are quite busy at meal times.

Accommodation

Trekking in Nepal is more popular than ever. As a result, the standard of accommodation available on most of the trek routes has improved dramatically. Where there were once simple peasant huts, large hostels have been built featuring running water, indoor toilets (some en-suite) and electricity. However, while internet access, charging facilities and hot water are available, you will need to pay to use them - if you plan on using the internet and showering every day, then you should budget around $10 per day.

However, development is still ongoing, and as you get higher into the mountains the lodges become more basic. Furnishing is generally fairly spartan, and most rooms feature little more than a bench bed and a thin mattress, so your sleeping kit will probably see some early use. Showers are not always available and it tends to be just the communal areas that are heated. 

The exception to that rule is Namche. Namche features some really great lodges, including the Hil-Ten (this is not a region that makes much of copyright infringement) and if you are in need of refreshment there both Illy and Lavazza coffee are available

Kandoo has a list of lodges that we prefer to work with, all of which are regularly inspected to ensure the best quality rooms available. Even at the worst, they are clean and well-kept. When the route is busy, we send a porter ahead to hire rooms for the night, as they cannot be reserved in advance.

The general standard of driving throughout Nepal is poor and badly regulated . Roads in Kathmandu are very congested, many drivers are not properly licensed and vehicles are poorly maintained. During the monsoon season (June to September) many roads outside the Kathmandu valley are prone to landslides and may become impassable.

We insist on using a high standard of vehicle and driver for all of our transfers. In Nepal it is not a legal requirement to have seatbelts fitted in the back of vehicles, and while we try to use vehicles that do have rear seatbelts fitted, this cannot always be guaranteed. If you are unhappy about any aspect of the vehicle or the standard of driving, please speak to the driver or our local office.

Duffel bags

You will be provided with a large duffel bag at the pre-trek briefing that will be yours to use for the duration of your trek. Your equipment will then need to be transferred into this bag. If you are travelling with a duffel bag then it is up to you which bag you choose to use for the trek, if you are travelling with a suitcase then this will need to be left at the pre-trek hotel and collected upon your return as our porters need the bags they carry to be flexible. 

All items must be packed in your main equipment bag. They should not be attached to the outside, as we are not responsible if items fall off when the bags are being carried on the trek.

How do I get there?

Budget & change.

If you are relying on a credit or debit card for emergency funds, make sure you tell your card issuer that you will be using it abroad, or you may find that it won't work when you really need it.

We realize that tipping may not be a common practice in all countries but for Nepal it is a standard practice that all operators support. The decision on how much to tip should be determined by how well the team served you while you were on the trek. Tips are always discretionary and if you are not happy with the service you have received you do not have to pay tips. Tips can be made in US dollars or Nepali Rupees. It is very important that US bills be new (less than 10 years old), crisp and untorn.

We are members of the Trekking Agencies Association of Nepal and the Nepal Mountaineering Association, and follow their guidelines when recommending tip levels for guides and porters. We would suggest you budget $175-$225 per trekker for your tip contribution.

We say goodbye to our porters in Lukla before we return to Kathmandu. Any tips that you wish to give to the porters will need to be carried on the trek with you.

Vaccinations

Equipment supplied by kandoo adventures.

We do not have other gear available for rental but there are many places offering gear for rental in Kathmandu and we can recommend a number of places for you. The quality of rental gear is very variable and it is your responsibility to check carefully the condition of any item you rent. We accept no responsibility for the quality of equipment hired. An indication of the likely rental costs is below.

• Four Season Sleeping Bag - $2 per day
• Down Jacket - $2 per day
• Trekking Poles - $1 per day

Most of the rental shops close around 8pm, so if you are arriving on a late flight the day before the trek starts there will not be an opportunity for you to visit a rental store. If you are planning on renting equipment, you need to make sure you have allowed sufficient time at the beginning of your trip.

All rental equipment is included in your overall trekking bag weight, so make sure you have allowed for this when packing your bag at home. A sleeping bag will weigh around 2kg.

Clothing to bring

• Warm beanie style hat – knitted or fleece
• Neck gaiter or scarf. It can get dusty in Nepal and the air very cold. A scarf or balaclava comes in useful for keeping dust out and can double as a warm layer for your neck / face!
• Sun hat – preferably wide-brimmed for protection
• Sunglasses – high UV protection
• Headlamp (plus extra batteries)
• Thermal or fleece base layer (x2)
• Long sleeve shirt/tshirt – light or medium weight, moisture wicking (x3)
• Short sleeved shirt/tshirt – lightweight, moisture wicking (x2)
• Fleece or soft shell jacket (x2)
• Insulated jacket – down or primaloft
• Lightweight water/windproof hard shell outer jacket
• Gloves – lightweight, fleece or quick drying fabric
• Gloves or mittens – heavyweight, insulated, preferably water resistant
• Leggings – thermal or fleece base layer (x1)
• Trekking trousers – light or medium weight (x2) – convertible trousers work well
• Waterproof hard shell trousers – ski pants work fine (x1)
• Trekking boots – mid weight with good ankle support
• Training shoe or similar – to wear around the teahouses
• Micro-spikes – may be required in snowy conditions
• Mid-weight trekking socks (x5 pairs)
• Breathable, high-wicking liner socks (x3 pairs)
• Thermal trekking socks for upper reaches of your trek (x1 pair)

Equipment to bring

• Small Rucksack or Daypack (30-40 litres) to carry water and personal items
• Sleeping bag (4 season or -10 Deg C) and compression sack
• Trekking poles
• Water bottle or hydration bag – must be able to carry 1.5-2L of water

OTHER ACCESSORIES

• Sunscreen and lip balm - high SPF
• Toiletries, including toilet paper, wet wipes and hand sanitiser – please carry all rubbish back off the trail
• Camera and spare batteries
• Plug adapter, for charging devices in teahouses and hotels
• Personal medication and first aid kit
• Personal snacks and energy bars – dried fruit and nuts are also a good source of energy
• Isotonic drink powder / energy drink powder to mix in with your water. This improves flavour and helps replace electrolytes
• Microfibre towel for wiping hands and face each day
• Ear plugs, if you are a light sleeper
• Pee bottle, useful for late night toilet needs
• Dry bag (only required if your main duffle bag is not waterproof)

Dates & prices

Want to ask us a question or book a private trip? Don't hesitate to contact us!

Price includes

• Your hotel stay for one night before and two nights after the trek
• All airport transfers
• Return flight between Kathmandu and Lukla
• National Park entry and TIMS fees
• A fully supported trek with a qualified mountain guide
• All drinking water on the trek
• Teahouse accommodation on a room only basis
• Access to emergency oxygen and first aid kit

Price does not include

• International airfares and visas
• Tips for your guides and porters
• Personal items
• Travel insurance (you must be insured, and specifically for treks up to 6000m)
• Your personal trekking gear
• Your personal medicines or prescriptions
• Meals and drinks on the trek
• Meals and drinks in Kathmandu (breakfast is included)
• Additional hotel nights before or after your climb

Chitwan National Park 3-day extension

You may also like.

The Chomolhari Trek

• from $4,095

Changtang Lakes to Spiti Valley

• from $3,385

The Snowman Trek

• from $12,345

Everest Base Camp and Island Peak

• from $3,575

Everest Base Camp

• from $1,725

Poon Hill Trek

• from $1,365

Markha Valley and Kang Yatse II

• from $2,335

The Annapurna Sanctuary

• from $1,555

Nepal Govt. Reged. number: 39829/2005

Tourism License number: 805/2005

VAT/TAX Number: 302385791

Gokyo Treks Nepal

Nepal Trekking Agency

From 2015 - 2024 contineously

+977 9841 249 988

[email protected]

Three Passes Trek

Home » Three Passes Trek

Based on 7 Reviews

Three Passes Trek Summary

• Trek Duration: 15 Days
• Trek Difficulty: Moderate Hikes
• High Altitude: 5,535 meters / 18,160 feet.
• Trekking Hour: 6 hours daily
• Group-Size: 1 – 15 People
• Best Hiking Months: April, May, October, November
• Trip Mode: Guest House Basis
• Hiking Foods: Breakfast, Lunch, and Dinner
• Transportation: Car/Plane

Three passes trek is combined with three different challenging trekking specially designed for adventure trekkers. The Three Passes Trek to Everest Base Camp is arguably the most complete trek in Nepal as it covers most of the Mount Everest region’s highlights.

High passes trek in the Mount Everest region is very popular. It is the hardest hike in Nepal for beginners tourist. The Trek route is designed to focus on adventurer trekkers the Everest 3 high passes trek facilitates to Renjo La Pass (5,360m/17,586 feet), Cho La Pass (5,368m/17,612 feet) & Kongma La Pass (5,535m/18,099 feet).

Mount Everest high pass trekking is a fantastic trek, visiting all adventure three high passes of the Khumbu with extra time at Gokyo to explore the scenery of the upper basin.

Mountain back stone Kalapatthar hill is a little peak and famous hill station to observe Mount Everest and many other Khumbu tallest mountains. Furthermore, you can see the tallest mountains, brilliant landscapes, high mountain villages, and Buddhist monasteries. It has a great opportunity to experience the local Sherpa hospitality.

Everest high passes trek explores the breathtaking Thame Nagpa la valley to Gokyo valley. Additionally, we cross three high passes in the Everest region ie. Renjo La, Cho La, & Kongma La route thus weather changes very quickly in the Himalayas mountains. However, check and get the latest weather forecast before you hit the high pass trail for your safe journey.

We do not recommend three passes trek solo as the trail is icy, especially in wintertime and stones are falling along the treks. Adventure three passes trek in February is still an adventure and the possibility to cross over the pass is very low.

How hard is the 3 passes trek?

Majestic three passes trek is rated “Challenging” and super adventure high passes trek in the Mount Everest region in Sagarmatha National Park. The passes are above 17,800 feet and a very serious adventure given its high pass crossings.

It is more challenging rather than its sibling treks Everest Base Camp and Gokyo Lakes, but not quite as challenging as trekking peaks. If you never hiked at a serious altitude before (the highest altitude trek similar or above 5,400 meters) or on a trek longer than 6 days, it is tough.

The distance and elevation maps are just a guideline about the edge of fitness level. Although it is a reputable hike to cross over the adventure high passes, it is not fit for novices.

Along the routes, you can walk at your own pace, with plenty of stops for rest. Adventure Everest base camp and three pass trek is possible with anti-clockwise also and it’s possible at any time except winter throughout the year.

How much is the Three Passes Trek Package Cost?

The cost of Three passes trek package with a Gokyo Treks local Agency ranges between US$ 1098 to US$ 1599. But of course, the three passes trek costs will vary as per the service you choose. However, the given package price includes transportation, a guide, porters, hotels and food accommodation and hiking permits, facilities.

We have also the best deal for low-season treks in the Himalayas for leaders. For example, if you could bring 10+ travelers (except you) to your journey, you are treated as a group leader. So you can hike 3 passes for free of cost.

However, we often arrange private trips in order to avoid group tours with strangers. A private tour gives you a better experience on your adventure hikes. If you value personalization, flexibility, and in-depth experiences, a private trip customized to your personal needs will be the best option.

It’s a standard trip package price for 15 days hike in Everest three passes. If you are 2 Trekkers three passes trek cost US$ 1325 for 15 days trek as given the trekking plan. We can modify the trek route and price as per your wishes also. Here is the price list for 3 pass treks.

Price Per Person for 15 days Three Passes Trek.

If you’re wondering to know about what is included and what is excluded from this trip price, kindly check the cost given on a tab button.

Everest three passes trek itinerary details.

Most popular adventure Everest high pass is 15 days itinerary compared to most walks in this region leading up to the Everest High Pass. The particular route is designed for world travelers who wish to hike to the high passes mountain but are restricted time-wise. A nomad who wishes to reach on Everest high passes trek in a normal plan can try this Everest Three Pass trek plan. However, if this itinerary does not fit? send us an inquiry for a tailor-made itinerary.

Upon landing at Tribhuvan International Airport Kathmandu, we will receive you in a private vehicle and shift to the hotel in Kathmandu. A rest day in Kathmandu before heading to the high passes trek in Everest. Our representative will brief you on three high passes trek itinerary travel programs.

We take an early flight from Kathmandu to Lukla airport (2,840m/9,318 feet). Take breakfast in the Lukla hotel and hike to Phakding village at 2,630m elevation. Follow a gentle climb up the mountainside on the left bank of the Dudh Koshi.

Likewise, mountain Nupla at 5885m is just visible in a stone-throwing distance on the opposite side of the river. Along the way, we pass several Sherpa villages such as Ghat, Phakding, and Tok Tok and finally we reach Bengkar village.

Walk continue along the classical trail with many ups and downs; cross a stream and pass a tiny Monjo village and Sagarmatha National Park office. After paying entrance fees, we walk continuously to Dovan the major river that meets each other.

Cross the Hillary bridge and the steep ascent to Namche village through the dense forest. You can see the Everest (8,848.86m) and Lhotse (8,516m.) first view. Surrounded on three sides by mountain ranges, Namche Bazar is a central hub of the area for food, trekking gear, and other necessary goods. In addition, Namche has also Buddhist Monastery which is a beautiful establishment located right in the Bazaar offers the pristine view of high mountains and entire Namche Bazaar Lodges.

Explore the numerous attractions in Namche Bazaar either before lunch or at your leisure at the hotel. Take advantage of the morning to relax in Namche Bazaar until midday, and then, following lunch, embark on a gentle hike to reach Thame village.

In between, tourist can hike to Hillary Viewpoint that stands at an altitude on 3,980 meters just above the main trail. Hike to Hillary hilltop offers a picturesque vistas of majestic mountains, including Mount Everest (8,849m), Lhotse (8,516m), Nuptse (7,861m), Ama Dablam (6,812m), and other prominent peaks, making it a must-visit for nature lovers and adventure enthusiasts alike.

Likewise, this Hillary view point presents an unique adventure for travelers seeking an alternative hiking experience. It’s an ideal destination for a day hike after breakfast, with similar experiences and slight variations depending on the time of day.

continue to Thame, situated at the end of Khumbu Valley. Thame is a tiny village renowned for its pristine terrain and inhabitants untouched by the influences of modern civilization. Traverse a vast expanse adorned with prayer flags, Chorten, and intricately carved mani stones to arrive at the captivating Thame village.

Journey to Lungden is mostly uphill and trails pass by many old, walled Sherpa villages. Tourists can observe varieties of wild plants and animals with unique Sherpa culture. We can probably also share the trail with Tibetan Yak Canavans, a trading route to and from Namche to Tibet with the villagers. Tourists can stay overnight at the Lungden Guesthouse.

Trek to Renjo la pass often follows steeply ups and down with sandy ridge. Cross the frozen stream and walk through dramatic rock to pass several yak pastures and twin Renjo Lakes. View from the top is incredible, you can have a stunning view of 7000 to 8000-meter peaks and many more snowy mountains. Overnight stay at Gokyo lodge.

The excursion to the Gokyo peak usually starts early in the morning. The climb is quite steep first 30 minutes, it takes an hour to reach the top with its traditional prayer flags. From there you will have a magnificent view of the highest peaks, from the west to the east.

Cho you (8,153m), Gyachung Kang (7,922m), Everest (8848m), Lhotse (8,501m), and further way Makalu in a single line. While on the descent you can enjoy, a superb view of Gokyo Lakes, glaciers, and the lodges.

We cross Gokyo glacier and Dzomba glacier than descend downhill to get Thangnak. Thagnak offers nice lodges with modern facilities.

Trek through Cho La Pass (5,368m) is a rather difficult route but doesn’t require special climbing knowledge. If you are a professional trekker who can walk about 5/6 hours on a rocky trail can easily complete this journey. Hikes over the pass often stay with snow level above the stone payables which is actually hard to trek.

Actually, the pass is not difficult but it is steep and involves a glacier crossing. There are no technical problems and there is a trail in the rocks beside the icefall. We suggest that Tourists hike with all-important gear depending upon the hiking season.

Dzonglha situated at 4,830 meters where we stop for Lunch. Be that as it may, in the busy hiking season, all the guesthouses are open and welcoming to travelers. Continue the journey to Lobuche lodges watching Cholatse lake and dry Dughla Lake. Several tiny stupas are installed at Dughla pass in memory of dead trekkers and also climbers in the Everest zone.

After having lunch, we then climb the 5,550 meters Kala Patthar for an incredible view of the Khumbu ice fall and the Everest base camp epic trail. Return to Gorak Shep for a stay overnight.

It’s another tough day for Kongma la pass trek today that we trek along the Khumbu glacier. But in terms of scenery, Kongma la pass offers superb mountains view, a gorgeous river valley, and Kyubo Kharka Mountain Lake on the Ama Dablam foothills.

Hike the Kongmala pass (summit viewpoint) is longer comparing other day hikes in Khumbu province. Take the best photograph from kongmala’s highest elevation at 15,519 feet and descend downhill to reach Chukhung resorts in chukung village.

From Chukhung, we descend the valley of the Imja Khola, trek through the village of Dingboche with its stone-walled potatoes fields, down alpine pastures through the kharkas of Tsura, Orsho, and Shomare to the village of Pangboche, the highest year-round settlement in the valley. The Pangboche Gompa (monastery) is the oldest in the Khumbu and was once used to boast the skull and hand of a Yeti.

Tengboche Monastery is perhaps the most renowned Monastery in Nepal, likely on account of its unparalleled scenery of Mount Ama Dablam. The Buddhist Monastery of Tengboche also known as Dawa Choling Gompa is in the Tengboche village in Khumjung in the Khumbu region of eastern Nepal.

The Monastery is the main Buddhist place in the Khumbu locale with a dwelling Rinpoche which favors pioneers, mountain climbers, and voyagers going through. Expeditioners visit this monastery to light candles and seek the blessings of God for good health and safe mountaineering in the Himalayas.

Trek descends from Tyangboche to Jorsale passing the crowded Namche Bazaar is often downhill walking. Catch the way descends from Gokyo valley. Lunch at Sanasa, then continue hikes higher route to Khumjung village where one can visit traditional villages landscapes.

You might also visit Hillary Hospital located in Khunde. And in the meantime, we follow the trail to Monastery which offers Yeti Scalp and continue your journey over the pass before descending to Namche guest houses.

We trek to Lukla with the same trail we use on ascend. It is the final day of our high pass Everest trekking. Upon arrival at Lukla, take a hot shower and take some time to visit the Lukla market.

Not satisfied with above plan?

Interested in planning a custom trip? this might take 2 to 3 minutes.

How much does Three passes trek package price?

It’s a 15 Days Three passes trek price start at US$ 1098 and might reach up to US$ 1599 per person on double occupancy basis. Gokyo Treks and Expedition agency notify this express Three Passes Trek Package price for 2024 and 2025 based on group size you are travelling with.

For the deluxe and luxury trekking tour plan, we add a 3-5 star category hotel deluxe air-conditioned room in Kathmandu with breakfast. Likewise, a standard room with an attached Toilet/bathroom in the possible places en route. AND WE ARE OPEN TO CUSTOMIZING YOUR TOUR AND PACKAGES PRICE AS PER YOUR REQUIREMENTS.

Mount Everest three passes trek package price includes:

• Kathmandu international airport pick up your arrival time with a private car.
• Single night double bedroom accommodation in a Tourist standard hotel in Kathmandu
• Kathmandu to Lukla and Lukla to Kathmandu round trip airfare with domestic airport taxes.
• 14 Breakfast serve with a cup of tea/coffee, 13 Lunch and 13 Dinner [main course] during the Everest 3 passes trekking.
• 13 nights Guest House accommodation during the Everest three passes trekking route.
• Sagarmatha National Park fee
• Khumbu Pasang Lamu municipality entrance permit fees
• TIMS permit for 3 passes trek in Nepal.
• Certified – Professional Mountain Trekking Guide as per given plan.
• An assistant guide will provide for 7 plus group tourists.
• Required number of porters during the trek (one porter = two guest basis) because our porter can carry a maximum of 24 kg of your bag pack.
• Good salary, food, accommodation, and insurance for Nepalese staff.
• Agency’s duffel bag (50 liters capacity), and trek poles if Necessary – return after the trek.
• First aid medical kit including Oximeter to check your Oxygen level, Pulse rate to monitor every day to prepare for altitude risk.
• In a worst case, help with all Helicopter Rescue and evacuation arrangements (but not the rescue bills).
• Trek certificate and updated three passes trek map for each person, you keep a map as a souvenir.
• Nepal Government Tax, VAT, and as well as Company service charge.

Everest three passes trek price excludes:-

• Lunch and Dinner in Kathmandu city.
• Any kinds of battery charges, laundry service, phone calls, and hot showers during the trekking.
• Tourist personal trekking equipment and Clothing.
• Personal nature expenses, all types of drinks, and bar bills.
• Travel Insurance which covers emergency rescue, evacuation, personal loss, or damage.
• Any donation and monument entrance fees.
• Gratuities for guide and porters [Tip is a culture, so they expect highly].

We can organize a private trek to Everest high pass trek or three pass trek starting at any date that works for you. Please contact us for more information.

Guaranteed – Trip is Guaranteed to run.

Available – Trip is available to run if minimum group size is filled

Limited – Only few space available

Question: Do I need experience for three pass trek?.

Answer: Trek over the Everest zone high passes are adventures. Those who can walk around 5 hours every day, with a lightweight daypack can do this trip. However, if you have some experience hiking over 3000 meters above sea level, would be easier.

Question: Can I store my luggage stuff in Kathmandu for free?

Answer: Yes, you can leave your luggage at your hotel or at our office. Store your stuff in the Gokyo Treks agency office is for free.

Question: Are 3 passes trekking Safe for Solo Female Trekkers?

Answer: Absolutely yes. Nepal is a safe country to travel to for solo travelers; this trek is perfectly safe for solo female trekkers. We have been organizing the trek even for solo female travelers since its establishment.

Question: What kind of accommodation can I expect on budget 3 pass treks?

Answer: We provide tourist standard accommodation in Kathmandu and during the trek in the mountain. The rooms along the routes are clean with a cozy bed with a nice mattress and blankets. We recommend you take your own sleeping bags if you have one with you otherwise, you may rent them either in Kathmandu or at the Namche gear store.

Question: Is pick-up service available on my arrival day in Kathmandu?.

Answer: Yes sure. Provide us with your flight details. Our representative will come to pick up you at Kathmandu international airport.

Question: What kind of food can I expect in express 3 passes trekking?.

Answer: Guesthouses have attached restaurants. They cook a delicious range of mostly vegetarian such as Pasta, tuna bakes, noodles, potatoes, eggs, bread, soups, and vegetable rice. In the same way, the dinner and breakfast we provide in the same lodge you spend the night every night and Lunch will be served on the way to the next place where you hike.

Question: What opportunities will I have for a shower on the standard three passes trek?.

Answer: Everest high pass trek all the lodges have a shower which you can get it on pay however if you are in camping trek – we provide you hot water bucket then you will take a bucket shower.

Question: How do I get drinking water on the Everest three-pass trek?.

Answer: In almost all places in lower elevations, there are hotels and enough shops where you can buy mineral water. On a higher elevation hike, you can buy water from Lodges. But we advise against buying mineral water in plastic bottles, as currently there are no provisions for disposing of plastic materials in the Himalayas. Instead, please buy water purification aqua tablets to purify the normal water as the normal water is available at the campsite on the hiking route. If the guest doesn’t like the Aqua tablets flavor then the traveler can buy boiled water from the lodges.

Question: Can I charge my digital camera or other batteries on my trip?.

Answer: At 3-pass trek route lodges, tourists can recharge the battery. We recommend you bring an extra pair in case. Remember to bring your adapters! And we recommend you take extra batteries along with you.

Question: What should my insurance policy cover during three passes trek?.

Answer: Travel insurance is mandatory before joining any trips with us, and you need to get your travel insurance policy before joining your trips to Nepal. Your travel insurance must cover the helicopter rescue up to 6000m altitude. It comes in handy during medical emergencies and contingency situations. It is recommended to get it from your home country. In case you haven’t bought travel insurance after arriving in Kathmandu; we can help you get one.

Question: How to prevent altitude sickness during the Everest high three passes trek?.

Answer: You should never walk too quickly or too high ignoring your body’s symptoms. Proper altitude acclimatization is the best way to prevent high-altitude sickness. Listen to your body, trek gradually enjoying the best of culture and nature while giving enough time for your body to adapt to the changing atmosphere. Drink a lot of fluid & keep your body hydrated. If symptoms like a headache, difficulty in breathing, and others occur then descend to a lower altitude and take them to a hospital. If the condition worsened you will be airlifted to the hospital in Kathmandu.

Question: What happens if my scheduled flight in the Kathmandu-Lukla-Kathmandu route gets delayed or canceled?.

Answer: Weather in the Himalayas is uncertain and we cannot predict. Therefore, the rate of fight delay and cancellation is high at Lukla. If this happens, you will be boarded on the flight tomorrow and you have to spend an extra night at Lukla (if you are returning to Kathmandu) at Kathmandu (if you are going to Lukla).

Helicopter rescue can also be used, which depends on the situation. So, we recommend you allocate a couple of extra days after your Everest trek so that you will not miss your international flight back.

Question: What are alternates to flying from Kathmandu to Lukla?.

Answer: The best-recommended way to go for any Everest trek is to board a Kathmandu-Lukla 33 minutes scenic mountain flight. But there is also a second option to drive from Kathmandu to Phaplu (roughly 9-10 hours drive) and trek for 2 days to reach Lukla. In the present day, there is also a regular jeep service from Kathmandu to Salleri.

Question: Are there any communication facilities on three passes trek?

Answer: Everest Link is an internet service provider founded in 2014 that provides high-speed internet and Wi-Fi in the Everest Region. It is the only internet provider on the three passes trail, making it the world’s tallest internet service.

If you wish to stay connected with better WIFI to your family, friends, or business, we suggest you buy Everest Link internet. It’s better than other NETWORK connections and you can buy an Everest link card easily in the shops, hotels, or any small lodges in the Everest zone.

Question: Can I use credit cards in three passes trek

Answer: No. You need to have cash Nepali rupees because credit cards work only in the bigger city tours/city areas.

Question: When should I book my trip and what are the payment terms?.

Answer: Because our trips book up months in advance, we recommend booking early to avoid any kind of misunderstanding. We will, of course, make every effort to accommodate last hours bookings.

And regarding the deposit, we prefer a 20% advance deposit of the total price of the trip in order to confirm your reservation before you arrive in Nepal. And the rest of the payment can be made after your arrival in Kathmandu.

Question: Who will carry my luggage on 3 passes trek?.

Answer: We provide porters to transfer your luggage. As we are a responsible trekking tour operator agency, every porter carry a maximum of 24 kilos of your backpack which means 2 guests (12 kg luggage of each guest): 1 porter basis.

Question: How much distance do I walk each day?

Answer: three passes trek, the distance you cover each day can vary greatly due to gradient, terrain, and altitude. As such it is very hard to give specific distances for each day, however, you have to be prepared to walk for roughly about 5 hours each day.

Question: Do I need walking poles for Everest high pass trek?.

Answer: It is better to hike with walking poles. Learn how to use trekking poles for balance and stability, whether on the sidewalk or on trails. Walking poles can help prevent slips and falls. They are just recommended but not compulsory.

Question: Is it feasible to hire an experienced sherpa guide? how to hire a local Sherpa guide for Everest three passes trek in Lukla?.

Answer: Yes of course. If you are not happy to purchase the complete full board package trip, still you can hire our expert guide to make your holiday tour safer. However, visit a guide and porter hire for three passes trek budget or email us for your detailed travel inquiry.

Question: How much additional money do I need per day?

Answer: You can allocate US$ 08 – 10 for a lunch/dinner in Kathmandu and it depends on your spending habits. US$ 7 to 10 US$ each day will be enough to buy bottles of water, chocolates, tea coffee, and some drinks while you are on your trek.

Three passes trek highlights and best side trips

Besides thrilling adventure hikes over the high passes there are also some of the important places marked as the best side trips for the visitors. Side trips are located nearby the main classical trail. Some of them are given here which are very popular sight trips for tourists.

• Explore the best Himalayan view at 360 deg angles from Renjo la, Klapatthar & Kongma la summits.
• Sherpa Buddhism, an ancient monastery, Local Sherpa, and their lifestyles.
• Lukla airport is popular as a Tenjin Hillary airport, the top thing to experience on your journey on a flight.
• Namche Bazaar is a gateway to discovering like to get comfortable hotels, a beautiful loop of Mountains, and Nagpa La 5,716m to Tibet.
• Sengboche Hill at 13,000 feet altitude (Everest View Hotel) offers a top amazing view of the highest Mountains chain.
• Khumjung village at 12,434 feet, making it one of the highest Human settlements in Nepal and in the world.
• Thame Valley in the Everest trek is the birthplace of Tenjin Norgay Sherpa, a famous Everest superstar.
• Dughla pass is a memorable park of death and legendary climbers in the Everest zone.
• Get to know about the Himalayan glacier trail, Morraine, Landslides, and crevasses to reach the basecamp.
• Most beautiful sights of Mt Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, Amadablam, Cholatse, Cho Oyu, Thamserku ..etc
• Kongmala pass is an outstanding viewpoint to catch the glimpse of the majestic mountains in a single line in few kilometers of distance.
• Nagarjuna hill, is the most popular day trip just above Dingboche Guesthouses to achieve incredible sights of the Makalu Mountains and more peaks with Amadablam.
• Tengboche Monastery is the oldest monastery in Khumbu Territory, popular as a land of Stupas.

Notes for Mount Everest three passes trekkers!

The information stated above is just a guide and standard template that we provide you. However, adventure 3 passes trip possible to revise according to your wishes. Local politics, landslides, cancellation of local flights, weather, transport, or a multitude of other factors that are beyond our control can result in a change of itinerary during on trip.

It is, however, very incredible that the itinerary would be extensively altered. If alterations are necessary the leader will decide the best alternative option, taking into consideration the best interests of the whole group. When a change does occur, we do everything we can to minimize its effect, but we cannot be responsible for the results of changes or delays.

What makes Three passes trek special?

This trek provides stunning views of some of the world’s highest peaks, including Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse, and Ama Dablam, along with the chance to visit remote Sherpa villages and ancient monasteries

At Gokyo Treks and Expedition, we prioritize delivering high-quality services with a strong emphasis on safety and success. Our team consists of professional, trained, and licensed local guides who possess an in-depth knowledge of the destination. Additionally, we are committed to benefiting local communities and conserving natural resources, which not only reduces costs but also minimizes consumption.

Three Passes Trek Review

Couldn't have asked for a better trip, thanks to gokyo treks.

We couldn’t recommend Gokyo Treks more highly. From start to finish, everything was seamlessly organized for us. When we first arrived in the busy Kathmandu airport we had to queue with hundreds of others to get our visas but our driver patiently waited for us outside. We were then taken to our comfortable hotel in Thamel for the night and Ammar gave us the rundown of our tour (with a welcome tea on arrival, of course). Ammar is a seasoned professional and will happily help answer any questions you may have prior to or during your trip.

For our trek, we had the fantastic Som as our tour guide. We couldn’t have asked for a better tour guide! Som has been with Gokyo Treks since the start and is so passionate about his job and sharing stories about Nepal. He is an absolute wealth of knowledge, but he also deeply cares for his clients and will go above and beyond to make sure you are well looked after. Not only that but he is hilarious! When you are trekking together for 16 days, you need a light hearted tour guide who you can share a laugh with and Som will happily smile and laugh with you. Our porter Buddi was also fantastic. Although we can’t speak the same language, Buddi has a smile that will light up a room and makes you feel so welcome everyday when he comes to collect your bags.

By the end of the tour, we are more than just clients- we are now lifelong friends.

If you are looking for an authentic Nepalese experience, book Gokyo Treks.

Response from Gokyo Treks Nepal

Thank you so much.

Jiri + Three Passes Trek with lovely Bishnu

For our Trek, we were searching for a trekking agency to connect with a guide and organize the necessary permits and so on. We found Gokyotreks!its a company led by Ammar who responded very fast to every question and helped us were ever out was necessary. On our Trek, we had our guide very nice guy. He did everything to make the trek as easy for us as possible. We had a very great time trekking and can fully recommend the service of Gokyotreks. At the end of our holiday, we had a few spare days and Ammar organized a trip to Chitwan National Park.

Dear Guest Hannes Fleckl, Austria

Thanks a lot for your time writing us an excellent review. So, we are very much pleased that you are highly satisfied and writing us an excellent experience exploring Nepal. Be in touch as we are looking forward to serve you again for your other holidays in Nepal Himalayas!

With best regards, Ammar Raj Guni

Three Passes Trek in Sagarmatha National Park

I successfully completed my Three Passes Trek in Sagarmatha National Park with the help from Gokyo Treks & Expedition. The agency helped me arranged my porterguide and flights between Kathmandu and Lukla.

Agency operator Ammar was very friendly and helpful. Although I opted for a self-planned free and easy trek, Ammar offered me lots of good advice during my planning. When I arrived in Kathmandu, Ammar also met up with me to guide me through the trek arrangement. The service was professional.

Dear Guest Tony DXC, Singapore

Greetings from Gokyo Treks & Expedition Pvt Ltd, Nepal. Thanks a lot for your time writing us an excellent review of the Mount Everest Three Passes Trek 5,550 meters above the sea level in Nepal with our guide and porters. So, we are very much pleased that you are highly satisfied and writing us an excellent experience exploring Nepal. Be in touch as we are looking forward to serve you again for your other holidays in Nepal Himalayas!

With best regards,

Ammar Raj Guni

EBC Hiking via Gokyo Lakes - Chola Pass

Ammar, owner of the Gokyo Treks Company came to know from one of our office colleagues. He booked everything for us from we appeared to the airport in Kathmandu until the day that we leave. Everything is very satisfying throughout the whole trip. From shopping in Thamel Street (Our Guide Kamal follow us around the street to advise us for what is the appropriate hiking gear to purchase) to overcome to the 3 high passes adventure treks.

The guide will give us a briefing every evening throughout the whole hiking trip to get us not only physically and mentally ready for the second-day hike but also to carry the correct gear. Besides, he also briefs us on a lot of news about the mountain, how to prevent AMS and more.

Not to mention that our assistant guide Mr Bhupal did a really good job serving us from the daily hiking route as well as in the guest houses. Our four ever-smiling porters (Kieran, Hira, and Prem) did a great job too. The three porters also come back down to assist us when they reach the Chola Pass peak and Kongma la peak, contributing a lot to our successful crossing.

Before leaving to Europe, Ammar invited us for a typical Nepali dinner. It was an opportunity to talk more with Ammar about the volunteering organization that he helped society in various ways, including sponsoring kids who lost parents in Earthquake 2015.

In summary, Ammar and his team were honest and professional. Great arrangement and communication with Ammar were very quick. – Thomas, Woldgang and Tine Kilbert, Garmisch-Partenkirchen, Bavaria, Germany.

Dear Thomas Kilbert for the time to review your Nepal trekking with Gokyo Treks & Expedition agency. We hope to serve you again on your next trip to Nepal.

From US$ 1631

Quick Inquiry

No of People : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Cost & Departures

Your Trip Your Style!

ITINERARY, COST, DEPARTURES, will adjusted according to your GROUP SIZE NEED TIME

Book with Confidence

• Local Guides Company.
• 18 Years in Business.
• Lowest Price Guaranteed.
• 100% Customizable Trips
• Excellent Customer Service
• Hassle Free Booking.
• 90 % Repeated customers
• Highly Recommended agency
• Private/group tour options

Useful Information

• Trek in Nepal Himalayas
• Altitude Sickness
• Foods on the Trekking
• Trek Porters and Guides
• Trek TIMS Permit
• Trekking Equipment List
• Trek Permits & Fees
• Best Season for trek
• Trek Difficulty/Grade
• How to get Nepal Visa

Add on Safari Trip

• Chitwan Jungle Safari
• Bardia Jungle Safari
• Koshi Tappu Wildlife Reserve

Extra Fun on Adventures

• Mount Everest Flight
• Everest Helicopter Travel
• Bungy Jump Tour
• Paragliding Flight
• River Rafting
• Experience Zipline
• Wild Honey Hunting
• Mountain Biking

Book My Trip

• Booking Terms - Condition
• How to make Payment

Trek & Return with Heli

• Trek to Langtang with heli return
• EBC Trek with a Heli return
• Gokyo Trek with a Heli return
• Trek to ABC with a Heli return
• Tours by Helicopter in Nepal

Reference Contact

• Germany : Klaus Kummer
• Germany : Martin Aigner
• Austria : Verena Laner
• Austria : Dorothee Plunger
• Chicago: Beth Pekol
• Australia: Mark Panico
• Zürich: Marta Blickenstorfer

• Why Do You Choose NHTE?
• Who Are We?
• Legal Documents
• Terms and Conditions
• Clients Reviews
• Ghorepani Poon Hill Trek: Poon Hill Trek 3 Days From Pokhara
• Ghorepani Poon Hill with Mardi Himal Trek
• Short Annapurna Base Camp Trek
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek 6 Days
• 7 Days Annapurna Base Camp Trek
• Annapurna Base Camp with Poon Hill Trek 10 Days
• Annapurna Circuit Trek 10 Days
• Annapurna Base Camp Trek
• Annapurna Circuit Trek 12 Days
• Mardi Himal Trek
• Khair Lake and Khopra Ridge Trek
• Mohare Danda Trek
• Jomsom Muktinath Trek
• Annapurna Circuit Trek: Explore the world’s longest Thorong La Pass
• Annapurna Tilicho Lake Trek
• Ghale Gaun Trek
• Nar Phu Valley Trek
• Poon Hill Trek 3 Days
• Langtang Trek
• Langtang Valley Trek
• Short Langtang Trek 5 Days
• Langtang Gosainkunda Trek
• Langtang Tamang Heritage Trek
• Gosainkunda Pass Trek
• Helambu Trek
• Langtang Valley and Ganja La Pass Trek
• Everest View Trek
• Everest Base Camp Trek 9 Days
• Everest Short Trek
• Everest Base Camp Trek 10 Days
• Everest Base Camp Trek 12 Days: Everest Base Camp Short Trek
• Everest Base Camp Trek: Experience Nature’s Majesty at Its Peak
• 14 Days Everest Base Camp Trek

Gokyo Lake Trek

• Gokyo Chola Pass Trek
• Everest Base Camp Trekking
• Everest Three Pass Trek: Three High Passes Trekking in Nepal
• Everest Base Camp Trek Cost
• Ama Lapcha Pass Trek
• Pike Peak Trek
• Everest Base Camp Luxury Trek
• Everest Base Camp Trek Guide Cost
• Manaslu Circuit Trek
• Manaslu Trek
• Manaslu Circuit Trek 10 Days
• Manaslu Tsum Valley Trek
• Lower Dolpo Trekking
• Lower Manaslu Scenic Trek
• Rara Lake Trekking
• Rupina La Pass Trek
• Upper Dolpo Trekking
• Upper Mustang Trek: Discover the Hidden Nature & Culture of Mustang
• Chepang Hill Trek
• Ganga Jamuna Trek
• Kathmandu Valley Tour
• Kathmandu Chitwan Tour
• Kathmandu Chitwan Pokhara Package Tour
• Kathmandu Chitwan Lumbini Via Pokhara Tour
• Bandipur Pokhara Tour
• Bungy Jump in Nepal
• Helicopter Tour In Nepal
• Mountain Flight in Nepal
• Paragliding in Nepal
• Island Peak Climbing: Popular Trekking Peak Climb in Nepal
• Lobuche Peak Climbing:
• Mera Peak Climbing
• Pisang Peak Climbing
• Yala Peak Climbing
• Amadablam Expedition in Nepal
• Chulu West Peak Climbing
• Trekking in Nepal
• Packages Tour in Nepal
• Peak Climbing in Nepal
• Expedition in Nepal
• Rafting in Nepal
• Chitwan Jungle Safari
• Paraglading in Nepal
• Mount Kailash Tour
• Cho Oyu Expedition in Nepal
• Bhutan Tour
• Bhutan Cultural Tour
• Compulsory Equipment List
• Nepal Visa Information
• Currency & Payments
• Travel Insurance

Three High Passes Trek:

• Destination Nepal
• Region Everest Region
• Duration 18
• Transportation Flight/Drive
• Max Height 5545m
• Activity Trekking
• Trip Grade Adventure
• Accomodation Hotel/Lodge
• Group Size Mini. 1 Pax
• Best Season September - December & February to June
• Meals B.L.D.
• Start / End Point Lukla/Lukla

Trip Overview

Test your perseverance in the Everest region of Nepal. Trek the trail to experience the authentic high Himalayan wilderness. The Khumbu region of Nepal has numerous adventure trekking routes where one can relish the splendid harmony of Sherpa villages, the massive glacier, and various landscapes with gigantic mountains. Besides the three high passes trek is an engrossing high adventure journey in Nepal and it has incorporated numerous places.  It is always fascinating to sweat in the high mountains crossing the high-altitude mountain passes.

Everest Base Camp with Three High Passes – Renjo La – Chola Pass – Kongma La Pass

It’s purely an adrenaline junkie kind of adventure. Join the Three High Passes Trek and experience the mini mountaineering feel. It’s an ideal and challenging destination to discover the hidden beauties and cultures of Khumbu Valley. Take your spirit to the next level by conquering three arduous yet gorgeous high passes of the Everest region. These high passes are Chola Pass (5420), Renjola Pass (5357 m), and Kongma La Pass (5550 m).

The trail of Three High Passes Trek traverses through authentic Sherpa Villages, mountain passes, and Everest Base Camp. Therefore, one can consider the journey as the Khumbu Circuit Trek. Explore almost every area of the Upper Khumbu region of Nepal. Get ready to visit the Everest Summiteers’ villages. Apart from the chance to leave footprints at the top of the mountain passes, the trip has cultural benefits too. The village-like Thame is on the trekking trail. Almost every house in the village has at least one Everest Summiteer. Therefore, it can become a fantastic opportunity to know the untold stories of the Everest Expeditions and the mountaineering lifestyle of Sherpa.

What makes Three High Passes Trek Adventurous?

To know about the things that make Three High Passes Trek adventurous, you need to know about the landscape where the trail traverses. The landscape is an ultra-Himalayan. Trekkers have to visit five amazing places located at more than five thousand meters from the sea level. The altitude alone can make it harder for people to walk. Moreover, the trail requires trekkers to walk at least 6 – 7 hours daily. On some days, the trip starts very early in the morning.

Altitude, trail conditions, unstable climate, and fatigue are the major factors that make Three High Passes Trek adventurous. Moreover, the Everest region of Nepal is not like a walk in the park. After all, it is an abode of the world’s tallest mountain Mt. Everest along with two other top ten mountains (Mt. Choyou & Mt. Lhotse).

Can I visit Everest Base Camp During the 3 Passes Trek?

Yes, the Everest Base Camp (5364m) is on the trail of a high three-pass trek. If you start trekking in a clockwise direction, you can reach the base camp after crossing Renjo La and Chola Pass. However, if you do the trek in an anti-clockwise direction, you can reach the base camp after crossing one pass i.e. Kongma La Pass. The presence of the Everest Base Camp on the itinerary adds gloss to this high-altitude trekking journey.

Best season to do the Everest Three Passes Trek

Monsoon and winter seasons are the worst time to do the trek. During the winter season, the crossing of mountain passes is not safe. Excessive snowfall may result in the covering of the walking trail. If you can’t see the trail, you might fall into the crevasses or glacier lakes. The monsoon season is also not a recommended time for trekking as the climate is unstable along with the view of mountains is also blocked. The best season to do Everest Three High Passes Trek is during the spring and autumn seasons. In fact, in these two seasons, trekkers can get fantastic weather and visibility.

17 Days Three High Passes Trek Cost and Itinerary

Do you know that the High Passes trek trail covers more than five trekking routes in the Everest region of Nepal? While you do the trek, you will experience the 10 Days Everest Base Camp Trek , Everest View Trek, Gokyo Valley Trek , Gokyo Chola Pass Via EBC Trek , and Everest Panorama Trek. Yes, the route is a detour of an entire Khumbu region of Nepal. Therefore, the cost of Three High Passes Trek is slightly higher that ranging from 1350 $ to 1950 $ per person. The itinerary of the trek is knitted by clubbing together all the itineraries of the above-mentioned treks.

Trekkers cross the Kongma la pass at first to reach the Lobuche. The trekkers leave the Everest Base Camp Trek route from Dingboche and head to the Chhukung area. They will again meet on the EBC Trek route in Lobuche. Again, it follows the EBC itinerary and explores the Everest Base Camp (5364 m) and Kalapathar (5545 m). After crossing the Chola Pass, trekkers reach the Gokyo Valley. On the shores of an amazing Gokyo Lake, the place offers solace in this tiring walking journey up in the Himalayas. Upon crossing the Renjo La Pass, trekkers reach the Everest Summiteers’ village, the Thame. Finally, trekkers rejoin the Everest Base Camp Trek route in Namche Bazaar.

How to avoid altitude sickness during the Everest Three High Passes Trek?

The trek is at an altitude where there is no vegetation above 4000m. Moreover, these places have thin air making it harder for the trekkers to breathe. A simple mistake in trek planning can become fatal. AMS (Acute Mountain Sickness) is the biggest hurdle in this high-altitude trekking. Therefore, you need to know about the things that help to avoid altitude sickness. Choose the best trekking agency for the trek.

It is the most important thing to do before the trek. Having a reliable company as your trek operator helps in tackling the arduous problems that may arise during the trek. Do the acclimatization activities sincerely. Some people tend to skip the acclimatization activities. This kind of thing must be avoided especially during the high-altitude voyage. Take good food and drink plenty of water or soupy foods. Heed the instructions of the trekking guide. Get travel insurance to cover emergencies and unforeseen events.

Why Nepal High Trek is an ideal trekking agency for High Passes Trek in the Everest region?

For a successful trekking trip, you need experienced crew members. Especially in high-altitude places like Chola, Renjola, Kongmala, and Everest Base Camp, navigating through the safe route is a high priority. Some sections of the trail are not trekked by many people. There are hidden crevasses and icy lakes. Moreover, trekkers have to traverse the vertical uphill trails with the support of rope too.

Because of these arduous hurdles, you need an experienced person as a support crew. Nepal High Trek deploys Sherpa guides and porters. These people are the locals and are known the world over as expert mountaineers. At an affordable cost, you can get the Sherpa guide and assurance of safety. So, don’t be late, contact the travel planners and book the Everest Three High Passes Trek now!

Related Picture Gallery

Details Itinerary

Day 01: arrive in kathmandu and transfer to hotel.

Upon reaching Kathmandu International Airport receive by our staff with a warm welcome then a short drive to your hotel in the main areas of Kathmandu city, here joining with other members of the Everest Three High Passes Trek, our guide will brief you with full information about the trek. Also we will check your gear for the trip.

Day 02: Fly to Lukla 2,820m and trek to Phakding village 2,640 m – 04 hrs.

Three High Passes Trek begins with a scenic flight to Lukla and it takes 30 minutes to an air view of the stunning mountain range with Mt. Everest. The plane lands at Lukla named ‘Tenzing-Hillary Airport’ in honor of the legendary climbers’ first summiteers of Mt. Everest.

From Lukla, our first-day walk starts on a winding downhill path with a short climb passing many traditional Sherpa farm villages with views of peaks, after a pleasant walk reaching at Phakding for an overnight stop near the glacier-fed Dudh Kosi (river).

Day 03: Trek to Namche Bazaar 3,440 m – 06 hrs.

After a pleasant overnight stop in Phakding, the morning walk starts following Dudh Kosi, and crossing bridges to reach Sagarmatha National Park at Monjo village. The trail from here walks to the last Jorsalle village before Namche Bazaar and then on crossing a last high bridge climb leads with beautiful views of Everest and other peaks. A quite strenuous walk finally ends at the famous Namche Bazaar for two overnights in this prosperous town. In the Namche Bazaar, you can get more amenities of ATMs, Cybercafes, stores, shops, restaurants, banks, and a fresh bakery with a busy colorful Saturday market.

Day 04: Rest day at Namche Bazaar for acclimatization

Namche an ideal spot for rest and acclimatization, free day with a morning short hike up to the park museum with the necessary information on mountaineering, flora/fauna with Sherpa culture, and Buddhist religions, this scenic spot offers grand views of mountains Mt. Everest, and stunning Amadablam, for interested people hike uphill to Everest View Hotel for best views of Mt. Everest and other mountains.

Day 05: Trek to Thame 3,880m – 04 hours

A good day walks with a pleasant trail through an enchanting forest of rhododendron, oaks, and pines trees, then passing small farm villages following the Bhote Kosi River upstream and to Thamo village with a small hydro project that supplies hydroelectricity to most of the Khumbu area, from this village continue to walk then reaching a small bridge, with beautiful Buddhist Rock Wall Paintings on the rocky wall, from the bridge a short walk to Thame a quiet and sleepy village seldom frequented by trekkers, at Thame with time visit one of the oldest monasteries of the region.

Day 06: Trek to Marlung 4,137 m – 04 hours

Morning with time visit of the monastery and then walk towards our first pass of the adventure, as the route leads to Marlung village above Bhote Kosi River, past the villages of Thyangmoche and Hungmo, and then walking into complete wilderness passing yak grazing land, onwards walk leads to arid terrain of sparse vegetation, finally, our walk reaches our overnight stop at Marlung after Taranga village

Day 07: Trek to Lungden 4,600 m – 04 hours.

The journey continues to Lungden near an old salt trade trail of Khumbu and Tibet, our route diverts from the Tibet border route heading northeast, walking for few hours to our overnight stop at Lungdeng a small village with fantastic views of the surrounding high snow mountains.

Day 08: Trek and cross over Renjo- La 5,465 m to reach Gokyo 4,800 m – 07 hrs.

From Lungden a long tough day to cross over the first high pass of the adventure, the walk follows to frozen ponds beneath Renjo La pass, our walk leads to cross the pass with marvelous views of Mt. Everest, Lhotse, Cholatse, and Taboche, and then crossing Renjo La pass at 5,465 m / 17,929 ft, one of the most difficult section of this adventure, after enjoying the views downhill to Gokyo valley for an overnight stop in the comfort of a nice lodge overlooking Gokyo glacial lake.

Day 09: Rest day at Gokyo Lake

A rest day allows you to acclimatize better, with time to skirt the surrounding area of this valley with stunning views of the first and the second lake of Gokyo valley.

Day 10: Hike to Gokyo Ri at 5,330 m and trek to Thangnag at 4,750 m.

A steep hike uphill early morning to catch striking sunrise over mountains from Gokyo Ri at above 5,357 m, after a climb rewarded with brilliant views of the world’s highest mountains from Mt. Cho Oyo 8,201 m, straddles the border with Tibet along with Gyachung Kang, Mt. Everest 8,848 m, worlds 4th highest Mt. Lhotse 8,516 m, Cholatse, Taweche and towards east worlds 05th highest Mt. Makalu at 8,463 m. After a great time on top of Gokyo Ri, downhill to Gokyo and then continue a few hours walk to Thangnag along the glacier and moraines to reach a small settlement of Thangnag for an overnight stop.

Day 11: Cross Cho-la (Tshso-la) 5,367m to Dzongla 4,850 m – 07 hrs

Today, is another Big Day! Crossing the high Cho-la pass ( Tsho-la) with an early breakfast walk leads to a step up and then crossing the glacier of the eastern side. The top of Cho-la at 5,367m and sometimes it can be challenging to cross in snow conditions; the top offers excellent views of high mountains and of Cholatse Glacier, from here descend carefully to a small lake on the way to Dzongla for an overnight stop after a tough morning and day walk.

Day 12: Trek to Lobuche 4,930 m – 05 hrs.

Today’s walk leads to Lobuche following a path that descends to yak herder’s summer pastures. Then the walk climbs up to the terminal debris of Khumbu Glacier and continues on the pleasant gradual path all the way to Lobuche for an overnight stay, Lobuche a small hidden settlement with about ten or more nice lodges.

Day 13: Trek to Gorakshep 5,170 m, Everest Base Camp 5, 364 m – 06 hrs.

The morning walk leads on a gradual trail with a few short steps up gaining high altitude with superb views of Mt. Pumori, Lingerie, Khumbutse, and Mt. Everest. After a few hours of scenic trekking reaching at Gorakshep after walking past the moraine and glaciers, Gorakshep with few nice lodges for an overnight stop, this isolated spot is located beneath Kalapathar Hill and Pumori peak on route Everest base camp.

Everest Base Camp is located beneath massive Khumbu Ice Falls and glaciers, this super spot with immense views can be crowded during peak expedition season around April and May months, here enjoy surrounding views with Mt. Everest hidden behind the high peaks of Lho-la and Nuptse and walk back to Gorakshep for an overnight stop.

Day 14: Hike to Kalapathar 5,545 m trek to Lobuche – 04 hrs

Morning climb to Kalapathar for a fantastic view of Mt. Everest and other adjoining peaks, Kalapathar at 5,545 m offers the entire south face of Mt. Everest at the closest, after an exciting moment heading back to Gorakshep and continue the journey all the way to Lobuche for lunch and overnight stop, afternoon at leisure rest and preparation for the last high pass of the adventure.

Day 15: Cross Kongma La 5,535 m to Dingboche 4, 330m – 08 hrs

Today is our last tough and Big Day! crossing the last pass over Kongma La, starting early before dawn, the morning walk leads towards Khumbu glacier and moraine, walk with care on the misleading icy glacial path, from here onwards our route leads on a rocky trail beneath Kongma-la and the peak of Kongma or Mehra, after a short good rest traverse the Kongma-La pass at 5,535 m / 18,159 ft enclosed between the great Nuptse wall, Mehara and Pokalde peaks, after a long descend walk leads on a pleasant trail to join at Imjatse wide valley with incredible views of Island peak, Amadablam, and other high peaks. On reaching at Bibre at Imjatse valley a few hours of nice walk brings you at Dingboche village with many fine lodges, after a hard day walk retires in one of the nice and cozy lodges for overnight at Dingboche.

Day 16: Trek to Tengboche 3,867 m – 05 hrs

Leaving Dingboche with super morning views of Amadablam, and then on a downhill walk with a short climb then losing altitude heading past Pangboche and from the bridge back into tree lines with an hour climb to Tengboche Monastery, a beautiful and scenic spot surrounded with mountain views including Everest and majestic Amadablam, time here to visit Tengboche interesting monastery.

Day 17: Trek to Monjo 2,880 m through Namche Bazaar – 06hrs

The morning walk leads to a long descent reaching at Imjatse River in Phunge Tenga, after crossing a bridge with a short steep uphill and then on a gradual winding trail to Namche Bazaar, after a short break at Namche, continue to walk on the downhill to Dudh Kosi River valley, and then with short ups and downs to reach at the entrance and exit gate of Sagarmatha National Park, a short walk from brings you at Monjo village for an overnight stop.

Day 18: Trek back to Lukla for the last overnight in Khumbu area – 04 hrs walk.

After a marvelous and enjoyable time on high Khumbu valley and ridges with super Everest Three Passes trek, our last day walks of this adventure leads you back to Lukla, reaching by Lunch and for last overnight stop, after lunch free and celebrate dinner with fellow members, staff and guides.

Day 19: Fly back to Kathmandu and transfer to hotel.

Waking early morning to catch the flight back to Kathmandu, transfer to Lukla airport terminal and then board in a small aircraft either twin otter or Dornier, for a super scenic flight to reach at Kathmandu, on arrival in Kathmandu airport, transfer to your respective hotels with rest of day free for individual activities and souvenirs shopping.

Day 20: In Kathmandu free and reserved day for individual activities

It an important and necessary to have one extra day in Kathmandu in case of flight delay and cancellation, due to bad unfavorable weather which can happen sometimes as Himalayan weather is unpredictable. If all goes well as per our itinerary days, one can join in our delightful and interesting tour of Kathmandu-Patan and Bhaktapur, all these places full of world heritage sites of historical-culture and religious importance.

Day 21: International departure for homeward bound

Your last day in Nepal, an amazing country of Himalayan wonders, as per your flight time leaving your hotel where our staff transfers you to an airport, after a great memorable adventure with an enjoyable time on Everest Three Passes Trek.

Cost Includes:

• Airport Pick up drop
• Two-night Hotel in Kathmandu with Breakfast
• Meals During Trek: (14 Breakfasts, 15 Lunch, and 14 dinners) during the trekking.
• Sagarmatha National Park Permit (Rs, 3000 per person)
• Pasang Lhambu Rural Manicipility entrance fee (Rs,2000 per person)
• Including Domestic airport pick-up and drop service.
• Both-way domestic flight ticket (Kathmandu to Lukla / Kathmandu)
• Government license holder mountain guide.
• 14 nights of tea house accommodation throughout the trek.
• Fresh fruit during the trek
• Trekking gear Down jacket, sleeping bag, duffle bag, and trekking pole.
• Adventure Certificate: NHT provides an Adventure Certificate.
• The arrangement of Emergency Helicopter service will be paid for by your Travel insurance company.
• Medical kit bag.
• Farewell dinner.

Cost Excludes:

• Nepal entry visa fee (you may easily issue the visa upon your arrival at Tribhuwan International Airport – Katmandu).
• Your Travel and rescue insurance.
• Personal porter.
• All the Food in Kathmandu except the breakfast & farewell dinner.
• All the expenses in the mountain over than scheduled itinerary (due to strike, delay, or canceled flight)
• Extra night Hotel in Kathmandu if arrive early or late departure than scheduled Itinerary.
• All the Bar bills and personal expenses (phone call, laundry service, battery recharge, a bottle of water, hot water, shower.
• Tips for the guide and porter.

Three High Passes Trek Route Map

Frequently Asked Questions

What is the difficulty of three high passes trek.

Definitely, the Everest Three High Pass Trek is a high adventure pass trek in the Everest region. This trek has included Kongma La Pass (5540 m), Chola Pass (5420 m and Renjo La Pass (5360 m). The trek requires a physical fitness level and quality gear too.

How many days are required to complete the Three High Pass Trek?

Usually, The Everest Three Pass Trek can be done 15 to 19 days from Kathmandu. However, if you’re fit and strong you can complete it within 15 days from Kathmandu. This trek combines the most popular places like Everest Base Camp, Kalapathar, Kongma la pass, Chola pass, Gokyo lakes, Gokyo ri viewpoint, cho oyu base camp, and Renjo la pass with a brilliant sherpa culture.

When is the best time to do the Everest 3 Pass Trek?

Nepal High Trek & Expedition highly recommends the spring and autumn seasons. Both seasons are the best and most favorable times to trek around the Himalayas of Nepal. The spring begins from March to May and the autumn season starts from September to December. The spring season would be warmer than the autumn season.

Which pass is more difficult to cross?

Three passes are more difficult and tough to cross the pass but the Kongma La pass is tough than the other two passes. Because nearly Kongma La passes a rocky trail that is difficult to decent.

How to complete the Three High Pass Trek without Altitude Mountain Sickness?

Before starting the trek you should be prepared in mentally and physically. This trek is a high altitude with adventure throughout the trek everybody has suffered from altitude sickness. However, you must eat very well, drink enough liquid and use Diamox during the trek, Moreover, you should avoid alcohol as well.

Can I complete Everest Three Pass Trek throughout the year?

Nepal High Trek & Expedition has been successfully leading the three high passes trek throughout the year but sometime in winter, the trail will be blocked by heavy snowfall. We highly recommend hiring a professional guide for the trek.

Do I need travel insurance to trek in the Everest Region?

Travel insurance is mandatory for the Three High Pass Trek. Your travel insurance should be covered your emergency helicopter and medical evacuation expenses as well.

What types of gear are required for this trek?

You have required quality gear such as a sleeping bag, down jacket, trekking boot, and other goods as well. Please visit our website and check out the compulsory equipment list. https://www.nepalhightrek.com/compulsory-equipment-list/

What is the maximum luggage weight for the porter and flight to Lukla?

The weight limit on flights to Lukla and available is 10 kg per person. If you want to bring extra goods you can pay an extra charge as well. A porter carries a maximum of 25 kg of two clients and Nepal High Trek provides you with one porter for every two people.

What documents do I need to bring to Three High Passes Trek?

You should bring some crucial documents such as your validated passport, Pasang Lhahmu Rural municipality entrance fee, and Sagarmatha National park permit.

What is the weather condition in the Everest Region?

However, the weather will be clear in the spring and autumn season. Around the mountain, the weather will change very quickly and sometimes very difficult to correctly predict.

Can I fly the drone around Khumbu valley?

Regarding the drone flying around the Khumbu valley, without an approved permit, you can’t fly the drone and it’s very hassle to get a drone permit. We suggest to you don’t bring a drone during the Everest Region Treks.

What types of accommodations are available during the trek?

The Everest region treks are completely based on the tea house. So each room has twins sharing beds. The accommodation is very good than Annapurna and Langtang regions

Where I can get a meal during the Everest 3 High Passes Trek?

Along the trail, there are no separate restaurants but there are some tea houses. You can get meals from the local Guest house. They have varieties items meals that you can order the meal to accordingly the menu card.

Do I need to bring medicines for trekking to Everest Treks?

We highly recommend to you bring your regular medicines and furthermore, Nepal High Trek will carry bring small first aid kit box as well.

Is there an airport pick-up service included in the package?

Yes, all ground transportation is included in the package.

How long do I need to walk per day during the Three Pass Trek?

Usually, you must walk 5 to 8 hours per day and some walks would be strenuous during the crossing of the pass.

Is Wi-Fi available during the trek?

Yes, paying Wifi service is available during the trek. The Everest link is more

How much should I give tip for the guide and porter?

The tipping is not fixed and it depends on the trekking difficulty and duration. The trekking crews highly appreciate the tipping. Even though you can give as you wish and you relish theier hard work on the high altitude.

Cost & Date

Client reviews.

Claudine Imhof

Switzerland, everest three high passes trek.

Last November I did the ‘Three High Passes Trek’ with Nepal High Trek. From the very beginning, I felt I was in good hands with this trekking agency. Anjan, the manager, answered all of my questions immediately (I was very short-term with my request for the trekking) and he organized everything very quickly and professionally. Anjan and our guide Pawan welcomed me and the other person of the group on the day before the trekking and helped us with everything that was left to organize and pack. They gave us very good advice of what to bring with us and informed very well about the whole trek and what to expect in terms of teahouses, weather conditions, temperature, and conditions of the path.

Pawan was definitely the best guide I could have imagined for this trekking in Nepal! He is doing his work with so much passion, and he has a lot of experience as a trekking guide and knows the region very well! You can always feel safe with him in the mountains. He was very professional, especially when I got sick, he took very good care of me and always measured my oxygen level, provided me with medicaments, and cared about my health condition. Even when I felt really bad, he was always motivating me. And on top, he is so nice and friendly, we had a lot of fun with him! We were singing and dancing and joking… he is not only a fantastic guide but also a very good companion! Because I was so happy with him as our guide, I booked him for another trek in the Langtang region right afterward. On that trek Pawan and I had no porter joining us, so he was even carrying my sleeping bag! On the first trek, we had Mahindra as our porter, and he did his job very well! He was also very nice and joined us on several day hikes.

These two trekkings in Nepal were a wonderful experience and I will definitely book again with Nepal High Trek and above all with Pawan as my guide!

Jim Enright

Three high passes trek.

Nepal High Trek rocks.

Kirk and I are two Babyboomer’s, 59 and 69, at the time we trekked Three High Passes and Everest Base Camp.

Nepal High Treks is a local family based business With strong ties to the mountains and Sherpa community.

We met 3 Sherpa’s, two of which summited Mount Everest 10 times. Certificates on the walls. Very neat!

We chose Nepal High Treks because we did not want to trek with a major company and 15+ other people.

We liked the idea of One on one attention and local knowledge that our guide Pawan (brother in Law) gave us during our trip.

Hiking with a large group of diverse age groups sounds Keen in theory. But, a 30 year olds trekking pace vs 50 or 60 year old is quite different, and you could feel pressure to push Yourself harder than necessary to keep up.

Pawan was very aware of the pace we needed to go In order to complete the trek. “Slow and Slower” were his Favorite chants as we were on the ascent.

Of special importance, as we were descending from Dingboche, my Acute Mountain Sickness hit a point where I needed to descend rapidly.

Anjan coordinated the helicopter. Was in the hospital for three days. During this time Pawan Was there until my discharge. Very helpful and Reassuring. If there were questions or concerns, Nothing was lost in translation.

I recommend Anjan and Pawan, Nepal High Trek, highly. We had a wonderful and informative trip.

Jim Enright North Carolina USA

Kirk Obeatan

I have been so very impressed with this tour company. From the initial contact and development of an itinerary to our pickup at the airport, an amazing welcoming dinner, a personal guided sightseeing tour of the area, a wonderful selection of the hotel and probably most importantly the diligent work done getting our flight to Lukla at a challenging time when the weather was not cooperating. What a great company!! Thank you for all you have done this far to make this a trip of a lifetime!!

Canberra Australia

We have done two fabulous treks with Anjan as our guide: The Annapurna Circuit and the Gokyo Three Passes Trek. On both treks Anjan took great care in planning each day’s stage, preparing us for the day’s terrain, checking on our health and wellbeing, as well as making sure each night’s accommodation was of a good standard.

Anjan has great knowledge and experience of many of the big treks in Nepal, and has completed years of training to deliver an excellent and safe experience to those wanting to travel in a smaller group. He listened to what we would like to achieve, and designed a route that met our expectations and abilities. We allowed several spare rest days in case one of us fell ill, and Anjan was able to adjust the itinerary accordingly when we had to call on the odd day to rest up or recover. that, I believe is THE benefit of going with your own personal guide such as Anjan, and not being beholden to a fast paced and immovable itinerary of other more established and larger trekking companies.

Our Goykyo 3-passes trek was indeed the hardest thing we have tackled. Our good friends Mark and Andrea and ourselves, all reasonably fit Aussies in our 50s, could not speak higher of Anjan’s calm and reassuring manner as we crested those massive passes, felt at times we had nothing left in the tank to go on, or collapsed exhausted but always exhilarated at the end of each day. The porters Anjan works with were lovely guys, who never complained and always had a cheery smile, a joke and were wicked at cards in the evening.

Pre-arrival communications were excellent, and Anjan was able to flexibly work around unfavourable weather issues when it cam to arranging flights to Lukla and return.

But the best thing about trekking with this company is this: You know that your money is going STRAIGHT back to Anjan, his family, his wider family and village, his porters, and the local lodges you stay in. Since the Nepal earthquake, small operators, like Anjan have suffered greatly from lack of trekking bookings. This has had a direct hit on his own small family, and his wider family in the Ghorka District that was devastated by the quake.

We would highly recommend Anjan/ Nepal High Trek & Expedition for any of your bucket list dreams of trekking in Nepal.

Mark Clinton

I traveled with another guy to Nepal in March – April 2022 and used Nepal High Trek team for all logistics and they handled everything with great care. Our trek was to be of the 3 High Passes. My hiking partner had some difficulty at altitude however the team worked diligently to get a helicopter in and transport him to a hospital. While many try to get by with the least expensive guide team they can it’s important to know that when the “stuff hits the fan” the guides can handle the issue. I was able to complete all 3 passes and EBC as well as some excellent “side trips” during acclimatization days. I am giving thought to going back for 2 months and if I go I’ll for sure use Nepal High Trek team again. No issues, no worries!!

Similar Trips

Everest Three Pass Trek

Three High Passes Trek is an adventure and ideal trekking route in the  Khumbu region. Challenge your endurance and perseverance against the lofty high altitude Himalayan passes of the Everest region.

Everest Base Camp Trek

Everest Base Camp Trek in  Nepal  is the loftiest adventure walking destination on the globe. The  Everest Base Camp  T rail  is one of the jewels of Nepal trekking and probably it’s one of the excessively preferred journeys too.

Up in the mountains, there is a gorgeous blue-turquoise glacial lake. With an image of gigantic mountains on the lake water, the scenery looks purely fictitious and mythic.

Everest Base Camp Short Trek 10 Days

Everest Base Camp Trek 10 Days is an adventure destination to discover all the best highlights of the scenic Khumbu Region. A perfect choice for visitors with a limited holiday duration, but with a keen interest in a trek to the base of Mt.  Everest .

Our Partners

Sign Up for Our Free Newsletter

Make an inquery.

Trip Name : Your Name : Your Email : Telephone No : Your Message :

• Government Registered No: 113188/070
• Tourism No: 1599
• VAT No: 601221723

Nepal Eco Adventure

Committed To Be Eco Friendly!

• +977 9851170646 (Chhatra)

Everest Three High Passes Trek

Everest region is known all around the world for its incredible Himalayan trekking routes. While the Everest Base Camp trek is quite famous, there are other trekking opportunities in the area. Everest Three High Passes Trek is a spectacular trekking package in the beautiful Everest region.

This trek package from "Nepal Eco Adventure" takes you through various natural landscapes. Trekkers will pass through high mountain passes, serene rivers, glacial lakes, and other landmarks of Sagarmatha National Park.

Sherpa, Bhotiya, Walangpa, and Tamang are the ethnic groups in the majority in this region. Moreover, you will also get to explore various Buddhist monasteries, village settlements, and others along these trails. This trek takes you through three high mountain passes, including Kongma La Pass (5,535m), Renjo La Pass (5,385m), and Cho La Pass (5,360m).

This trek will take you to other significant landmarks of this region, including Mt. Everest Base Camp (5364m), Kalapathar (5,643m), Gokyo lakes, and others. This Everest Three High Pass trek itinerary starts from the capital city Kathmandu and takes you to Lukla on a flight.

Lukla is the entry point of the Mount Everest region for many adventurous activities like trekking and peak climbing. Phakding is our next destination on this trek. Phakding is a beautiful Himalayan settlement from where you will continue your trek to Namche Bazaar.

Moreover, the trails pass through the natural pathways of Sagarmatha National Park. There are forest trails of Rhododendron, Pine, and Oak trees. The beautiful town is a commercial hub of the region with many cafes, hotels, pubs, restaurants, and souvenir shops. The Sherpa culture and heritage will enchant travelers.

Tengboche is our destination from Namche, which is famous for the ancient monastery. Then, you will continue your journey trekking through various settlements of Dingboche. From there, we head towards Chukkung. We will finally cross Kongma La Pass to arrive at Lobuche.

We will trek from Lobuche along beautiful trails to arrive at the settlement of Gorak Shep. You will then start your trek to Everest Base Camp, where you can observe the entire vista of snow-capped mountains. There you can find colorful tented camps of climbers, especially if you travel in peak seasons.

The trail of this trek is quite challenging as you will need to trek uphill and downhill at regular intervals. Trekkers will then hike to Kala Patthar (5545m) early in the morning to get gorgeous views of Himalayan sunrise. Mt. Everest (8848.86m), Khumbutse (6636m), Pumori (7161m), Lingtren (6749m) and others are some of the mountains observable from Kalapathar.

After arriving at Kalapathar, you will explore around and take incredible pictures of the region. You will then trek to Dzongla from Kalapathar. From there, you will cross the majestic Chola pass to arrive at Dragnak. You will then travel to various Gokyo lakes and rest at Gokyo village.

From Gokyo, you will arrive at Lungden by passing through Renjo la pass. Thame is our next stop from where we will make our way to Namche Bazar. The final day of the trek takes you to Lukla from where a flight will lead you to Kathmandu. Besides that, you can also observe the endangered animal species like Snow leopard, Musk deer, Red panda, and others.

Overall, this incredible trek is an exciting way to explore nature trails and observe snow-capped Himalayan vista. This extensive article covers the Everest Three Passes trek itinerary and other topics in detail.

Note: Want to explore the city of the temple (Kathmandu) with us? If so, we have 19 days Everest Three Passes trek itinerary package @ USD $ 1950

Highlights of the Trip

• Spectacular Himalayan sunrise and sunsets overlooking the snow-capped mountains from Kala Patthar.
• Passing through three high mountain passes of the region
• Experiencing the Everest Base Camp where climbers camp in colorful tents
• Scenic mountain flight observing majestic mountain vista
• Exploring Namche Bazaar and its surroundings.
• Passing through natural landmarks of the area.
• Exploring Tengboche monastery and other Buddhist heritages.
• Exploration of Sherpa culture and heritage

Day 19: Departure

What is included.

• Three meals a day (Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner) with a cup of hot drink( Tea/Coffee).
• Fresh fruits every night after dinner.
• Trekking lodge(Tea house)accommodations during the trek.
• Sagarmatha National Park Permit Khumbu Pashang Lhamu Rural Municipality fees.
• Kathmandu-Lukla-Kathmandu flight including airport transfer( High season flight to and from Lukla are operated from Ramechhap airport which is 4-5 hours east of Kathmandu)
• English speaking well trained, Government license holder guide with all his salary, food, drinks, accommodation, Transport and insurance.
• A Strong, helpful porter with proper equipment including his meals,accommodation and insurance (one porter for two people).
• Arrangement of Emergency Helicopter service (paid by your Travel insurance company).
• Use of sleeping bag, down Jacket and walking Poles (if you don’t have your own, To be return after trip completed). Using these 3 items you pay $10 USD each as maintenance and washing charge.
• Nepal Eco Adventure T-shirt, cap and duffel bag.
• Government taxes, service charge and official expenses.
• Oxymeter to check your pulse and oxygen saturation and heart rate twice daily (Very useful to check Altitude Mountain Sickness(AMS) symptoms) Which will ensure you trek is in the safest hands possible for all levels of trekker.
• Assistant guide group size above 6+ person.

What is Excluded

• Airport pick up and drop for international flight.
• Hotel and Meals whilst in Kathmandu Lunch and Dinner.
• Nepal entry visa fee $50 USD for 30 days visa on arrival.
• International airfare.
• Travel and medical insurance (recommended).
• Your personal expenses.
• Alcoholic and non alcoholic cold and hot drinks.
• All desserts and sweet things like,chocolate, cake, pie and pudding. ( i.e. those you choose to purchase along the way and during evenings in the Tea Houses).
• Hot shower and battery charging during the trekking.
• Tips for the guide, porter and driver (Tipping is expected).
• Excess baggage more than 15kg for Lukla flight.

Join Our Fixed Trip Starting Date

Load More Show Less

The maximum point of Everest Three High pass Trek is Kalapathar at 5643 meters. Besides that, the Everest base camp and three passes are above 5000 meters.

The Everest 3 Passes Trek is relatively challenging than the regular Everest Three High Passes Trek. The rough and steep trails can get complicated, especially for first-time trekkers. You should prepare well for this trip as there are uncertain weather conditions in these high altitudes.

This Everest Three Passes Trek itinerary is 16 days long but you can customize the itinerary as per your free days and willingness to spend the time on Mountains.

The Everest Three High Pass Trek routes are off-beat with some steep climbs. This makes the trail challenging but not impossible. With proper preparation, guidance, and trekking equipment, you can complete this trek with ease.

Altitude sickness is quite common in high-altitude regions due to the changing altitude. Therefore, proper acclimatization and rest are essential to tackle altitude sickness along these trails. Besides that, you should also remain hydrated along these trails. You should avoid smoking and drinking alcoholic products to prevent altitude sickness. The "Diamox" tablets also help you to tackle symptoms of altitude sickness along these trails.

The Everest Three High Pass trek requires proper fitness and stamina. Hence, you should perform some physical exercises, cardiovascular exercises, and others to remain fit for the trek. You should also keep yourself positive, as mental fitness is essential to complete this high-altitude trek.

The Everest Three High Pass trek Permits are the Sagarmatha National Park Entry Permit and the Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality Entry Permit.

The accommodation facilities in this Everest Three High Passes Trek are in teahouses. The room includes twin beds, a mattress, a pillow, and a warm blanket. You can get hot showers and electronic charging at some lower region teahouses if you pay extra.

You will get served traditional Nepali Dal Bhat along with these teahouses for lunch and dinner. You can get eggs, bread, and hot beverages like tea, coffee, garlic soup, and others in the tea houses.

Spring and Autumn are ideal for the Everest Three High Passes trek as they provide stable weather conditions and moderate temperature. This Spring season starts from March and lasts till May, whereas the Autumn season starts from September and lasts till November. You will get clear blue skies in this season and majestic views of snow-capped mountains. You can trek without the hassle of any unpredictable weather conditions.

For the Everest Three High Passes trek, you will require trekking boots and trekking clothes. You can also rent this trekking equipment if you do not wish to buy it. You should carry your sleeping bags as blankets in these teahouses are not enough in frigid climates.

The starting point of this trek is Lukla, from where we will trek to Phakding. Moreover, the ending point of this trek is Lukla as well.

The Everest Three High pass trek cost around $1700. The cost of food, accommodation, and domestic transportation gets included in these costs.

The Everest Three High Passes is not recommended to trek solo. It is a challenging high-altitude trek with many ups and downs in rugged and remote terrains. Therefore, you should only trek with a licensed trek guide.

Guides and porters are essential for this Everest three-high passes trek. They will help you navigate these trails. They will provide you with cultural exploration opportunities by providing local insights and translation of local languages. Porters carry your heavy luggage along these trails so that you can trek without any hassle.

Yes, travel insurance is a must when it comes to high-altitude Everest region treks. This high-altitude trek is quite challenging and full of various risks. Hence, you need to get proper travel insurance to cover all these, including medical injuries, altitude sickness, accidents, property loss, thefts, and others.

Best Season for Everest Three High Passes Trek

This high-altitude trek in the Everest region is ideal in peak seasons. Autumn (September-November) and Spring (March-May) are two peak seasons for trekking. There are stable weather conditions throughout these seasons. They come with moderate temperatures and climate, making for perfect trekking conditions.

Weather in Spring

Spring is ideal for trekking and other adventures in the region. This season brings stable weather and less rainfall. Moreover, there are moderate temperatures in the daytime. A serene trekking environment makes this trek quite favorable in Spring. Trekkers will get to hike in a peaceful environment. There are no such challenges of heavy rainfall, snowfall, avalanches, landslides, etc.

Weather in Autumn

Autumn is another beautiful time for trekking in the Everest region. There is less precipitation and other challenges like floods and landslides in the area. There is stable weather throughout, with daytime temperatures ideal for trekking and traveling. Besides, it is also a festive time and hence also the perfect time for cultural exploration. There is an incredible atmosphere with locals busy in their festivities.

Offseason treks

The off-season treks in winters and monsoons are pretty challenging. The weather remains quite unpredictable, with heavy rainfalls and snowfall. There are extreme cold conditions in winters with heavy snowfall. High precipitation with floods, landslides, and avalanches are typical in the monsoons.

Hence, you should choose the peak seasons of Spring and Autumn for a safe and comfortable trekking experience. However, if you want to take off-season treks, you should prepare and pack well.

Everest Three High Pass Trek Difficulties

This Everest Three High Passes trek passes through remote and rugged trails that move up and down a lot. These challenging terrains in the diverse Himalayan landscapes take you through high-altitude mountain passes.

Altitude sickness is a significant problem in these trails. Hence, acclimatization is necessary while trekking in these high-altitude terrains. Moreover, proper rest and regular hydration are essential as well. Diamox tablets will help you tackle altitude sickness symptoms.

Moreover, the steep and harsh terrains can get quite strenuous even for highly experienced trekkers. Trekkers must have proper strength, stamina, and endurance to complete this trek with ease. Accommodation facilities in teahouses and lodges are pretty basic. Hence, you need to compromise along these trails in these aspects.

Food ingredients must get transported through porters or yaks high up in these trails. Hence, there is a limited variety, and they cost you more as you move up. Besides that, you will also need to face unexpected challenges of unpredictable weather, including heavy rainfall, snowfall, landslides, and others. With packing, preparation, and training, you can complete this trek with ease.

Why Take Everest Three High Passes Trek?

Spectacular view of himalayan vista.

This incredible trek in the Everest region provides you with majestic views of snow-capped mountains. Some of the mountains you can observe are Mt. Everest (8848.86m), Lhotse (8414m), Nuptse (7861m), Khumbutse (6636m), Lingtren (6749m), Pumori (7161m), etc.

Besides, you can also observe other natural landmarks of this region. There are green hills, mountain valleys, serene waterfalls, icy glaciers, and lakes as well. Hence, these incredible views of the Himalayan vista are a highlight of this trek.

Exploration of local culture

Cultural exploration is another excellent aspect of this trek. These trails pass through various Buddhist monasteries, mani walls, chortens, gompas, and other settlements. These cultural landmarks of this region make this trek stand out among others.

Besides, you can also experience a festive atmosphere, especially if you travel in the Autumn season. Locals will also get the best views of ancient trails with Sherpa settlements. You can interact with locals and learn about their rural traditions and lifestyle. This incredible culture and heritage make this trek quite appealing among travelers.

Wildlife exploration

Trekkers can also explore flora and fauna of these Everest regions. Moreover, there is various rare and endangered wildlife in these regions. These include Himalayan Tahr, red panda, snow leopard, danfe, munal, etc. You will traverse through forested trails with green vegetation and herbs all around. There are beautiful trails that will provide you with a spectacular trekking adventure.

Safe travel

We have a highly experienced team who will conduct this trek in the Everest region. A safe journey with proper logistics makes this trek quite popular among trekkers. There are safety protocols in place that provide you services in case of an emergency. First aid for medical emergencies and proper evacuation is available as well. Hence, this incredible Everest Three High Passes Trek is ideal for you.

Food and Accommodation in the Trek

The food and accommodation is another aspect that you must consider before taking on this high-altitude trek. You will stay in these tea houses and lodges along these trails. These tea houses are ideal places to stay along trails as they will provide you with warmth and safety.

Moreover, they provide you with a warm meal during your stay. There are various facilities in these teahouses, including twin beds, a pillow, a mattress, and a warm blanket. Besides that, there are squat-style toilets generally located outside of these outsides. There are various facilities like WiFi, hot water, electronic charging, and others at an added cost.

"Dal Bhat" is a staple dish that gets served along with these teahouses twice a day for lunch and dinner. This includes rice, dal, lentils, vegetables, pickles, meat, and others. You will get served various items like bread, eggs, and porridge for breakfast in these teahouses. Hot beverages, including tea, garlic soup, coffee, noodle soup, are pretty standard in the region.

Moreover, some tea houses have other cuisine and food items varieties, especially in lower regions. This includes momo, noodles, chowmein, thukpa, and others. Besides that, you can also carry various snacks, including protein bars, chocolate bars, dry fruits, and others.

Things to Consider for Everest Three High Passes trekking

Trekking guide.

Trekking guides will help you with various aspects of your Everest Three High Passes adventure. These trails of this trek pass through rugged terrain. Hence, there are high chances of trekkers getting lost, and another injured along these trails. Hence, professional trekking guide assistance is ideal for these treks. Navigating along these trails gets more accessible with a licensed professional guide on your side.

These professional guides will also take you on a cultural exploration around the region. They will help you interact with locals by translation and provide local insights around the area. Besides that, porters will carry your heavy luggage so that you can trek without any hassle along these trails.

Acute mountain sickness

Altitude sickness is quite common in the Everest high altitude region. In these high-altitude terrains, you will get lower oxygen levels and air pressure. Hence, you should acclimatize well to tackle this acute mountain sickness. Regular hydration is also required as lack of proper water intake is a primary cause of altitude sickness.

The altitude sickness can get quite severe and even fatal if not taken seriously. High-altitude conditions, therefore, require proper consideration in all aspects. You should also avoid alcoholic beverages along these trails as it can lead to altitude sickness. Besides that, professional guides will help you set up acclimatization points to explore the region with ease.

Trek Permits

Trek permits are also essential for this high-altitude trek in the region. Trekkers will pass through Sagarmatha national parks and conservation areas during the trek. Therefore, you should get these Pasang Lhamu rural municipality permits and Sagarmatha National Park during this trek. Trekkers can obtain this permit at the Nepal tourism board's office in Kathmandu.

Fitness and stamina

A basic fitness and stamina level is essential when it comes to high-altitude trekking. Therefore, you should train well with proper physical exercises. This includes strength and endurance training and cardiovascular exercises that include aerobic and flexibility exercises.

Besides that, you should also have mental preparation and maintain a positive attitude during these trials. You can perform practice hikes along these regions and other activities, including cycling, jogging, swimming, and others. You can also perform exercises with weights.

• Travel insurance

Travel insurance is essential for this Everest three high pass trek. Travel insurance coverage includes various headings like accidents, medical injuries, loss, theft of property, and others. Moreover, helicopter evacuation in these high-altitude trails would cost around $4000 to $5000. Therefore, proper travel insurance is essential for this Everest three-high passes trek.

Everest Three High Passes Trekking Permits.

Trekking permits are essential in all trekking destinations in Nepal, including this Everest Three high passes trek. Therefore, you should get these permits in advance before starting on this trek. These trekking permits include the Sagarmatha National Park permit and the Local area Pasang Lhamu Rural Area Permit.

Sagarmatha National Park permits cost NRs. 100 per person for Nepalese NRs. 1,500 per person for SAARC nationals, and NRs. 3,000 per person for foreign nationals. It is free for children below ten years.

Khumbu Pasang Lhamu Rural Municipality permit costs USD 20 per person per week for the first four weeks. It then costs USD 25 per person per week after that. A TIMS (Trekking Information Management System) permit is not required for trekking in the Everest region.

Everest Three High Passes Trek Cost

This Everest Three High Passes trek cost includes meals, accommodation, trekking permits, and others. The accommodation facilities along the trail cost around US$3 - US$5 per night in these tea houses. Guides cost around US$ 20 to US$ 25 per day, whereas porter's cost around $15-$20 in the region.

The food costs are relatively high as they need to get transported along these Himalayan routes through porters and yaks. They will cost you around $15-$20 per day. These costs include salary, food, accommodation, and insurance for these trekking guides and porters.

However, if you trek with us, you don't have to worry about these logistics as they get included in the package. Overall, Everest Three High Passes Trek Cost is around $1700.

Training Routine for Everest Three High Pass trek

This Everest Three High Passes trekking requires proper training before you start on your trek. Adequate strength and endurance training are essential to building your stamina and fitness.

Therefore, you should start training for your trek at least a couple of months before this trek. The training routine should include physical exercise, cardiovascular exercises, and mental preparation.

Strength and endurance training

Physical exercises are essential to gain physical fitness along these trails. They help you build your strength and stamina. You can trek for a long duration with the help of these physical activities. Moreover, these exercises will increase your flexibility and decrease the risk of trekking in high-altitude terrains.

You will also gain muscles in the arms, shoulders, and legs if you train well. You can prepare well with a trainer and also use weights if required. Practice hikes are essential for this trek as well.

Cardiovascular exercises

The cardiovascular or aerobic exercises will help you remain flexible and complete these rugged treks with ease. The activities you can do include hiking, swimming, cycling, jogging, and others.

These aerobic activities will help you, especially in low oxygen conditions. Squats, push-ups, pull-ups are some forms of these activities. Overall, these exercises will help you complete your trekking on the high mountain passes with ease.

Mental exercises

Mental strength is an essential aspect of any trekking journey, especially in high-altitude conditions. Trekkers require a positive attitude to trek alongside some rugged terrains for a long duration. Hence, proper mental preparation will give you an overall idea of the Everest Three Passes trek itinerary, routes, and risk factors.

You can get the opinion of veteran trekkers, take practice hikes, and research on the internet. The self-motivation and motivation of guides will help you push through rugged terrains. Overall, you can complete these difficult terrains with the help of good mental preparation ahead of this trek.

Essential Tips for Everest Three High Passes trek

• You can also rent these trekking gear from various shops in and around Thamel in Kathmandu
• Wear warm clothes and carry proper trekking gear along this Himalayan trek.
• Add extra days to your trip as unpredictable weather can lead to delays and cancellations.
• Start your trekking journey early.
• Carry water purification tablets and water bottles for hydration
• Adequate acclimatization and regular hydration will lead you to success in this trek.
• Carry sunscreens and sunblocks to tackle sunburns as harsh sun rays are reflecting from silver mountains.
• Advance book all your meals and accommodations
• Hire trekking guides to keep you safe and navigate along these trails
• Get travel insurance coverage for a safe and convenient adventure.

Packing List - Everest Three High Passes Trek

• Trekking pants
• Trekking boots
• Trekking shirts
• Down jacket
• Waterproof jacket
• Fleece jackets
• Thermal wears
• Woolen trekking socks
• Warm woolen cap
• Windproof jacket
• Woolen gloves
• Water purifying tablets
• Anti-nauseant medication
• Rehydration salts
• Insect repellent
• Quick-dry towel
• Toilet paper
• Power Banks
• Solar Charges
• Extra Batteries
• Local SIM card
• Reusable water bottles
• Everest Three High Passes Trek Map

Important documents

• Everest Three High Pass Trek Permits

Nepal is a beautiful Himalayan nation with incredible natural beauty. These foothills of the Himalayas provide you with an adventure of a lifetime. The Everest Three High passes trek in Nepal is an off-the-beaten adventure.

This trek is ideal in peak seasons of Spring and Autumn. Trekkers will get the best weather conditions with minimal precipitation in these seasons. The monsoon and Winter seasons are pretty challenging. But if you want some adventure, you can trek in these seasons too.

This trek is relatively difficult when compared to regular EBC trek. The trekkers need to have a basic level of fitness and stamina to complete this trek in the Everest region. Besides that, mental preparation and a positive attitude during these trials are a must. Everest Three High Pass Trek is ideal for all, but previous high altitude trekking experiences can come in handy.

Moreover, the incredible routes allow you to explore the natural terrains of the region. The unique trekking experience will enchant any traveler. Contact us at Nepal Eco Adventure for the Everest Three Passes Trek itinerary and book your trip now. Have a safe journey!

Write a Review Cancel reply

Thank you. Your review will appear after admin approves it.

Please fill all the fields.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Review Title*

Date Of Experience

Photo Gallery Invalid File Type. Supported File Type: JPEG/JPG, PNG. Drop your Image or click to browse Supported file : JPG, PNG, GIF

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

You Can Send Your Inquiry via The Form Below.

Send your inquiry via the form below, we will reply to your email as soon as possible.

• Full Name *
• Contact No.
• Trip Type * Select Trip Type Private Group Joining
• No of Travelers *
• When Will You Be Travelling? Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Year 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989 1988 1987 1986 1985 1984 1983 1982 1981 1980 1979 1978 1977 1976 1975 1974 1973 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 1964 1963 1962 1961 1960 1959 1958 1957 1956 1955 1954 1953 1952 1951 1950 1949 1948 1947 1946 1945 1944 1943 1942 1941 1940 1939 1938 1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931 1930 1929 1928 1927 1926 1925 1924 1923 1922 1921 1920
• Your Message *

This trip is fully customizable

• Have a big group? We can help.
• We can customize your trip as per your request
• We can help you make fit it your all the itinery

Trek’s Route Map

• Trip Destination: 16 Days Everest Three High Passes Trek
• Difficulty: Challenging
• Group Size: Minimum 02 person
• Best Season: March-June and September-December.
• Maximum Altitude: 5545m
• Transportation: Aeroplane & Car
• Trip Code: NEA-EsT-04

Certificate of Excellence

Travel info.

• Getting Tourist Visa for Nepal
• Trekking in Nepal- Complete Guide
• Visa Info and Religions in Nepal
• Visa Information
• Responsible Tourism
• Trekking Seasons in Nepal
• Trekking Guide & Porter on Hire
• Trekking Equipment
• Altitude Sickness

Related Trips

Mera peak climbing, bardiya national park jungle safari, lower dolpo trekking, panch pokhari trekking, singu chuli peak climbing, mardi himal trek.

• Nepal Tourism
• Nepal Hotels
• Nepal Bed and Breakfast
• Nepal Vacation Rentals
• Flights to Nepal
• Nepal Restaurants
• Things to Do in Nepal
• Nepal Travel Forum
• Nepal Photos
• All Nepal Hotels
• Nepal Hotel Deals
• Last Minute Hotels in Nepal
• Things to Do
• Restaurants
• Vacation Rentals
• Travel Stories
• Rental Cars
• Add a Place
• Travel Forum
• Travelers' Choice
• Help Center

Help with a Salleri / Gokyo Ri / Renjo La 19 day itinerary - Nepal Forum

• Asia    
• Nepal    

Help with a Salleri / Gokyo Ri / Renjo La 19 day itinerary

• United States Forums
• Europe Forums
• Canada Forums
• Asia Forums
• Central America Forums
• Africa Forums
• Caribbean Forums
• Mexico Forums
• South Pacific Forums
• South America Forums
• Middle East Forums
• Honeymoons and Romance
• Business Travel
• Train Travel
• Traveling With Disabilities
• Tripadvisor Support
• Solo Travel
• Bargain Travel
• Timeshares / Vacation Rentals
• Asia forums
• Nepal forum

Hello, hope you're all well!

A few questions:

1. Can anyone recommend a route or suggest an itinerary for this trek?

2. Are there any side hikes along the traditional route that you'd recommend (e.g further Gokyo lakes)?

3. If anyone is in the region now, how are the haze levels? We've read some posts from a week ago which said views were mostly obscured lower down.

We have found lots of tour-run itineraries online that we could follow, but we're also looking for some personalised recommendations from the community too!

Huge thanks in advance for your time and intel.

4 replies to this topic

https://thewanderingspot.com/category/asia/nepal/

Here is suggestion I made already 5 years ago called "Cultural Gokyo" route. I just copy the original post and the link to the discussion which still pops up every other week. If you have enough days you could also add Ama Dablam BC to it going Tengboche - Pangpoche - ADBC/Mingbo - Pangpoche - Phortse - etc.. Here is the original post which assumes Lukla as the starting point. Just modify slightly if starting from Salleri. You have plenty of time

-------------

Rethinking of the whole "get to Gokyo as fast as possible" concept, up and down the same shortest trails. As you have to hike short days and stop to acclimate, why not do something more interesting and useful with your time? Like this:

1) to Benkar, Monjo, whatever

3) Namche, dayhike to Khunde & Khumjung, Everest View Hotel

4) TENGPOCHE

5) THORE or THARE on the east trail to Gokyo, via Phortse. Himalayan Tahr, Snow Leopards? Better views from higher trail. There is a new shortcut bridge from Tengpoche to Phortse. Check that there is a lodge open in Thore/Thare/Nha if late in season.

6) NHA, Snow Leopards on upper ridges to the east, dayhike there.

7) Gokyo, Gokyo Ri in the evening

8) Gokyo, upper lakes

9) Over Renjo La to Lungden

10) Thame, rest, monastery

11) Namche or below

13) fly KTM

With the Tengpoche - Phortse shortcut trail and bridge the shorter but snail paced (acclimatisation...) straight trail via Mong La - Dole - Machermo does not make much sense anymore, as you can with the same timeframe visit Tengpoche and Phortse also, not just kill time in boring lodge clusters.

https://www.tripadvisor.com/ShowTopic-g293889-i9243-k12475073-A_Much_Better_Gokyo_Itinerary-Nepal.html

For some alternative routes/lesser known day hikes in the Khumbu look also at this thread:

https://www.tripadvisor.com/ShowTopic-g293889-i9243-k14311981-Dharma_Bum_s_Guide_to_Paths_Less_Traveled_Khumbu_Edition-Nepal.html

We (older guide and I) walked in from Phaplu in Dec 2015. We walked in from Jiri in Dec 2010 and May 2023 - I did the 3 High Passes after walking in each time (plus 2 other 3HPs from Lukla - all with the older guide).

As I like Junbesi so much, in 2015 we walked up there from Ph, and spent 1-2 nights in J and visited the Tibetan Buddhist monastery north of J - and again in 2023. However, with your more limited you may be better off walking east(ish) from Ph and heading to the Everest region. This means going through the mule toilet section from just beyond Paiya but this only takes 3-5 hours but I would not let that put you off.

I always do the walk to Kunde and Khumjung, and will look at staying 1 night (or 2) at either - the lodges are improved and it helps acclimatisation.

Ama Dablam Base Camp is worth doing, depending on how your time is panning out. You can add this to the route that Ark suggests - it most likely means staying 2 nights at Pangboche. The walk from Upper Pangboche to Phortse is very enjoyable, and hopefully not too busy - I really liked Phortse when we did this in 20215-16 (we could not get over Cho La without spikes due to the 2015 earthquakes, so walked round).

Gokyo: there are several really good days walks. Depending on your approach route, you may have already crossed the Ngozumpa glacier - this is a fairly adventurous walk (stay off the glacier if the weather is poor or looks like becoming poor). Gokyo Ri is well worth going up (and sitting around at the top for a hour or 2) , the 4th, 5th and 6th lakes - latter are some way up the valley. One year we walked along the north side of the 4th lake and up a hill north west of the lake - there is a trail but very, very few trekkers seem to go up there - some great views from the top of the hill.

Another year, we walked to a natural feature that looks like a ruined castle just north of the 4th lake.

You could also go up Renjo La as a day walk from and back to Gokyo, or cross it and spend 2-3 days in the Bhote (or Thame?) valley. New lodges have appeared near Marulung and there is a good range of lodges in Thame, plus a very nice Buddhist monastery.

Haze: in May - June 2023, it was not at all a problem - we did get quite a bit of cloud from mid June, but you will be ahead of this. the older of the guides that I trek with is up at Gorak Shep, but has not said what the weather is like - comms can still be a bit hit and miss. Haze is unlikely to be a problem higher up (say above 3,500m) but this year it does seem to be much worse than previous years (I am in the UK).

• Nepal in June 10:04 pm
• 1 day Visa overstay - can I pay fine at the airport? 5:36 pm
• Trek recommendations 1:23 pm
• Packing list for Gokyo-Renjo La Pass in May 11:10 am
• Warning: Heavy Smoke Across Country today
• Closest you can drive to Lukla today
• Help with a Salleri / Gokyo Ri / Renjo La 19 day itinerary yesterday
• Interesting Project in Everest Region to Carry Garbage yesterday
• Upper Mustang Nepal October 2024 yesterday
• Nepal Trip with Senior Citizen Parents in August May 03, 2024
• Meanwhile on the big mountain. May 03, 2024
• eSims in Nepal? May 02, 2024
• Restaurants resorts around Kathmandu summer days May 02, 2024
• Manaslu or Gokyo May 02, 2024
• World Expeditions- anyone used them? 7 replies
• Kolkata to Nepal/Kathmandu transport options 3 replies
• Nepal tour operators 5 replies
• Accommodation in Boudha, near the Stupa 3 replies
• Flight from Kathmandu to Pokhara 8 replies
• Hire car with driver from Kathmandu 94 replies
• ashrams in nepal? 29 replies
• Flight to Kathmandu from India 2 replies
• Is Nepal safe for travel: May 2012? 13 replies
• Dashain 2012 2 replies
• Itinerary for Gosainkund and Helambu
• New Sticky Thread for posters to add their recent Nepal trip / trek reports.

• Logout Login
• Adventure Holidays
• Weekend Getaways
• Driving Holidays
• Travel News

Top Searches

World Smart Cities

India Heritage Sites

Kota Tourist Zone

Tiger Spotting Tips

Dubai Flight Advisory

Densely Populated Countries

E-passes mandatory to visit Ooty, Kodaikanal in Tamil Nadu from May 7 to June 30, 2024

Times of India TIMESOFINDIA.COM / TRAVEL NEWS , TAMIL NADU / Created : May 4, 2024, 09:59 IST

You're Reading

Madras High Court mandates e-passes for Ooty and Kodaikanal, aiming to regulate tourism and alleviate traffic congestion. The exemption for locals, overseen by Justices D Bharatha Chakravarthy and N Sathish Kumar, effective from M … Read more

Madras High Court mandates e-passes for Ooty and Kodaikanal, aiming to regulate tourism and alleviate traffic congestion. The exemption for locals, overseen by Justices D Bharatha Chakravarthy and N Sathish Kumar, effective from May 7 to June 30, 2024. Read less

More from Travel News

More about Ooty

More about Kodaikanal

10 most unreal places on Earth that you need to see to believe

Comments (0).

Refrain from posting comments that are obscene, defamatory or inflammatory, and do not indulge in personal attacks, name calling or inciting hatred against any community. Help us delete comments that do not follow these guidelines by marking them offensive . Let's work together to keep the conversation civil.

Comments ( ) Sort: Newest UpVoted Oldest Discussed Down Voted closecomments

SIGN IN WITH

Or post without registration.

Visual Stories

Popular Galleries

Offbeat places to visit near Shimla to escape the touristy crowd TRAVEL TRENDS , HIMACHAL PRADESH

5 hill stations to visit near Bengaluru under 300 km

Prettiest places in Himachal Pradesh to explore this summer TRAVEL TRENDS , HIMACHAL PRADESH

Trending stories.

5 iconic bridges of India

Chhattisgarh: Kanger Valley National Park is a treasure trove of natural wonders

Coastal Karnataka: Mangaluru is where history, culture, and nature come together

Cars are not allowed in this charming village in the Netherlands

Mexico: Enchanting world of cenotes in Yucatan Peninsula

• 1 E-passes mandatory to visit Ooty, Kodaikanal in Tamil Nadu from May 7 to June 30, 2024
• 2 Ooty Flower Festival 2024 to begin from May 17; details inside
• 3 High-speed ferry launched between Lakshadweep and Mangaluru; travelling time reduced by 5 hours
• 4 All about Floating Glass Museum, built to highlight and flight climate change
• 5 Kota Tourist Zone, Corbett’s new zone, is now open to the public

THE DEFINITIVE GUIDE TO DESTINATIONS, ITINERARIES, THINGS TO DO, RESTAURANTS, NIGHTLIFE and LOTS MORE!

FOLLOW US ON

Places to visit.

• Places to visit in Bangalore
• Places to visit in Mumbai
• Places to visit in Delhi
• Places to visit in Goa
• Hotels in Goa
• Hotels in Jaipur
• Hotels in Shimla
• Hotels in Mumbai

Things To do

• Things to do in Goa
• Things to do in Mumbai
• Things to do in Bangalore
• Things to do in Delhi

Travel Inspiration

• Visa on arrival for Indians
• Honeymoon Places in india
• Hill Stations in India
• Weekend getaways in Mumbai
• Weather in Delhi
• Weather in Chennai
• Weather in Bangalore
• Weather in Mumbai

Best Beaches

• Goa Beaches
• Mumbai Beaches
• Pondicherry Beaches
• Kerala Beaches
• Restaurants in Bangalore
• Restaurants in Chennai
• Restaurants in Pune
• Restaurants in Jaipur
• Hill Station near Delhi
• Winter trip to Ladakh
• Places to visit in Kerala
• Winter Honeymoon Destinations
• UK visa guide for Indians
• Winter Trip to Manali
• Vaishno Devi Yatra
• Special Train Ticket Booking
• HP inter-state Bus
• Honeymoon Destinations India

Latest News

• What’s it like to trek to Everest Base Camp in Nepal?

Congratulations!

You have been successfully added to the mailing list of Times of India Travel. To complete the subscription process, kindly open your inbox and click on the confirmation link which has been emailed to you.

Share with friends

Thank You for sharing! Your friend will receive the article link on email mentioned.

• (For more than one recipient, type addresses separated by commas)

Madras High Court mandates e-passes for Ooty and Kodaikanal, aiming to regulate tourism and alleviate traffic congestion. The exemption for locals, overseen by Justices D Bharatha Chakravarthy and N S...

Tailwind on every ride? – See e-bike trips

$250 off your first Cycling or Hiking Vacation – use code at checkout: Explore250

European Classic booking fast – see the trips

• Request a Catalog
• 866-464-8735

Select Date Range

Modal title, popular searches.

California Wine Country Bike Tour

Croatia and The Dalmatian Coast Bike Tour

Mallorca 7-Day Ride Camp Bike Tour

Tuscany Bike Tour

Trip Itinerary

Texas Hill Country Bike Tour 2024 Itinerary

Experience the warmth of Southern hospitality during our five-day bike tour adventure through the picturesque country roads of sunny Texas.

2024 Day-to-Day

Arrival / departure.

Where to Arrive

San Antonio International Airport (SAT) or Austin Bergstrom International Airport (AUS)

Pick-up location :

Fredericksburg Inn & Suites, Fredericksburg, Texas

Pick-up time :

Where to Depart

Drop-off location :

Fredericksburg Inn and Suites, Fredericksburg, Texas

Drop-off time :

Additional Arrival Information

We suggest that you arrive at least one day prior to the trip start, which will enable you to adjust to the time zone and minimize the risk of missing the trip start due to flight-related delays. We recommend that you fly into either Austin Bergstrom International Airport (AUS) or San Antonio International Airport (SAT).

From here, you can reserve a spot with LyftnLand Shuttle Service by calling 830 733 7345 or visiting www.lyftnland.com . The cost is $150 for one-way from both airports and will drop you off at the hotel.

Your Trek Travel staff will meet you at the Cyprus Room (in the pool area) of the Fredericksburg Inn & Suites (201 S Washington Street, Fredericksburg, TX 78624) at 10:30 AM on the first day of the trip. Please note that you may not be able to check in until 4:00 PM. Upon meeting your guides, we will take a quick walk to lunch. We will ensure you have a great fit to your Trek bike for the week and give you a few pointers before before you head off on our first ride.

If you will be late for the meeting time, or are going to miss it altogether, please inform your guides. If you cannot reach them, please call our hotel, Fredericksburg Inn & Suites (830-997-0202) and leave a message with your expected arrival time and contact details.

Additional Departure Information

You will say farewell to your guides at 11:00 AM at the Fredericksburg Inn & Suites should you decide to have the day on your own or head to your next trip destination. Your guides will offer a shuttle to the San Antonio Airport after check out.

Day 1 Comfort Welcome Ride

Comfort Welcome Ride

Welcome to the heart of Texas Hill Country! This sunny region is ripe for discovery, including great food, wine, and most importantly, great riding. You'll meet your Trek Travel guides at the Fredericksburg Inn & Suites and take a quick walk to our favorite cafe to enjoy lunch together. Following a bike fit from your guides, you'll head out into the rolling terrain of the Texas Hill Country. Relish the countless vistas, vinyards, and solitude the area's blissfully p... Welcome to the heart of Texas Hill Country! This sunny region is ripe for discovery, including great food, wine, and most importantly, great riding. You'll meet your Trek Travel guides at the Fredericksburg Inn & Suites and take a quick walk to our favorite cafe to enjoy lunch together. Following a bike fit from your guides, you'll head out into the rolling terrain of the Texas Hill Country. Relish the countless vistas, vinyards, and solitude the area's blissfully paved roads have to offer. We'll ride to the town of Comfort, a historically German town founded in 1854. It has a well-preserved town center, with many structures built in the 19th century still standing today and it's the perfect place for a stroll before you take a 30-minute shuttle back to town. Tonight, we'll dine as a group at one of Fredericksburg's friendliest eateries and discuss the excitement ahead. Read More

Fredericksburg Inn & Suites

Meals included

Lunch | Dinner

Highlight of the Day

Old Tunnel State Park

Old Tunnel State Park is home to one of the largest bat colonies in Texas. Mexican free-tailed bats and cave myotis bats live in the tunne... Old Tunnel State Park is home to one of the largest bat colonies in Texas. Mexican free-tailed bats and cave myotis bats live in the tunnel and emerge at dusk to feed on insects. The tunnel was originally built in 1913 as a railroad tunnel for the Fredericksburg and Northern Railway. The railway operated until 1942, after which the tunnel was abandoned. Read More

Ride Options

Ride Option 1

TODAY'S RIDE:

Comfort with Shuttle - Approximately 30 mi | 48 km and 1,600 ft | 487 m

Day 2 Discover Enchanted Rock State Natural Area

Discover Enchanted Rock State Natural Area

Escape to the great outdoors on quiet ribbons of roads to discover the magic of Enchanted Rock, the largest pink granite dome in the United States. Immerse yourself in the stunning beauty of the Llano Uplift as you hike to the top of this 425-foot natural wonder. Learn about the legendary tales of the Enchanted Rock, said to moan and be a spirit/god by the Comanche Indians, and uncover the science behind the natural phenomenon caused by temperature changes. Take in ... Escape to the great outdoors on quiet ribbons of roads to discover the magic of Enchanted Rock, the largest pink granite dome in the United States. Immerse yourself in the stunning beauty of the Llano Uplift as you hike to the top of this 425-foot natural wonder. Learn about the legendary tales of the Enchanted Rock, said to moan and be a spirit/god by the Comanche Indians, and uncover the science behind the natural phenomenon caused by temperature changes. Take in the breathtaking panoramic views and enjoy an abundant picnic, in true Texan style, under the shade of the oak trees. Whether you choose to challenge yourself with a longer route or take it easy with the shorter option, you'll have an unforgettable day. End the day with a delicious dinner in the charming town of Fredericksburg where our experienced guides will recommend the best local restaurants for you to choose from. Read More

Breakfast | Lunch

Enchanted Rock State Park

Enchanted Rock State Park is centered around Enchanted Rock, a massive dome-shaped pink granite rock formation that rises 425 feet above t... Enchanted Rock State Park is centered around Enchanted Rock, a massive dome-shaped pink granite rock formation that rises 425 feet above the surrounding terrain. The rock is estimated to be around 1 billion years old and is believed to have been formed by molten magma that cooled and solidified underground. The park has a rich history dating back to prehistoric times, with evidence of human habitation in the area dating back thousands of years. The park was also a site of historical significance during the Texas Revolution, with several battles and skirmishes taking place in the area. Read More

Enchanted Rock Return - Approximately 44 mi | 70 km and 2,160 ft | 658 m

Ride Option 2

SHORT OPTION:

Enchanted Rock with Shuttle - Approximately 21 mi | 34 km with 1,000 ft | 305 m

Ride Option 3

AVID OPTION:

Schneider Moellering with Enchanted Rock - Approximately 50 mi | 80 km and 2,900 ft | 883 m

Day 3 Visit Luckenback, TX - Population: 3

Visit Luckenback, TX - Population: 3

Start your day off with a delicious Texas-style breakfast at one of our favorite local spots. After fueling up, you'll ride toward Old Tunnel State Park, a hidden gem known for being the smallest state park in Texas and home to a historic railroad tunnel. Continue your ride through picturesque farmland and ranches before arriving in the charming hamlet of Luckenbach, TX, where “Everybody’s Somebody.” Established in 1849 as a trading post, Luckenbach is one of ... Start your day off with a delicious Texas-style breakfast at one of our favorite local spots. After fueling up, you'll ride toward Old Tunnel State Park, a hidden gem known for being the smallest state park in Texas and home to a historic railroad tunnel. Continue your ride through picturesque farmland and ranches before arriving in the charming hamlet of Luckenbach, TX, where “Everybody’s Somebody.” Established in 1849 as a trading post, Luckenbach is one of the oldest settlements in Gillespie County and one of the least populated! Take a step back in time as you explore the Post Office, General Store, and beer hall that was first opened in 1886. After a quick lunch here, you can choose to return to our hotel where the hot tub and heated pool are waiting for you to soak away the day's ride. Enjoy dinner on your own in Fredericksburg and discover more of the delights of this charming town. Read More

Luckenbach, TX

Luckenbach was settled in the mid-1800s by German immigrants. The town's population peaked at around 500 in the early 1900s, but by the 19... Luckenbach was settled in the mid-1800s by German immigrants. The town's population peaked at around 500 in the early 1900s, but by the 1960s it had dwindled to just three residents. It is perhaps best known for its ties to country music. In the 1970s, Waylon Jennings and Willie Nelson recorded a hit song called "Luckenbach, Texas (Back to the Basics of Love)," which helped put the town on the map. Today, Luckenbach is a popular destination for live music, with regular performances by local musicians. Read More

Luckenbach with Shuttle - Approximately 33 mi | 53 km and 1,620 ft | 494 m

Old Tunnel State Park with Shuttle - Approximately 22 mi | 35 km and 1,200 ft | 365 m

Luckenbach Loop - Approximately 48 mi | 77 km and 2,316 ft | 706 m

Day 4 Take a spin through Willow City

Take a spin through Willow City

The Willow City Loop is the perfect way to explore the picturesque countryside east of Fredericksburg. Take in the breathtaking views of rolling hills, meadows, charming creeks, and deep valleys as we pass by the historic ghost town of Willow City. Learn about the fascinating history of these once-bustling towns that date back to the 1800s during the era of industrialization and westward expansion. Each town has a unique and intriguing story that led to its ultimate... The Willow City Loop is the perfect way to explore the picturesque countryside east of Fredericksburg. Take in the breathtaking views of rolling hills, meadows, charming creeks, and deep valleys as we pass by the historic ghost town of Willow City. Learn about the fascinating history of these once-bustling towns that date back to the 1800s during the era of industrialization and westward expansion. Each town has a unique and intriguing story that led to its ultimate demise. As the day comes to a close, gather with your fellow travelers to celebrate the memories made on this trip and share stories over dinner at one of Fredericksburg's favorite beer gardens. Read More

Breakfast | Lunch | Dinner

Willow City, TX

Willow City is actually a misnomer as there isn’t really a city there. This route is popular with motorcyclists especially in the spring w... Willow City is actually a misnomer as there isn’t really a city there. This route is popular with motorcyclists especially in the spring when all the Blue Bonnets are blooming. The canyon itself was carved by a river that has since dried up. You will notice the old riverbed along the route and will still see some smaller creeks that run through the area. This truly is one of the most scenic segments we'll ride this week, offering stunning views of local meadows and valleys. Read More

Willow City Loop - Approximately 47 mi | 76 km and 2,650 ft | 809 m

Avid Willow City Loop - Approximately 69 mi | 111 km and 3,526 ft | 1,075 m

Day 5 Say farewell with The Cherry on Top

Say farewell with The Cherry on Top

It's your last ride in Texas Hill Country and the Cain City Loop is a great way to cap off the trip. Enjoy today's spin as you pass by peach orchards and pecan groves and pedal northwest of the place you've called home for the last few days. Also, if you haven't already, treat yourself to a slice of pie from the family-run Fredericksburg Pie Company where everything is made from scratch and with love. Today we will say goodbye to each other knowing we've had an amaz... It's your last ride in Texas Hill Country and the Cain City Loop is a great way to cap off the trip. Enjoy today's spin as you pass by peach orchards and pecan groves and pedal northwest of the place you've called home for the last few days. Also, if you haven't already, treat yourself to a slice of pie from the family-run Fredericksburg Pie Company where everything is made from scratch and with love. Today we will say goodbye to each other knowing we've had an amazing time together. Cheers to a wonderful few days! Read More

Cain City Loop - Approximately 20 mi | 32 km and 676 ft | 206 m

If a date is marked as Private, it is reserved for a private group.

Looking to travel with a small group or looking for a custom date? Call our trip consultants at 866-464-8735

What is the Difference?

Ultimate luxury:.

Savor some of the most spectacular, 5-star properties in the world. Exuding luxury and elegance, these one-of-a-kind accommodations offer the chance to rejuvenate at award-winning spas, dine at Michelin-starred restaurants, and more.

Enjoy luxurious accommodations handpicked for a refined experience. From signature spa treatments to delicious local cuisine, you’ll be more than provided for; you’ll be pampered.

These handpicked hotels provide relaxation and fun in a casual and comfortable environment. Delicious cuisine and great service mix perfectly for a memorable stay.

On select cycling vacations, you’ll stay at a mix of hotel levels, from Explorer to Luxury to Ultimate Luxury. Rest assured, no matter which level of hotel you’re at, our trip designers carefully select every accommodation.

Activity Level

Road : 1-3 hours of riding. Up to 25 mi (40 km). Up to 1,000 ft (300 m).

Gravel: 1-3 hours of riding. Up to 20 mi (35 km). Up to 1,000 ft (300 m).

Hiking: 1-3 hours of hiking. Up to 5 mi (8 km). Up to 1,000 ft (300 m).

Road : 2-4 hours of riding. 20-35 mi (35-60 km). Up to 2,500 ft (750 m).

Gravel: 2-4 hours of riding. 15-30 mi (25-45 km). Up to 2,000 ft (300 m).

Hiking: 2-4 hours of hiking. 4-8 mi (6-12 km). Up to 1,500 ft (450 m).

Road : 3-5 hours of riding. 25-55 mi (40-85 km). Up to 4,500 ft (1,500 m).

Gravel: 3-5 hours of riding. 20-40 mi (35-60 km). Up to 3,000 ft (900 m).

Hiking: 3-5 hours of hiking. 6-10 mi (9-16 km). Up to 2,000 ft (600 m).

Road : 4+ hours of riding. 40-70 mi (60-110 km). Up to 8,000 ft (2,400 m).

Gravel:  4+ hours of riding. 30-50 mi (45-80 km). Up to 4,000 ft (1,200 m).

Hiking: 4+ hours of hiking. 7-15 mi (11-24 km). Up to 4,000 ft (1,200 m).

What are your trip styles?

Classic - reserve:.

Savor the finer things as you relax in luxurious 5-star accommodations and wine, dine, and ride in some of the most unforgettable destinations around the world.

Classic - Signature:

Explore beautiful destinations by bike, enjoy extra inclusions, savor delicious local cuisine, and enjoy the perfect mix of accommodations.

Classic - Discover:

Enjoy a casual cycling vacation with fantastic routes and comfortable accommodations.

Train like the pros in some of their favorite riding destinations.

See the pros in action at the biggest cycling events of the year.

Cross Country:

Tackle an epic adventure that takes you point-to-point across mountains, countryside, and more.

Self-Guided

Enjoy a bike tour on your schedule with just your chosen travel companions.

Single Occupancy

Sometimes it’s more convenient and comfortable to have your own room while on vacation. We understand and that’s why we offer a Single Occupancy option. The additional price guarantees a private room all to yourself

This website uses cookies to ensure you get the best experience on our website.

Rising Superstar Young Miko Unveils THE XOXO TOUR 2024

PRESALE BEGINS MAY 1ST | GENERAL ONSALE MAY 3RD AT 10 AM LOCAL ON LIVENATION.COM

Headline tour to celebrate debut top 10 album “att.” out now.

Young Miko , hailed by The New York Times as one of the artists “shaping the sound of 2024,” is set to embark on THE XOXO TOUR 2024 , a headline outing that will bring the genre-bending Puerto-Rican phenom to 19 cities across the country.

Produced by Live Nation, the trek will kick off on July 31 at the Fillmore Auditorium in Denver, CO and will include shows at San Jose Civic in San Jose, CA (August 6), Los Angeles’ Peacock Theater (August 15), and The Theater at Madison Square Garden in New York City (August 27). See below for the itinerary.

TICKETS: Tickets will be available starting with an artist presale beginning on Wednesday, May 1 at 10 AM local time. Additional presales will run throughout ahead of the general onsale beginning on Friday, May 3 at 10 AM local time at LiveNation.com.

VIP: Fans can also purchase VIP Packages, which may include premium tickets, invitation to the pre-show soundcheck, specially designed VIP gift item & more. VIP package contents vary based on offer selected. For more information, visit vipnation.com .

Young Miko is touring in support of her first album, att. , which debuted in the Top 10 of Billboard’s Top Latin Albums and Latin Rhythm Albums charts. Listen HERE . Praising her debut Coachella performance, Teen Vogue said, “[Young] Miko delivered an electric Weekend One performance. A sea of festival-goers roared through every track as she bounded across elevated platforms with the confidence of a veteran.”

In the cover story of its Future Of Music issue, Rolling Stone said, “Funny, charming, and unapologetically raunchy, she’s the Puerto Rican star everyone wants to work with.” Young Miko was named Nuevo Artista Del Año ( New Artist Of The Year) at the recent Latin American Music Awards while “Classy 101,” her collaboration with FEID , took honors for Canción Global Latina del Año (Global Latin Song of the Year) and Mejor Colaboración – Urbano (Best Collaboration – Urban). Earlier this year, Young Miko received the Impact Award at the 2024 Billboard Women in Music Awards and was named Best New Artist (Latin Pop / Urban) at the 2024 iHeartRadio Music Awards.

Young Miko – THE XOXO TOUR 2024

*Not a Live Nation date

7/31      Denver, CO                   Fillmore Auditorium

8/3        Wheatland, CA                Hard Rock Live Sacramento

8/6        San Jose, CA                   San Jose Civic

8/9        Phoenix, AZ                     Arizona Financial Theatre

8/10      Las Vegas, NV                  Fontainebleau Las Vegas

8/12      San Diego, CA                  Cal Coast Credit Union Open Air Theatre

8/15      Los Angeles, CA               Peacock Theater *

8/19      Austin, TX                         Moody Amphitheater

8/20     Houston, TX                     Smart Financial Centre

8/21      Irving, TX                          The Pavilion at Toyota Music Factory

8/24     Rosemont, IL                    Rosemont Theatre

8/27     New York, NY                                The Theater at Madison Square Garden

8/30     Bridgeport, CT                               Hartford HealthCare Amphitheater

8/31      Philadelphia, PA                The Met

9/1        Boston, MA                       Leader Bank Pavilion

9/4        Washington, DC                The Theater at MGM National Harbor

9/6       Atlanta, GA                        Coca-Cola Roxy

9/7        Orlando, FL                        Hard Rock Live

9/11       Miami, FL                           Hard Rock Live

About Live Nation Entertainment

Live Nation Entertainment (NYSE: LYV) is the world’s leading live entertainment company comprised of global market leaders: Ticketmaster, Live Nation Concerts, and Live Nation Sponsorship. For additional information, visit www.livenationentertainment.com

Young Miko Contacts: Erin Cooney, Capitol Music Group | [email protected]

Andrea De Castro, DCM Media | [email protected]

Sofia De Castro, DCM Media | [email protected]

Live Nation Concerts Contacts:

Nadia Hernandez/ nadiahernandez @livenation.com

Isabel Gonzalez /  isabelgonzalez @livenation.com

Read more about